Technical Specification For Storage Tanks & Vessels PDF

R0 06-12-2019 MID FIRST ISSUE SJB
REV. DATE NAME REVISION DESCRIPTION APPD.

EMPLOYER
NUCLEAR FUELCOMPLEX
(Department of Atomic Energy)
PROJECT POWDER PLANT AND ASSOCIATED RAW
NAME
MATERIAL FACILITIES OF PHWR FUEL
FABRICATION FACILITY
OWNER PHASE 1 : (2x800 MW)
CONSULTANT
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
EPC
CONTRACTOR
TATA PROJECTS LIMITED
HYDERABAD – INDIA
TITLE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR STORAGE

TANKS & VESSELS
NFC DOCUMENT NO. XXXX-XXX-XX-XXX-X-001 SCALE : SIZE : A4 REV.
TPL DOCUMENT NO. TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 R0
TPL
NAME SIGN DATE
PREPARED BY MID
CHECKED BY CSAK
REVIEW ED BY CSAK
APPD. BY SJB
THIS DOCUMENT SHALL NEITHER BE DUPLICATED, TRANSFERRED NOR REVISED OTHER SHEET
THAN STIPULATED WITH IN THE GCC 1 OF 635
Page 1 of 635
NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX (NFC)
POWDER PLANT PACKAGE
SPECIFICATION FOR STORAGE TANKS & VESSELS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SL NO SECTION DESCRIPTION NO OF
PAGES
1 Section-I Scope of Enquiry 4
2 Section-II Project Information 3
3 Section-III Scope of Work 5
4 Section-IV Technical Requirements 4
5 Section-V Schedules 12
6 Attachment Scope Matrix 2
7 Annexure-I List of Equipments 3
8 Owners Specification 600
Page 2 of 635
SECTION – I
SCOPEOF ENQUIRY
Scope of Enquiry Technical Specifications 0 Page
Section –I TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 1 of 4

Page 3 of 635
1.00.00 Introduction
M/s Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC), is in process of setting up new fuel
fabrication facilities at Rawatbhata, Kota, Rajasthan which will be called as
Nuclear Fuel Complex, Kota. The NFC Kota will have a 500 Tons per Annum
(TPA) PHWR Fuel Fabrication Facility (PFFF) and a 65 TPA Zircaloy
Fabrication Facility (ZFF) (in Phase-I). The PFFF will have two modules of 250
TPA each consisting of two units of Powder, Pellet & Assembly and one unit of
Tube preparation section. The project will also be equipped with all the required
utilities, infrastructure facilities and the waste management facilities. This
document constitutes scope of Storage Tanks & Vessels for the Natural
Uranium Oxide Powder (Wet & Dry Sections) for both the modules and
associated chemical handling facilities as a part of PHWR Fuel Fabrication
Facility (PFFF).
2.00.00 Scope of Enquiry

The requirement of scope of work includes, supply, design, engineering,
fabrication, erection, construction, painting, testing and commissioning of all
Static equipments listed in the Engineering Table doc no. A367-35-16-46-ET-
4410 or any other item listed elsewhere in the tender required for the completion
of the Job. Supply of Pressure Vessels and Storage Tanks based on process
datasheet and / or contractor’s generated process datasheet approved by NFC,
wherever applicable. Contractor shall perform mechanical design and prepare
Mechanical Engineering Data sheets as per Specification. Based on reviewed
Mechanical Engineering Data Sheets, Contractor shall prepare fabrication
drawings and other documents. The scope of works for the package shall be as
per Process data sheets, P&ID’s drawing, standards, specifications etc.
attached as Appendix to this specification.
3.00.00 Intent of Specification
3.01.00 This specification is intended to describe the scope of supply and services, and
the minimum technical requirements of equipments / systems in order to ensure
that the system is capable of continuous operation with a high degree of
reliability and to the satisfaction of the Purchaser / Owner.
3.02.00 It is not the intent to specify completely herein, all details of design and
construction of the equipment. However, the equipment shall conform in all
respects to high standards of engineering, design and workmanship and be
capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to the VENDOR’s
guarantee in a manner acceptable to PURCHASER, who shall interpret the
meaning of drawings and specifications and shall be entitled to reject any work
or material which in his judgement is not in full accordance therewith.
3.03.00 The vendor shall carry out all work in accordance with the scope of work and
technical requirements briefly elaborated in this specification and other sections
of the Owners specifications.

Page 4 of 635
3.04.00 Unless otherwise specifically excluded in this specification, the bidder shall be
responsible for supply of all materials, equipments / systems within the terminal
points, in order to make the system complete to meet the intent of the
specification.
4.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS
4.01.00 All equipment, system and services covered under this specification shall
comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes.
Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the bidder of his
responsibility.
4.02.00 The standards not indicated in the specification are also acceptable, if they are
established to be equal or superior to the standards indicated in the
specification.
4.03.00 In the event of any conflict between the codes and the standards referred to
elsewhere in the specification and the requirements of this specification, more
stringent of the two shall govern.
4.04.00 All codes and standards referred to in the specification shall be understood to
be latest version on the date of offer made by the Bidder unless otherwise
indicated.
5.00.00 Qualifying Requirements
5.01.00 The bidder or his collaborator should have designed, prepared manufacturing
drawings and manufactured the similar capacities of vessels and tanks for at
least one plants which have been in successful operation for a minimum period
of 1 years.
5.02.00 Bidder shall furnish the details of his own / collaborator’s credentials along with
Client certificates for the quoted reference plant.
6.00.00 Documents to be submitted
6.01.00 The information to be furnished by the bidder shall include but not be limited to:
i. List of drawings and documents to be submitted for review, approval and
information with scheduled submission dates
ii. Design Calculations
iii. Mechanical Data Sheets
iv. G.A Drawings
v. Details of nozzles, manholes and other pressure parts
vi. Details of internals

Page 5 of 635
vii. Details of Externals Clips

viii. Bill of Quantities
ix. Fabrication Drawings
x. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
xi. Foundation drawings and design requirement data including loads,
details of fixing, grouting and all relevant data required for design of
foundation.
xii. Surface preparation and painting procedures (As applicable)
xiii. All other drawings & documents required for completion of the job as
required by Owner
7.00.00 Delivery Period

Vessels and storage tanks for powder plant facilities shall be manufactured /
fabricated, delivered, erected and commissioned as per approved delivery
schedule.
However, Bidder shall submit the best delivery schedule along with offer for
below Combinations:
Lot-1 : Area-32 & Area-35
Lot-2 : Area -33
Lot-3: Area-31,34,56 & 45

Page 6 of 635
SECTION – II
PROJECT INFORMATION
Project Information Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section –II TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 1 of 3
Page 7 of 635
1. Owner Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC)

2. Owner’s Consultant Engineers India Limited
3. Project title Powder Plant & Associated Raw Material
Facilities of PHWR Fuel Fabrication Facility
4. Location Rawatbhata
5. State Rajasthan
6. Nearest Important Town Kota (50 Km from Project Site)
7. Nearest Railway Station Kota (50 Km from Project Site)
8. Nearest Port Mumbai
9. Nearest Airport Udaipur / Jaipur
10. Nearest National Highway NH - 12
Temperature, Relative humidity and Wind data for the plant site are as follows
Parameter Minimum Normal / Maximum / Design
Average
Meteorological Data
Ambient Temperature,°C tmin =2.58 tnor = Amb tmax = 52.73
Relative Humidity, % 2%@ tmin @ tnor 100% @ tmax
Data for Equipment Design
Outdoor air temperature for DBT WBT
design of Ventilation and Air
Summer 45 23.9
conditioning Systems, °C
Monsoon 37.2 26.7
Winter 7.2 5.0
Wind Data a) Normal (minimum) Wind Speed
8.3 m/s @ 90 m Height
(a) Wind Velocity
(b) Prevailing Wind 10.5 m/s @ 120 m Height
Direction
Extreme Wind Speeds
49.79 m/s @ 10 m
54.82 m/s @ 30 m
57.83 m/s @ 60 m and
b) Wind Direction: WSW with respect to
true North
Low ambient temperature 2.58
for minimum design metal
temp. (MDMT), °C

Page 8 of 635
Seismic Data
Seismic forces shall be as per IS 1893 for Zone –II.

Page 9 of 635
SECTION – III
SCOPEOF WORK
Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section – III TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 1 of 5
Page 10 of 635
1.00.00 General
This section details the scope of supply and services to be furnished by the
bidder under this enquiry. Unless specifically excluded in this section, any item
not indicated but required for completion of the system (within terminal points)
shall be deemed to be included in the scope of the Bidder.
2.00.00 Scope of Work

The scope of work includes design, engineering, procurement, manufacture,
shop testing & inspection, supply of all items including all materials and
equipments, mandatory and commissioning spares, consumables and
chemicals, special tools & tackles, transportation, receipt, storage and handling
at site, installation, painting, pre commissioning and commissioning, trial runs
and performance guarantee test run of complete Static equipments.
The scope shall also include preparation of all drawings and documents &
obtaining approval from Owner.
2.01.00 Engineering and Detailed Design

Bidder’s scope shall include preparation of detailed design calculations, data
sheets, G.A & fabrication drawings for each storage tank / Pressure vessels as
listed in Annexure -I under this contract. Bidder shall also provide all necessary
support for obtaining approval for the drawings from the end client.
2.02.00 Manufacturing, Testing and Inspection

2.02.01 Bidder’s scope shall include
i. Procurement of raw material
ii. Fabrication, testing and inspection of tanks at his shop. Testing and
inspection, including stage inspection, shall be witnessed by the
Purchaser / Owner as per approved QAP. The bidder shall submit all
inspection and test reports for the review of the Purchaser / Owner and
carry out all necessary modifications / corrections as necessary at no
extra cost to the Purchaser / Owner.
iii. Proper ventilation shall be maintained during the course of surface
preparation and painting.
2.02.02 Any transportation and pre-assembly of tanks for the purpose of testing
shall be deemed to be included in the Bidder’s scope.
2.03.00 Packing and Loading

The bidder’s scope shall include packing and loading of tanks supplied under
this contract from his shop as per specification.

Page 11 of 635
2.04.00 Transportation to site

2.04.01 Bidder’s scope shall include transportation of all tanks furnished by him
from his shop to site including obtaining Right of Way and all other
clearances.
2.05.00 Unloading and Storage at Site

2.05.01 Bidder’s scope shall include building of temporary stores at site, as
required for safe storage of the material.
2.06.00 Erection Testing and Commissioning

2.06.01 Bidder’s scope shall include
i. Complete erection of all tanks and vessels furnished by him including
grouting (as applicable).
ii. Erection methodology, manuals and procedure and all other erection
activities and ensure compliance to the written procedures.
iii. Inspection and testing at site after erection / fabrication.
iv. Inspection and testing facilities (including all equipments and
instruments) at site
v. Touch-up painting of all equipments, piping and structures in bidder’s
scope.
vi. Disposal of scrap material from site
vii. Bidder scope shall include all necessary tools, equipments required for
the erection and commissioning of supplied tanks. These shall be taken
back after successful completion of scope works.
2.07.00 Statutory Approval

2.07.01 Bidder’s scope shall include statutory approval for all facilities / equipments
supplied by him. All coordination with statutory agencies, fees etc. shall be
deemed to be included in bidder’s scope.
2.07.02 Bidder shall also provide all necessary information requested by the
Purchaser / Owner to enable the Owner to meet his statutory obligations
and obtain necessary approvals.
3.00.00 Scope of Supply

Bidder’s scope of supply includes Storage Tanks and Pressure Vessels as
listed in Annexure –I of this specification.
3.01.01 Plates, pipes/nozzles, fittings, flanges, blind / counter flanges, fasteners,
support legs / brackets as per approved G.A Drawings.
3.01.02 Material of construction shall be as per approved GA of respective vessels /
tanks.

Page 12 of 635
3.02.00 Fabrication Drawings

3.02.01 Bidder shall prepare and furnish at his own cost detailed fabrication drawings
for Construction and their subsequent revisions. Fabrication drawings shall
include dimensional details, erection details, materials schedule and all other
relevant details necessary for fabrication and erection. The fabrication
drawings shall be corrected to reflect all revisions / comments made by the
Client / EPC contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. Bidder shall provide
details of all supplying requirements for vessels / tanks.
3.02.02 The detailed fabrication drawings prepared by Bidder shall indicate the sizes
of the steel plates and section as per Indian Standards or the relevant
standard as applicable. Drawings shall also indicate the weight of the
sections, obtainable from the standard hand books or manufacturer’s list of
products and identification marks for purposes of dispatch, erection, etc.
3.02.03 The total weight of each member shall also be indicated on the fabrication
drawings which shall be used for measurement and payment purpose. This
weight shall be calculated on the basis of approved unit weight of each
component of the member. Weight of bolts, nuts and washers shall not be
added to the weight of members and shall be separately shown on the
drawings.
3.02.04 In the event that any dismantling, alteration, re-erection or any modification
or other repairs may become necessary owing to any errors on fabrication
drawings, the BIDDER shall carry out all necessary rectification work as
directed by and to the satisfaction of the CONSULTANT at no extra cost to
the OWNER. Any wastage of steel that may occur for this reason will be to
BIDDER’s account. Further, the BIDDER will not be entitled to any
extension of time.
3.02.05 Should there be a requirement or need for preparation of separate
drawings to show enlarged details to erection facilities, then such drawings
shall be prepared by the BIDDER at his own cost.
4.00.00 Painting / Corrosion Protection

Bidder’s scope shall include application of paint at shop for carbon steel
materials as per specifications
5.00.00 Mandatory Spare Parts

S.No Part Description Quantity Required
1 Pressure Vessels & Storage Tanks
1.1 Fasteners for each nozzle shown with 25% of Installed
blind flange/for each shell flange/for all Quantity
internal flanges

Page 13 of 635
1.2 Gasket for each nozzle shown with blind 2 time replacement
flange/for each shell flange/for all
internal flanges
Notes:
1. The above no. of spares are minimum.
2. Wherever % age is identified; Bidder shall supply next rounded figure.
3. Mandatory spares shall be procured along with the main equipment. These
spares include only those spares, which are critical for equipment and require
longer delivery periods.
4. The word `Set' means the quantity required for full replacement of that part in
one machine.
5. The Bidder shall quote for all the mandatory spares as defined above & as
applicable to the proposed design of the equipment. In case, any spare which
is listed above but not applicable due to specific construction/design of the
equipment, the same shall be highlighted as `Not Applicable' against that spare
supported with proper technical explanation.
6. Spare parts shall be identical in all respects to the parts fitted on the main
equipment, including dimensions, material of construction, testing & heat
treatment.
6.00.00 Exclusions
6.01.01 Tank Foundation and Civil works (however grouting of base plate is in
bidder’s scope).
7.00.00 Scope Matrix

Please refer detailed scope matrix attached to this specification

Page 14 of 635
TATA PROJECTS LTD
SECTION - IV
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Technical Requirements Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section – IV TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 1 of 4
Page 15 of 635
TATA PROJECTS LTD
1.00.00 General
All equipments and system under the scope of the contract shall be designed
as per the Codes and Standards and other requirements indicated in this
section, various national and international codes, and standard industrial
practices. In addition to the requirements stipulated in this section, Bidder
shall also meet the Owner’s requirements enclosed to this specification.
All equipments furnished under this contract shall be complete with all
mountings, fittings and other accessories required for safe transportation,
unloading, storage, erection, operation and maintenance of the equipment.
The technical requirements stipulated here are the minimum requirements that
the bidder has to meet and in no way absolves the bidder of meeting his
statutory obligations and guarantees and providing an integrated facility capable
of safe and trouble free operation.
2.00.00 Codes & Standards
Standard Title
API 650 Welded tanks for Oil Storage
IS 875 Code practice for Design Loads for Buildings &

Structures
IS 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of

structures
ASME Sec. II Materials
ASME Sec. VIII Div.1 Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
ASME Sec. IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications
API 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage

Tanks
ASME B 16.21 Non Metallic flat gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ASME B 16.5 Pipe flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASME Sec. V Non-destructive Examination

Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to
ASTM A 262
Inter-granular Attack in Austenitic Stainless
Steels
3.00.00 Pressure Vessels & Storage Tanks

Page 16 of 635
TATA PROJECTS LTD
3.01.00 Connections and Appurtenances

3.01.01 Bidder shall provide all connections and appurtenances as specified on the tank
data sheets.
3.01.02 All shell/roof nozzles, mountings reinforcements shall be designed in
accordance with API 650 / ASME Sec. VIII Div.1.
3.02.00 Details of Roof Supporting Structures

3.02.01 BIDDER shall note that design of tanks is included in his scope. The roof plates
shall be self supported or supported by structure. Column supported roof shall
be not acceptable. The roof and it’s supporting structure shall be designed to
carry the dead loads, internal and external pressure as specified in process data
sheet and live loads as per the design code. Roof plates shall not be attached
to the supporting members but will rest on it. Supporting Structure shall not be
immersed in stored media. The allowable stresses for structural members shall
be as specified in applicable design code.
3.03.00 Erection of Tanks

3.03.01 BIDDER shall supply all labour, false work, scaffolding, tools, welding machines,
cables, electrodes, radiographic equipment, films, etc. For the satisfactory
erection of the tanks.
3.03.02 BIDDER shall submit to the purchaser for approval, the details of the erection
procedure he intends to adopt for the tanks, in particular, welding procedure
shall be submitted. The BIDDER shall also submit for the purchaser
consideration the methods proposed to be employed by him for the protection
of the shell against wind damage during erection.
3.03.03 Grouting of tanks wherever required shall be carried out by Bidder and all
consumables required for the same shall be supplied by the Bidder.
4.00.00 TESTING OF STORAGE TANKS

4.01.01 The testing of tanks shall be carried out generally as per API 650.In addition;
the following specific requirements are to be considered.
The tank shall be subjected to hydro test at vendor place. The tank shall be
filled with municipal water; Use of ground water shall be avoided. Hydrostatic
Test pressure shall be as per per approved G.A Drawing / QAP.
i. The tanks shall be tested by filling with water to the level of the top of
the shell, including the curb angle. The filling shall be done under
controlled conditions to ensure that foundation failure does not occur
during filling.
ii. Eight points on the tanks should be marked around the base of the tank
for subsequent levelling reference. Before water is admitted into the
tank, the levels at each reference point should be recorded. The tank

Page 17 of 635
TATA PROJECTS LTD
shall then be filled in stages of ¼, ½ , ¾ and full levels with level

readings taken at the reference points to satisfaction. The full water
load should be maintained for 24 hours before off loading. The entire
sequence of filling and testing shall be as directed by purchaser.
4.01.02 During emptying of test water, precautions shall be taken to ensure that the tank
should not experience high vacuum than it is designed.
5.00.00 Painting
Painting and lining shall be as per approved GA. Additionally bidder to follow
the general requirement of end client.

Page 18 of 635
SECTION – V
SCHEDULES
Page 19 of 635
Specification : TPL-XXXX- Rev-R0
TATA PROJECTS LIMITED Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201
NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX (NFC) Page 1 Schedule-F1
STORAGE TANKS AND PRESSURE VESSELS
SPECIFICATION
1. SCHEDULE OF GENERAL PARTICULARS
1.0 Name of the Bidder / Manufacturer :
2.0 Address of the Bidder / Manufacturer :
3.0 Telegraphic, Fax & Telephone

addresses of the Bidder /
Manufacturer
4.0 Name and designation of the officer :

of the Bidder / Manufacturer’s
representative to whom all reference
shall be made for expeditious
technical co-ordination
5.0 Place of Manufacture :
6.0 Current registration number with :

DGS & D
7.0 Service facilities available :
8.0 Availability of spare parts :
9.0 Bidder’s proposal number and date :
10.0 Penalty for delay in delivery : Yes/No

acceptable as per general conditions
of contract
11.0 All particulars called for in Section-F : Yes/No.

of specification furnished
12.0 All deviations pointed out in Schedule : Yes/No.

of Deviation
Page 20 of 635
SPECIFICATION
13.0 Is the Bidder agreeable to supply the : Yes/No.

equipment in case the deviations
stipulated by him are not acceptable
to Purchaser
14.0 Validity of Offer (shall not be less : Yes/No.

than 90 days)
SIGNATURE :
NAME :
SEAL OF THE COMPANY DESIGNATION :
COMPANY :
DATE :
Page 21 of 635
SPECIFICATION
2. PRICE SCHEDULE
(PRICES TO INCLUDE ALL APPLICABLE TAXES, AND DUTIES)
Sl. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY TOTAL

No. PRICE (RS)
1.0 Design engineering charges
1.1 Design engineering charges for Vessels &

Tanks as per Annexure - I with accessories, 1 Lot
as per specification.
2.0 Supply, Fabrication, Testing &

Inspection Price
2.1
Price for the Vessels & Tanks including
packing and forwarding as per annexure –I 1 Lot
2.2 Taxes and Duties
2.3 Transportation charges

Transportation of the Vessels & Tanks as
per annexure – I Ex-works to site, including
Transit insurance.
2.4 Total Supply Price ( Item 2.1 + Item 2.2 +

item 2.3)
3.0 Ex-works price including packing and

forwarding for recommended spares as per
Schedule F5
Ex-works price including packing and
forwarding for maintenance tools and
tackles as per Schedule F6.
Total cost of recommended spares and
maintenance tools and tackles including
Page 22 of 635
SPECIFICATION
transportation, insurance and taxes &

duties.
Price for erection and commissioning of all
Vessels & tanks
Guaranteed period for engineering,
manufacture, supply, inspection, erection,
testing, painting, & commissioning of tanks,
from the date of telex / letter of intent (in
months)
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
1.0 Scheduled completion period from the date of P.O. : ------------- months
COMPANY SEAL SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE
Page 23 of 635
SPECIFICATION
3. SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Bidder shall submit the compliance of technical specification along with bid. If any
deviations from the technical specification shall be filled by the BIDDER in this
schedule.
Sl Document No Sheet Clause MR Deviation required by the

No No No Requirement Bidder
and justification of its need
The BIDDER hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from
the PURCHASER’s Technical Specifications for this enquiry. The BIDDER further
confirms that in the event any other data and information presented in the BIDDER’s
proposal and accompanying documents including drawings, catalogues, etc., are at
variance with the specific requirements laid out in the PURCHASER’s Technical
Specifications, then the latter shall govern and shall be binding on the BIDDER for
the quoted price.
COMPANY SEAL SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE
Page 24 of 635
SPECIFICATION
4. SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM GENERAL CONDITIONS
All deviations regarding the commercial aspects from the Specification shall be filled
in by the BIDDER clause by clause in this schedule.
SECTION CLAUSE NO. DEVIATION WITH COST FOR

CLARIFICATION WITHDRAWING
THE DEVIATION
The BIDDER hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from the
EMPLOYER’s Specifications for this enquiry. The BIDDER further confirms that in the
event any other data and information presented in the BIDDER’s proposal and
accompanying documents including drawings, catalogues, etc., are at variance with the
specific requirements laid out in the EMPLOYER’s Specifications, then the latter shall
govern and will be binding on the BIDDER for the quoted price.
SEAL OF COMPANY SIGNATURE ___________________
NAME ___________________
DESIGNATION___________________
COMPANY ___________________
ADDRESS ___________________
DATE ___________________
Page 25 of 635
SPECIFICATION
5. SCHEDULE OF MANDATORY & RECOMMENDED SPARES

The Bidder shall indicate the quantum of Mandatory spares & recommended Spares
for two (2) years of operation:
DESCRIPTION OF
PERIOD (WEEKS)
MANUFACTURER
RECOMMENDED
CONSTRUCTION
FROM DATE OF
QUANTITY/SET
TAG NUMBER
MATERIAL OF
TOTAL PRICE
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
UNIT PRICE
AND PART
DELIVERY
REMARKS
PER UNIT
NUMBER
SL. NO.
SPARE
LOI
Rs.
Rs.
A. MANDATORY SPARES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. RECOMMENDED SPARES AS INDICATED BY THE BIDDER IN ADDITION TO MANDATORY

SPARES AS INDICATED BY THE OWNER/PURCHASER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SIGNATURE : ____________________________
____
NAME :
____________________________
DESIGNATION : ____
____________________________
COMPANY : ____
____________________________
COMPANY SEAL DATE : ____________________________
____
____
Page 26 of 635
SPECIFICATION
6. SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND TACKLES
The BIDDER shall give the list of maintenance tools and tackles offered by him for
this package in the format given below.
Item No. Particulars Quantity Unit Price / Ex- Sub-total Total Price
required works *1 *2
(3 x 4)
1 2 3 4 5 6
NOTES:
*1. The schedule with prices shall be included along with the price bid. Only the
list of spares offered without the prices shall be furnished along with the
technical bid.
*2. (a) For imported maintenance tools and tackles, the total price indicated
against column 6 shall include CIF price, customs duty, customs
clearance and handling charges at Indian port, local transportation
charges from Indian port to site, transit insurance, unloading at site
and storage.
(b) For indigenous maintenance tools and tackles, the total price shall
include ex-works price, local transportation charges from ex-works to
site, transit insurance, all taxes & duties, unloading at site and storage.
SEAL OF COMPANY SIGNATURE ___________________
NAME ___________________
DESIGNATION___________________
COMPANY ___________________
ADDRESS ___________________
DATE ___________________
Page 27 of 635
SPECIFICATION
7. SCHEDULE OF WEIGHTS
The BIDDER shall state the weights and dimensions of various packages for
shipment comprising the complete scope.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS WEIGHT

(IN METERS) (IN TONNES)
SIGNATURE --------------------------
COMPANY SEAL NAME --------------------------
DESIGNATION --------------------------
DATE --------------------------
Page 28 of 635
Specification: TPL-XXXX-
Rev-R0

SPECIFICATION
8. SCHEDULE OF UTILITY CONSUMPTION
Bidder shall furnish below following utility consumption and auxiliary power
requirements for Erection, Testing & Commissioning.
Consumption at Site
S. No. Description Units Condition Remarks
Max. Avg. Min.
Construction Power
1 Requirement
Construction water Cum
2
Requirements /day
Any other consumables as
3
required
SIGNATURE ____________________
NAME ___________________
COMPANY SEAL DESIGNATION ___________________
COMPANY ____________________
DATE ____________________
Page 29 of 635
Specification: TPL-XXXX-
Rev-R0

SPECIFICATION
9. SCHEDULE OF BIDDER'S EXPERIENCE
The Bidder shall furnish herewith a list of similar jobs executed by him to whom
reference may be made by the Employer in case the Employer considers such a
reference necessary, particularly those projects referred herein meeting the Bidder's
Qualification. Requirements, shall be listed separately at the beginning of the list and
shall also be highlighted.
Sl.No. Description Detail
1 Project
2 Client Name and Address
3 P.O No / Date
4 Date of commissioning
5 Type of Tanks Constructed
6 No of Tanks in contract
7 Capacity of Tank
8 Type of Vessels Constructed
9 No of Vessels in contract
10 Capacity of Vessel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE ____________________
NAME ___________________
COMPANY SEAL DESIGNATION ___________________
COMPANY ____________________
DATE ____________________
Page 30 of 635
Nuclear Fuel Complex
Powder Plant Package
Scope Matrix For Storage Tanks & Vessels

Scope
S. No Description
PV TPL
Scope of work :
The scope of work includes design, engineering, procurement, manufacture, shop
testing & inspection, supply of all items including all materials, mandatory and
commissioning spares, consumables and chemicals, special tools & tackles,
transportation, receipt, storage and handling at site, site fabrication (As applicable),
A
installation, painting, pre commissioning and commissioning, trial runs and  -
performance guarantee test run of all vessels & Storage Tanks.
The scope shall also include preparation of all drawings and documents & obtaining
approval from Owner / Consultant.
B Mechanical
1 Design & Detail Engineering as per Specifications  -
Preparation of Data sheets, Design Calculations, G.A Drawings, Details of nozzles,
Nozzles load data, manholes and other pressure parts, Details of internals, Details of
2
external clips, manufacturing / fabrication drawings & Bill of materials with material
 -
spec
3 Quality Assurance Plans and Inspection Test Plans (ITP)  -
Erection, Inspection & Test, Commissioning & Performance guarantee test
4
procedures
 -
5 As-Built Drawings & Documents  -

All other drawings & documents required for completion of the job as required by
6
Owner
 -
Approvals from statutory authorities, necessary drawings, documents as required

7
for obtaining such approvals.
 -
8 Steel Plates  -
9 Structural Steel  -
10 Nozzle Pipes & Flanges (Including counter/blind flanges & fasteners)  -
11 Manholes, View ports & Hand Holes  -
12 Ladders / Staircase, Access Platforms & Walkways  -
13 Hand Railing  -
14 Tank supports, foundation / Anchor Bolts  -
15 Painting at shop & Site (As Applicable)  -
16 Insulation & Cladding (As Applicable)  -
17 Shop Testing & Inspection  -
18 QA Documentation  -
19 Packing & Forwarding  -
20 Transportation to Site  -
21 Loading & Unloading at site  -
22 Site Storage  -
Handling at site
23 Providing required resources like Cranes, Trailers, Man lifts and all required tools  -
and tackles and machineries etc to complete the Job
24 Erection & Installation of Storage Tanks & Vessels  -
Erection & Installation of TPL Supplied Items / Equipments
25
Agitators, Electric Heaters, PRV's/ Breather Valves, Instruments & Etc.
 -
26 Site Testing & Inspection  -

Pre-commissioning and commissioning, trial runs, performance guarantee tests &
27
Hand over (As applicable)
 -
28 Scaffolding (As Applicable)  -

29 Tools & Tackles  -
30 Start up, Erection & Commissioning Spares.  -
Recommended Spares for 2 year operation & maintenance (Bidder to provide list of
31
spares)
 -
32 Mandatory Spares (Refer specification)  -

Providing required skilled, semi-skilled, un-skilled workmen for the entire period of
33
works
 -
34 Deployment of engineers, supervisors, and foremen's required for the job  -

35 Deployment of Quality & Safety personnel required for the Job  -
Page 31 of 635
Nuclear Fuel Complex
Powder Plant Package
Scope Matrix For Storage Tanks & Vessels

Scope
S. No Description
PV TPL
Compliance of statutory requirements like ESI, PF, Workmen compensation policy
36
etc.
 -
37 Labour Colony & Labour License - 

Construction Power at site will be provided at one point on chargeable basis and
38 further distribution and monthly electricity bills shall be under contractor scope.  -
Power backup also shall be under contractor scope
Establishing power at one point including establishing Transformers, main panels &
39
etc.
- 
40 Construction Water - 
C Civil
All necessary civil inputs such as Equipment load data, foundation details and other
1
inputs required for the civil design to be carried out by TPL / Client.
 -
2 Equipment Foundations - 
Supply of foundation bolts, minor chipping / correction foundations, grouting
3
including supply of required material after erection and alignment of equipment.
 -
NOTE:- TPL- Tata projects ltd, PV- Package Vendor
Page 32 of 635
List Of Equipments Annexure -I
NFC-KOTA POWDER PLANT STORAGE TANKS & VESSELS
SUPPLY PRICE,
SHELL DATA HEAD DATA Transportation Cost ERECTION PRICE
Ex-Works incl.P&F Specify Dispatch Condition to
Sr. SUPPORT TYPE APPROX. ERECTION
ITEM NO. SERVICE M.O.C RADIOGRAPHY PWHT QTY Site Fully Fabricated / Pre- REMARKS
No. MIN. & MOC WT.PER ITEM (KGS.)
DIA. X HEIGHT Fabricated
THK. TYPE THK Unit Price,INR Total Price,INR Unit Price,INR Total Price,INR Unit Price,INR Total Price,INR
(mm)
(mm)
AREA- 32 (Dissolution )
TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
1 32 -TK-1001/2001 MDU DISSOLUTION TANK 1650x 2300 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 32 -AG-1101/2101
TORISPHERICAL(TOP & BRACKET
2 32 -TK-1002/2002 PR-1 DISSOLUTION TANK 1650X 2300 6 10 SA 240GR 304L FULL NIL 1800 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM) SS 304L
TORISPHERICAL(TOP & BRACKET
3 32 -TK-1003/2003 PR-2 DISSOLUTION TANK 1650X 2300 6 10 SA 240GR 304L FULL NIL 1800 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM) SS 304L
32 -TK-1004/1005/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
4 CUNS STORAGE TANK 1870X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1700 6 0.00 0.00 0.00
1006/2004/ 2005/2006 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 32-AG- 1104 TO 1106/2104 TO 2106
TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
5 32 -TK-1008 /2008 MISC. SOLN. TANK 1750X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
6 32 -TK-1009/2009 MISC. SOLN. TANK 1750X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
CAUSTIC LYE SOLUTION TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG TANK WITH AGITATOR
7 32 -TK-1013 / 2013 1260X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
PREPARATION TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 32 -AG- 1113/ 2113
8 32 -TK- 1016/2016 NITRIC ACID DUMP TANK 1260X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 32 -TK-1017/2017 SERVICE WATER TANK 1750X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1450 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
32 -TK-1024/1025/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
10 EMERGENCY WATER TANK 910X 1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 600 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2024/2025 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
11 32 -TK-1026/2026 EMERGENCY DRAIN TANK 1870X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 32 -AG- 1126/2126
12 32 -TK-1027/2027 OVERFLOW TANK 2050X 1650 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1700 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 32 -TK-1028/2028 NITRIC ACID DOSING TANK 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
ORG. COLLECTION TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
14 32 -TK-1029/2029 720 X 1150 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 450 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
(MISC SOLN.)TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
32-XX- SAFETY LIMB FOR PR TOP: CONICAL 6 TO BE DECIDED
15 300 x 3000 6 SA 240 Gr 304L SPOT NIL 1000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
1468/1469/2468/2469 DISSOLUTION TANK BOTTOM: FLAT 6 BY BIDDER
38
UNIT 35 (Precipitation,Filtration &Drying)
35 -TK-
1001/1002/1003/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
1 PRECIPITATOR 1900X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1750 8 0.00 0.00 0.00
1004/2001/2002/ BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 35 -AG- 1101 TO 1104/ 2101TO 2104
2003/2004
35 -TK- 1005/1006/ AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
2 500X 1000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 300 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005/2006 CONSTANT HEAD TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE DAY TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
3 35 -TK-1007/2007 1260X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 900 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
35 -TK-1009/1010/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
4 FILTRATE TANK 2500X 1500 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2009/2010 BOTTOM: TORISPHERICAL 6 SS 304L
35 -TK-1012/1013/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 8 LEG TANK WITH AGITATOR

5 UNPS STORAGE TANK 3450X 4000 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 6800 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2012/2013 BOTTOM: TORICONE 8 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1112 TO 1113/2112TO 2113
ANGLE LEG
6 35 -PV-1469/2469 VAPOUR HOLDER 850X 1750 12 2:1 ELILPSOIDAL 12 SA 516GR 70 FULL NIL 1500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
SS 304L
24
AREA- 33 (Solvent Extraction)
1 033 -TK-1001/2001 URANYL NITRATE FEED TANK 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 EXTRACT TANK 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
033-TK-/1007/1008/ URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
3 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2007/2008 TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 33 -AG- 1107 TO 1108/ 2107 TO 2108
TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
4 033 -TK-1009/2009 UNPS STORAGE TANK 2300 X 2800 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
033-TK-1010/1011/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
5 UNPS STORAGE TANK 2300 X 2800 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
TANK WITH AGITATOR
033-TK-1012/1013/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
6 SODA PREPARATION TANK 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1250 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 33 -AG- 1112 TO 1113/ 2112 TO 2113
SADDLE
7 033-TK-1014/2014 DRAIN TANK 2800 X 4000 8 2:1 EILPSOIDAL 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 5800 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 HORIZONTALVESSEL CONSIDERED
SS 304L
8 033-TK-1015/2015 AQUEOUS COLLECTION TANK 720 X 1150 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
033 -TK-1016/1017/ TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
9 SOVL ENT TREATMENT TANK 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2016/2017 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 33-AG- 1116 TO 1117 / 2116 TO 2117
10 TREATED LS STORAGE TANK 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1750 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page 33 of 635
SUPPLY PRICE,
(mm)
(mm)
11 033-TK-1021/2021 ORGANIC PHASE COLL TANK 720x1150 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
12 033 -TK-1022/2022 ACID WASH TANK 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
ORG/AQUEOUS SEPARATION TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
13 033-TK-1024 / 2024 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
14 033-TK-1025 /2025 UNF CONSTANT HEAD TANK 1590 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 33-AG- 1125/2125
15 033-TK-1026/2026 UNR CONSTANT HEAD TANK 910x1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 670 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
LEAN SOLVENT CONSTANT HEAD TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
16 033-TK-1027/2027 910x1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 780 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
DM WATER CONSTANT HEAD TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG
17 033-TK-1028/2028 910X1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 670 2 0.00 0.00 0.00

18 033 -TK-1029/2029 EXTRACT CONSTANT HEAD TANK 910X1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 780 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
SODA WASH NEUTRALIZATIO N 2000 x 1000x TOP:FLAT PLATE BRACKET

19 033-TK-1030/2030 8 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
TANK 1500 BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE SS 304L
20 SOLVENT STORAGE TANK 1870 x 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
21 DM WATER TANK 2300 x 2800 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
22 SODA WASH TANK 1260 x 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
/2035/2036 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 LEG TANK WITH AGITATOR
23 033-TK-1037/2037 ACID PREPARATION TANK 1260 x 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
64
AREA- 31 (Nitric Acid & Caustic Lye)
ANCHORED ON
31 -TK-1001/1002 / TOP:CONICAL 12
1 NITRIC ACID STORAGE TANK 4050X 4700 6 SA 240GR 304L FOUNDATION SPOT NIL 6100 3 0.00 0.00 0.00
1007 BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 8
SS 304L
1000 X 1000X TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
2 31 -TK-1003 SUMP TANK 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 900 1 0.00 0.00 0.00
1000 BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 6 SS 304L
ANCHORED ON
TOP:CONICAL 8
3 31 -TK-1004/1008 CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE TANK 2550X 2950 6 SA 240GR 304L FOUNDATIO N SPOT NIL 2300 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 8
SS 304L
1000 X 1000X TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET

4 31-TK-1005 CAUSTIC LYE SUMP TANK 6 SA 240GR 304L FULL YES 1100 1 0.00 0.00 0.00
1000 BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 6 SS 304L
5 31 -TK-1006 SEALPOT 720X 1150 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 400 1 0.00 0.00 0.00
8
AREA-34 (Active Effluent Treatment Facility)

1 UNR TREATMENT TANKS 1900X 2500 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2100 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2001/2002 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1101 TO 1102 / 2101TO 2102
34 -TK-
2 1003/1004/1005/ ARS/NH4N03 DISPOSALTANK 3500X 4000 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 6200 6 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 8 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1103 TO 1105 / 2103 TO 2105
2003/2004/2005
34 -TK-1006/
3 1007/1008 DILUTE EXTRACT STORAGE TANK 1750X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1550 6 0.00 0.00 0.00
/2006/2007/2008
4 34 -TK-1009/ 2009 ORGANIC OVERFLOW TANK 720X 1150 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 500 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR
5 34 -TK-1011/2011 1900 X 2500 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1850 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
TANKS BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1111 TO 1113/ 2111TO 2113
34 -TK-1012/1013/ ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
6 1900 X 2500 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1850 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2012/ 2013 TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
34 -TK-
7 1014/1015/1016 ADUF TREATMENT TANK 2300 X 2800 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2550 6 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1114 TO 1116/ 2114TO 2116
/2014/2015/2016
8 ADU SUL DGE STORAGE TANK 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2020/2021 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L 34 -AG- 1120 TO 1121/2120TO 2121

9 NH4NO3 STORAGE TANK 4330 X 5020 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 9500 6 0.00 0.00 0.00
1024/2022/2023/2024 BOTTOM: TORICONE 8 SS 304L
10 34 -TK-1025/2025 DRAIN TANK 910 X 1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 650 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
11 UNR NEUTRALISATIO N TANK 1700X 2400 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
2026/ 2027 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
12 AMMONIUM NITRATE TANK 1870X 2000 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page 34 of 635
SUPPLY PRICE,
(mm)
(mm)
13 34 -TK- 1017/2017 ARS CONSTANT HEAD TANK 910X 1450 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 650 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
52
UNIT 56 (Ammonium Hydroxide Preparation)
PIPE LEG
1 056-TK-1001/1002 NH4OH STORAGE TANK 1750X 2000 6 2:1 ELILPSOIDAL 8 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000 2 0.00 0.00 0.00
SA 106GR.B
TOP: FLAT PLATE LEG
2 056 -TK-1003 SEALPOT 1040X 1650 6 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500 1 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE SS 304L
3
Unit 45 (De-contamination)
TOP: FLAT PLATE ANGLE LEG
1 045-TK-1001/1002 DECONTAMINAT ION TANK 1750X 2000 6 6 SA 240GR 304L SPOT NIL 4 0.00 0.00 0.00
BOTTOM: TORICONE SS 304L
Grand Total 193 0.00 0.00 0.00

NOTES
1 CONSTRUCTION CODE SHALLBE AS FOLLOWS:
A VESSELS SHALLBE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, INSPECTED AND TESTED AS PER ASME CODE SEC. VIII DIV.1 (LATEST)
B VESSELS FULL OF LIQUID AND / OR WITH DESIGN PRESSURE < 1.0KG/CM 2(G) SHALLBE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, INSPECTED AND TESTED AS PER ASME CODE SEC. VIII DIV.1
C TANKS SHALLBE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, ERECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH API 650.
D ALL DESIGN CACLULATIONS SHALBE CARRIED OUT IN CORRODED CONDITION.
2 THE FURNISHED WEIGHTS ARE WEIGHTS PER EQUIPMENT AND ARE PREILMINARY; INCASE OF MORE THAN ONE ITEM IN QTY, THE GIVEN WEIGHT SHOULD BE MULTIPILED ACCORDINGLY.
3 THE THICKNESSES INDICATED ARE MINIMUM REQUIRED, BIDDER TO CARRY OUT THE DESIGN CALCULATIONS AND INCREASE THE THICKNESS IF REQUIRED WITHOUT ANY TIME AND COST IMPLICATIONS.
4 MANDATORY SPARES COST TO BE INCLUDED IN ABOVE PRICES
5 PLEASE REFER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR NOZZLES AND FLANGES.
6 TO MINIMIZE THE FABRICATION / CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AT SITE, BIDDER SHALL SUPPLY IN PRE-FABRICATED AND ROLLED PLATES/SEGMENTS FOR THE TANKS WHICH ARE NOT ABLE TO TRANSPORTED TO SITE AS FINISHED ITEM.
7 PLEASE SPECIFY THE DELIVERY PERIOD FOR BELOW COMBINATIONS:
A Lot-1 : Area-32 & Area-35
B Lot-2 : Area-33
C Lot-3 : Area-31,34,56 & 45
Page 35 of 635
Owners Specification
Page 36 of 635
MR of Powder plant & Associated
Raw Material Facilities of PHWR Fuel
Fabrication Facility
Section - A
(Brief Scope)
MR of Powder Plant & Associated Chemical handling Facilities of
PHWR Fuel Fabrication Facility
Page 37 of 635
5 of5 of
Page 1964
1914
1914
INTRODUCTION
M/s Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC), is in process of setting up new fuel fabrication facilities at
Rawatbhata, Kota, Rajasthan which will be called as Nuclear Fuel Complex, Kota. The NFC-
Kota will have a 500 Tons per Annum (TPA) PHWR Fuel Fabrication Facility (PFFF) and a
65 TPA Zircaloy Fabrication Facility (ZFF) (in phase-I). The PFFF will have two modules of
250 TPA each consisting of two units of Powder, Pellet & Assembly and one unit of Tube
preparation section. The project will also be equipped with all the required utilities,
infrastructure facilities and the waste management facilities. This document constitutes
scope for the Natural Uranium Oxide Powder (Wet & Dry Sections) for both the modules and
associated chemical handling facilities as a part of PHWR Fuel Fabrication Facility (PFFF).
SITE CONDITIONS AND CLIMATE DATA
Site locations and Climate:

 Plant Location : Rawatbhata
 State : Rajasthan
 Nearest Important Town : Kota (50 km from Project site)
 Nearest Railway Station : Kota (50 km from Project site)
 Nearest Port : Mumbai
 Nearest Airport : Udaipur/ Jaipur
 Nearest National Highway : NH-12
Temperature, Relative humidity and Wind data for the plant site are as follows:
Parameter Minimum Normal / Maximum /

Average Design
METEOROLOGICAL DATA
0
Ambient temperature, C tmin= 2.58 tnor = Amb tmax=52.73
Relative humidity, % 2%@ tmin @ tnor 100%@ tmax
DATA FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGN
Outdoor air temperature for design of DBT WBT
0
Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems, С Summer 45.0 23.9
Monsoon 37.2 26.7
Winter 7.2 5.0
Wind data a)Normal (Minimum) wind speed
(a) wind velocity 8.3 m/sec at 90 m height:
(b) Prevailing wind direction 10.5 m/sec at 120 m height.
Extreme wind speeds
49.79 m/sec at 10 m
54.82 m/sec at 30 m
57.83 m/sec at 60 m and
b)Wind direction: WSW with respect to

true North
Low ambient temperature for Minimum
0
2.58
Design Metal Temp. (MDMT), C
Seismic Data
Seismic forces shall be as per IS:1893 for zone-II.
Page 38 of 635
6 of6 of
Page 1964
1914
1914
Purpose
To set-up powder plant consisting of Wet and Dry area (in two modules) and associated raw
material facilities (common).
PROCESS DESCRIPTION - URANIUM DI OXIDE POWDER PLANT
The process description of powder plant is as follows:-
UO2 powder manufacturing involves two major process steps namely wet (032, 033, 034,
035 & 045) and dry (036) sections.
The UO2 powder is produced through the Ammonium Di Uranate (ADU) precipitation route
basically involves dissolution of the raw material in the form of Magnesium di uranate
(MDU)/UOC/SDU in commercial grade nitric acid to obtain Crude Uranyl Nitrate Solution
(CUNS). The CUNS is refined using solvent extraction process, with tri butyl phosphate
diluted with kerosene as solvent to produce nuclear grade Uranyl Nitrate Pure Solution
(UNPS). The uranium in UNPS is precipitated out as Ammonium Di-Uranate (ADU), by
controlled addition of ammonium hydroxide / vapor ammonia in a batch reactor. The ADU
slurry is filtered and dried in a rotary tray drier. The dry ADU powder is converted to
sinterable grade UO2 powder by a series of operations like Calcination, Reduction and
Stabilization in rotary furnaces. The process flow-sheet is attached herewith. Process
description (Area – 032, 033, 034, 035, 036 & 045; applicable for each of the Module - 1 &
Module - 2) and associated raw materials (Area - 031 & 056; common to both the modules)
is as follows:
a) NITRIC ACID (AREA – 031 Common for both modules)
The area will have facility comprising of Nitric Acid unloading from road-tanker, storage and
transfer system. Nitric Acid to be used for wet section of Powder Plant will be Commercial
Grade (55-60% w/v). Following design aspects to be taken care of:
i. All the tanks shall be located within a dyke. Acid proof tiles shall be provided within
the dyke area. The dyke should be designed considering containment of single
largest tank. Dyke should have a minimum free-board of 110% of the volume of the
nitric acid storage tank.
ii. Ring type foundation shall be provided for storage tanks. The foundation also shall
be provided with acid proof tiles. The tank bottom shall be on an elevated foundation
to avoid puncturing of dyke wall for unloading & transfer pumps suction line.
iii. The inter-distance between the tanks shall be decided for easy operation and
maintenance. Sufficient distance (minimum 50% of height of the nitric acid storage
tank) shall be kept between outside edge of tanks and nearest dyke wall ensuring no
spillage outside the dyke.
iv. The vent outlet of all the storage tanks shall be connected together and finally dipped
into a water-filled seal tank so as to dissolve acid fumes / vapour emanating from the
tanks. The water filled seal tank shall be located inside the dyke.
v. Necessary drainage facility for storm water to drain out from the dyke area shall be
provided.
vi. The nitric acid system should be designed such that entire operation of unloading /
transfer can be done through the control room. Provision for local indication for all
the process parameters should be available in addition to indication at Central
Control Room.
vii. The nitric acid storage area shall have 1 no. of eye wash and safety shower system
and shall be located at convenient points for easy accessibility during emergency.
viii. There will be a sump tank along with pumping system for recycling of spillage back
to the storage tanks. An additional tapping with isolating valve shall be provided in
the sump pump discharge to transfer nitric acid to any other collection tank.
ix. Caustic lye arrangement should be provided in the dyke for neutralization of nitric
acid.
x. Provision to be made to approach the tanks in the dyke from the dyke wall without
entering into the dyke.
Page 39 of 635
7 of7 of
Page 1964
1914
1914
b) CAUSTIC LYE (AREA - 031 Common for both modules)
The area will have facility comprising of Caustic Lye unloading from road-tanker, storage
and transfer system. Caustic Lye to be used for wet section of Powder Plant will have 47%-
50% w/v. Following design aspects to be taken care of :
i. The caustic lye tank shall be located within a dyke with suitable alkali proof tiles. The
dyke should be designed considering containment of single largest tank. Dyke
should have a minimum free-board of 110% of the volume of the caustic lye storage
tank.
ii. Sufficient distance (minimum 50% of height of the caustic storage tank) shall be kept
between outside edge of tanks and nearest dyke wall ensuring no spillage outside
the dyke.
iii. Ring type foundation shall be provided for caustic lye storage tank. The foundation
shall also to be provided with alkali proof tiles. The tank bottom shall be on an
elevated foundation to avoid puncturing of dyke wall for unloading & transfer pumps
suction line. Inner dyke wall shall be provided with alkali proof tiles.
iv. Necessary facility for storm water drain from the dyke area shall be provided. The
drainage from this area shall be connected to storm water drain.
v. A ramp will be provided for the unloading of caustic lye tanker.
vi. The caustic lye system should be designed such that entire operation of unloading /
transfer can be done through the control room. Provision for local indication for all
the process parameters should be available in addition to indication at Central
Control Room.
vii. The caustic lye storage area shall have 1 no. of eye wash and safety shower system
and shall be located at convenient point for easy accessibility during emergency.
viii. There will be a sump tank along with pumping system for recycling of spillage back
to the storage tank.
ix. Nitric Acid arrangement should be provided in the dyke for neutralization of caustic
lye.
x. Provision to be made to approach the tanks in the dyke from the dyke wall without
entering into the dyke.
c) DISSOLUTION (AREA – 032 two identical modules):
Raw material is received in 200 liters MS containers. The raw materials are dissolved in
nitric acid and Uranium is brought in to soluble form. Dissolution process is an exothermic
reaction. The off gases that are generated in the process are thoroughly scrubbed before
they are released through a stack. However, for dissolution of process rejects particularly if
they are in the form of U3O8 or UO2, different operating parameters/process conditions are
followed. The NOx fumes from dissolution are passed through a heat exchanger followed by
a series of bubblers, absorber, scrubbing system, moisture eliminator etc. before releasing
through the stack. The uranium particulates from the raw material / process rejects feeding
stations are scrubbed and filtered through pre & HEPA filter before they are released
through the stack.
d) SOLVENT EXTRACTION (AREA – 033 two identical modules):
In solvent extraction process, the CUNS from dissolution is counter currently contacted with
solvent (30-35% TBP + 65-70% Kerosene) in a solvent extractor unit to obtain nuclear grade
pure extract. The impurities along with un-dissolved solids go out in the raffinate. The pure &
loaded extract is then stripped counter currently with DM water in mixer- settler unit to obtain
UNPS. The raffinate is sent to AETF (Area-34) for further treatment before disposal. Since,
the area handles organic solvent which are flammable all the instruments and fittings in this
area are to be of flame proof type.
e) PRECIPITATION, FILTRATION & DRYING (AREA – 035 two identical modules):
Page 40 of 635
8 of8 of
Page 1964
1914
1914
The feed to precipitation process, UNPS, is taken in a batch stirred reactor and heated to a
set temperature, thereafter, ammonia / ammonium hydroxide is added in a controlled
manner. After completion of the batch of ADU precipitation, ADU is filtered over a rotary pan
filter, and the moisture content in the ADU cake is typically around 20-25%. The ADU-cake
is then dried in a rotary tray drier (free issue material) at about 250-350° C. The dried
product is collected in collection/feed hoppers. The filtrate is treated in AETF before
disposal.
f) ACTIVE EFFLUENT TREATMENT FACILITY – AETF (AREA – 033 / 034 two identical
modules):
In the active effluent treatment facility the effluent streams from the solvent extraction and
precipitation / filtration processes are treated to meet the environmental guidelines before
disposal by sale. It basically receives:- 1) UNR received from solvent extraction 2) ADU
Filtrate received from precipitation / filtration
UNR TREATMENT :
The UNR received from solvent extraction is treated in two different processes:-
1. UNR TREATMENT : In this the UNR is treated in a second stage solvent extraction
process using conditioned solvent. This process requires conditioning the lean solvent
obtained from stripping section and using this for extraction of residual uranium from
UNR. The Acidic Raffinate Slurry (ARS) thus produced is sold off to private parties as a
by-product. This process can be further divided into the following operations: 1. Lean
solvent treatment 2. Uranium extraction from UNR using the treated solvent generated in
step 1.
A) LEAN SOLVENT TREATMENT (AREA – 033) :- The degraded products of TBP are
to be periodically removed by giving solvent 5-10 % sodium carbonate wash followed
by 1-3 N acid wash. The soda solution is heated to about 60-80 deg. C before
transferring into treatment tank which significantly improves the settling
characteristics.
B) URANIUM EXTRACTION FROM UNR USING THE TREATED SOLVENT (AREA –

034) :- The process basically involves extraction of the uranium from UNR using the
treated solvent. Here the treated solvent is brought in contact with the UNR in a
cross current fashion.
2. UNR NEUTRALIZATION (AREA – 034) :- In this process the UNR is neutralized with
Ammonia to precipitate out the Uranium. The slurry is then filtered over a rotary pre-coat
drum filter and the uranyl nitrate raffinate cake (UNRC) thus obtained is dried (calcined
at higher temp for volume reduction) and stored in SS/MS drums. The filtrate is disposed
by sale.
ADU FILTRATE TREATMENT (AREA – 034) :
The ADU filtrate received from Precipitation / Filtration operation is treated with ammonia
(to bring the pH to 8, for precipitating out soluble uranium if any), Ferric Nitrate and Tri
Sodium Phosphate. The settled sludge from the bottom is recycled back to dissolution
step and the supernatant from the top is disposed by sale.
g) DE-CONTAMINATION (Area -045 two identical modules) – This area is used for
decontamination of equipment before the same are taken up for maintenance. The
equipment will be decontaminated with water and dilute nitric acid in a SS line Hold up-
Tank (HUT by others) and the solution will be transferred to storage tanks by HUT
pumps (by others). The solution is then transferred to Dissolution tanks with separate set
of pumps.
Page 41 of 635
9 of9 of
Page 1964
1914
1914
h) DRY SECTION (Area-036 two identical modules) – This area consists of rotary
furnaces (Free issue material), powder transfer system, Centralised Vacuum system and
gas bank. The dried ADU powder from the rotary tray drier is subjected to a series of
thermo-chemical operation to convert the same to Nuclear grade sinterable Uranium
dioxide powder in a series of rotary furnaces. The dried ADU powder is transferred to
first calcination furnace using a screw conveyor from the bottom receiving hopper of tray
drier to a central hopper. The powder is the fed to calcination furnace dosing head using
reversible screw conveyor. The powder is then collected in bunkers (Free issue material)
and sent to reduction and stabilization furnaces for further processing. The final
stabilized powder is collected in circular containers (Free issue material) and sent to
pellet plant. There is a powder transfer system for transfer of powder from bunker to
containers or vice versa as per process requirements. There are nitrogen and carbon
dioxide gas bank for flushing, maintaining seal gas pressure and process requirement.
The process also requires flushing of bunkers prior to collection of powders and bunker
flushing system is planned with oxygen analyzers at the outlet.
i) AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE PREPARATION (AREA – 056 Common for both modules)
Ammonium hydroxide solution of 10N strength is required for dosing in precipitation

tanks. This will be prepared by absorbing liquid ammonia in DM water. Hence, the
storage and transfer facility for dilute ammonium hydroxide solution is to be provided.
Following design aspects to be taken care of :
i. A suitably designed bund shall be provided all around the ammonium hydroxide
tank.
ii. Ring type foundation shall be provided for ammonium hydroxide storage. The
support foundation also shall be provided with alkali resistant tiles.
iii. Necessary drainage facility for storm water to drain out from the dyke area shall
be provided to avoid any flooding in it.
iv. Ammonium hydroxide solution storage tanks shall be designed with provision of
a PVRV. The outlet lines of PVRVs shall be connected together and dipped in
water filled seal tank so that any ammonia fumes / vapour coming out from the
tanks get dissolved in water.
v. Level transmitter with low and high alarm indication in control room, shall be
provided for each of the ammonium hydroxide storage tanks.
vi. Provision for safety equipment / facilities such as gas mask, goggles, hand glass
and safety shower / eyewash, ammonia detection system shall be considered.
vii. Provision for local level indication of ammonium hydroxide tank, flow rate of
ammonia in ammonia absorber and density of ammonium hydroxide solution in
the tank shall be considered in addition to Central Control Room.
viii. Flow and density measurement shall be provided in the ammonium hydroxide
pump discharge line.
UTILITY AVAILABLE AT BATTERY LIMIT

1. Cooling water
2. De-mineralized water
3. Service water
4. Cracked Ammonia
5. Instrument / Service Air
6. Nitrogen gas
7. Vapour ammonia
8. Drinking water
9. Fire water
ELECTRICAL POWER :
Following two types of electrical power will be available at the battery limit
a. Class – IV (3 Phase, 415V, Normal AC)
Page 42 of 635
10 of
Page 1964
1914
10 of 1914
b. Class – III (415V, Diesel Generator - Emergency)
SCOPE OF WORK:
The Package shall be executed in Lump Sum Turn Key mode (excluding the major civil
works such as RCC Building, civil foundation etc., However, structural works like
mezzanine, platforms etc. will be in the package). The design, engineering, procurement of
materials & bought components, manufacture, supply, painting, erection, testing,
commissioning & performance demonstration of all equipment/ systems within the package
battery limits shall be in contractor’s scope as per the Process flow sheet, P&IDs of the
system, Process Data Sheets of the equipment (Tanks, Vessels etc.), Specifications, Design
requirements, equipment layout of the concerned areas attached in the MR. The brief scope
of service below:
o Residual engineering
o Design and Engineering.
o Procurement of equipment and material
o Fabrication/ Manufacture and Assembly at works.
o Inspection and testing of equipment at shop.
o Painting/coating (primer& finish coat) at shop including supply of paint
o Packing and Supply.
o Transportation from vendor works to work site.
o Receipt, unloading, storage and handling at site.
o Site fabrication work, insulation/ refractory work.
o Minor civil work for chipping of foundations, grouting, marking opening in
walls and making good etc. including supply of material.
o Erection/ installation.
o Inspection and testing at site.
o Painting/ coating at site, including supply of paint
o Mechanical completion & commissioning.
o Performance Guarantee Test of complete system.
o 3D modelling of oxide plant
o Handshaking with C&I vendor
o Hook-up with the other package vendor for complete integration of
system.
o Necessary assistance to Owner in obtaining the statutory approvals as
required/applicable, by providing drawings & documents as required.
The scope of supply includes but not limited to the following Area – 032, 033, 034, 035, 036
& 045; applicable for each of the Module - 1 & Module - 2) and associated raw materials
(Area - 031 & 056; common to both the modules).
The detail engineering of this package will be part of contractor’s scope. The contractor shall
also comply with applicable code and standards (National & International). The description
of works included in detail engineering is listed in Section-1 (Detail Engineering) of the
tender document.
Page 43 of 635
11 of
Page 1964
1914
11 of 1914
i) Static Equipment (Tanks & Agitators)
The requirement of scope of work includes, supply, design, engineering, fabrication,

erection, construction, painting, testing and commissioning of all Static equipments listed
in the Engineering Table doc no.A367-35-16-46-ET-4410 or any other item listed
elsewhere in the tender required for the completion of the Job.
Supply of static equipment (i.e. Pressure Vessels, Storage Tanks, and Agitators etc)
based on process datasheet and/or contractor’s generated process datasheet approved
by NFC, wherever applicable. Contractor shall perform mechanical design and prepare
Mechanical Engineering Data sheets (also thermal design & datasheets in case of heat
exchangers) as per Specification.
Based on reviewed Mechanical Engineering Data Sheets, Contractor shall prepare
fabrication drawings and other documents.
The scope of works for the package shall be as per Process data sheets, P&ID’s
drawing, standards, specifications etc. attached in Section-2 (Specification for Static
equipment) of the tender document.
ii) Rotating Equipment (Pumps)

Contractor shall procure the complete rotating equipment package from the respective
driven equipment vendors. The package as defined herein means as a minimum of the
driven equipment, its driver, couplings, coupling guards, common base plate, foundation
bolts, local instruments, local gauge board (as required), local control panel (as required)
and other associated auxiliaries / accessories, as specified in Section-3 of the Material
Requisition and as required to make the package ready for safe & smooth operation.
 Contractor shall procure all the equipment from the list of approved vendors as
attached with the MR.
 Contractor shall carry out the following activities for procurement of Rotating
Equipment:
a) Contractor shall prepare the enquiry specifications/ documents for each
Rotating Equipment to be purchased including spare parts for erection &
commissioning, mandatory spares as applicable, spare parts for two-year
normal operation and special tools and tackles.
b) Contractor shall fill all the required data/information in the partially filled in
Equipment data sheets forming part of the Material Requisition for preparation
of enquiry specifications/ documents.
c) Contractor shall prepare the detailed Purchase Requisition / specification for
each Rotating Equipment Package. Purchase Requisition / specification shall
contain the following:
- Filled in Equipment data sheets along with Performance Curves (approved
copy).
- Equipment specific deviation list (approved copy).
- Filled in Experience Record Performa & General Reference List (approved
copy)
- Equipment Manufacturer’s Latest Catalogue, General Arrangement
Drawing, Cross Sectional Drawing & Schematic drawing / P&ID for the
proposed model shall also be submitted along with the above documents.
iii) The Primary Ventilation Systems (for process equipment ventilation) including NOx,
Ammonia & particulate scrubbers, Active carbon filter, Mist Eliminator and Pre & HEPA
filters, Centralized Vacuum system shall be part of Contractor’s scope. The process
datasheets will be provided for Ammonia & particulate scrubbers, Active carbon filter &
Mist Eliminator. The contractor has to design entire primary ventilation system (including
routing) to meet the requirements. The brief specification of the primary ventilation
system is attached in Section-11 of the tender document.
Page 44 of 635
12 of
Page 1964
1914
12 of 1914
iv) Piping Scope :

The contractor’s scope of work shall include complete design, detail engineering,
generation of 3D-model, preparation of drawings and documents, flexibility analysis
complete in all respects, of all piping including dismantling and hook-up with existing
piping in accordance with the final Process Package, required for successful erection,
commissioning, operation and maintenance of the plant. The detailed scope of piping is
described in Section-12. The piping scope of contractor shall include:-
 All piping works – Routing of piping System, Supply, Erection and Testing of piping
system and its supports for the entire package within B/L as per P&IDs shall be in
Contractor’s scope.
 Piping System routing by contractor shall comply to Design Criteria for pipes and
Job Specification (PMS and VMS) attached with the Material Requisition (MR).
 Contractor shall procure all piping items from the list of approved vendors as
attached with the MR.
 Piping included in the package is as identified below
a) Process and utility piping Piping inside Dissolution section (Area - 032).
b) Process and utility piping Piping inside Solvent extraction section (Area-33) and
UNR Treatment (Area - 034).
c) Process and utility piping Piping inside AETF (Area - 034).
d) Process and utility piping Piping inside Precipitation section (Area - 035).
e) Process and utility piping Piping inside Nitric acid and caustic lye storage and
supply facility ( Area - 031).
f) Process and utility piping Piping inside Ammonia Hydroxide preparation Area
(Area - 056).
g) Process and utility piping - Piping between various sections mentioned above in
Sl. No. a, b, c, d, e & f shall be part of Package contractor scope.( i.e., Piping
from B/L of wet section to B/L of Dry section inside corridor ).
h) PFFF wet section Contractor shall provide tapping arrangements for utilities at
B/L of Dry section.
i) Process and utility piping PFFF wet section Contractor shall route pipe on pipe
corridor inside building of PFFF facility and provide tapping arrangements for
utilities at B/L of Dry section.
j) Cooling water supply and return pipes from Contractor Battery limit till individual
battery limits of Packages/end users as identified in P&IDs.
k) Nitrogen Pipes from Contractor Battery limit till individual batter limits of
Packages/end users as identified in P&IDs.
l) All Mechanical works for Erection of pipes and pipe rack bridge within B/L shall
be in Package contractor scope.
v) Special Equipment (Slurry Extractor & Mixer Settler)
The requirement of scope of work includes, supply, fabrication, erection,
construction, testing and commissioning of these equipment based on GA drawings
attached and process datasheets provided in Section-4.
vi) Pan Filter
The scope of work includes, supply, fabrication, erection, construction, testing and
commissioning of these equipment based on specification attached and process
datasheets provided in Section-6.
vii) Drum Filter
Page 45 of 635
13 of
Page 1964
1914
13 of 1914
viii) Screw Dryer
ix) Tilting Unit & Drum Transfer
x) Brought Out Items (free issue material)
1. Rotary Tray Drier (1 in each module) -2No’s
2. Rotary Calcination furnace (2 each module) - 4No’s
3. Rotary Reduction furnace (2 each module) -4No’s
4. Rotary Stabilization furnace (1 each module) -2 No’s
5. Bunkers (30 each module) - 60 No’s
6. Containers ( for UO2 collection 50 for each module ) - 100 No’s
Complete equipment with all accessories will be purchase with local panel and shall
be installed and commissioned by the respective equipment vendor. The scope of
package vendor shall include providing all utilities up to a distance of 5m from the
equipment battery limit and coordinating with equipment vendor for erection,
commissioning and integration of equipment with associated equipment of package
vendor.
xi) Electrical Scope :
Contractor Scope shall include:
 Design, selection, fabrication/procurement, supply, installation, testing &
commissioning of all equipments in package i.e. Power and Control panels for
various applications, motors, VFD panels, heaters, heater control panels, LCS and
other electrical items mentioned in the package.
 Complete cabling (Design, Scheduling, procurement, supply, laying and termination
at both ends) & complete cable tray work (Including cable trays, supports, racks
between the packages equipments within the package battery limits).
 Designing of complete earthing system for power and instrumentation earthing as
per relevant/latest IEEE/IS standards within Battery Limits. (comprising of earth pits,
earthing grid and loops, equipment earthing, using strips, wires associated
connectors & accessories including earthing for Contractor’s equipments &
interconnection of earth grid of package with main plant earth grid) for all the
equipments of the package.
 Installation of all equipments under the package.
 Minor civil/ structural works required for installation of electrical equipment supports
for cables/ cable trays/ for completion of electrical works.
 Preparation of various layout drawings i.e. SLD, Area Classification, Cable layout,
Earthing layout, equipment layout etc. for the package & “As Built” drawings after job
completion based on the conceptual details provided by NFC.
The detailed job specification of the electrical system to be supplied by contractor is
described in Section-13 of the tender document.
Page 46 of 635
14 of
Page 1964
1914
14 of 1914
xii) Instrumentation Scope :

Contractor Scope shall include:
 All the field instrumentation items like sensors, transmitters, control valves, On-Off
valves. LCPs etc. shown in P&ID as minimum shall be provided by contractor.
 The mounting & installation of instruments (including supports for instruments) in
various pipelines and tanks as per OEM guidelines shall be in the scope of the
contractor. The contractor shall submit hook-up diagrams of all instruments and
valves prior to installation.
 Contractor will provide supply & cabling upto the junction boxes within the battery
limit. Further cable supply & laying upto control cabinets shall be excluded from
contractor scope.
 Contractor shall also be responsible for resolving / taking corrective action based on
requirements of control & instrumentation /control room vendor.
 Control system shall be procured & engineered by NFC as per configuration
drawing. Contractor’ scope in this regard shall be as follows :
- NFC will supply P&IDs (Attached herein).
- The contractor shall furnish all necessary data, drawings, cable schedules etc to
the control system vendor for smooth integration and commissioning of SCADA.
- Contractor will also be responsible to participate in all pre-commissioning and
commissioning activities of PLC and SCADA system along with control
system/control room vendor.
The job specifications, process datasheets for instrumentation items along with
necessary formats & standards are described in Section-14 of the tender document.
xiii) Structural scope :
Contractor Scope:
 Design, supply, fabrication & erection of mezzanine made of SS 304 chequered
plates with MS structural support based on equipment layout.
 The scope of contractor shall also include detailing based on equipment layout,
design, supply and construction of all relevant structural steel works like
technological structure/Platform/mezzanine, equipment supporting platforms/
structures, platforms, staircases, ladder etc. as per details/specifications enclosed.
 Contractor shall provide all loading details of its steel structures.
Equipment supporting floors shall be designed considering supports from RCC
corbels on columns of buildings. In addition to RCC corbels, corner angels have
been provided on columns and beams, which shall be used for supporting
hangers, pipes and any other supports.
The Job Specification for structural works is described in Section-15 of the tender
document. The detailed equipment layout is also attached herewith.
xiv) Minor Civil Works :
Contractor’s scope will include minor civil works such as
a) Grouting of equipments, including supply of grouting material.
b) Supply and fixing of steel supports for duct/ cable/ pipe/ tubing etc.
c) Breaking and making good of openings in wall for passing duct/ cable/ pipe/ tube
etc.
d) RCC works including the RCC foundation of powder plant (within the scope of
work) for equipment (like pump pedestal, tanks bunds etc.) with acid resistant tiling
along with SS 304 lining.
The contractor’s scope will include acid resistant tiling in the entire area (032, 033, 034,
035, 036 & 056) below the tanks at ground floor elevation and top elevation of
Page 47 of 635
15 of
Page 1964
1914
15 of 1914
dissolution section followed by SS 304 lining with 2mm thick SS sheets in this area. The
pump pedestals of these areas will also have acid tiling resistant and SS lining. The
standard welding procedures and ITP shall be followed.
xv) Contractor shall supply first fill of oils & lubricants and replenishment of any loss of these
up to commissioning as required.
xvi)Contractor shall supply all the commissioning & mandatory spares.
xvii) All Tools & Tackles required for erection & commissioning of the package shall
be in the contractor’s scope.
xviii) Two years recommended spares shall be quoted separately and shall not be
considered for bid evaluation.
xix) Contractor shall provide 3D layouts for Sections indicated at Area 32, 33, 34, 35, 45 &
36 with complete piping, cabling, ducting, instruments etc details. Section 12
BATTERY LIMITS
The battery limits of the package have been marked in the attached sketch (Sketch No.
A367-4410-SK01) and include the following:
a) From ‘MDU unloading / transfer system’ to Uo2 discharge at ‘Stabilization’ outlet

(Unit – 032, 033, 034, 035 & 036)
b) AETF & Storage (Unit – 034)
c) Nitric acid, caustic lye storage yard & chemical storage facility (Unit – 031)
d) Ammonia hydroxide preparation facility (Unit – 056).
e) Decontamination Area (Unit – 045)
EXCLUSIONS
i) All major civil structures such as RCC Building & Shed/ Storage Yard as required (Wet
section, AC/ventilation Plant Room, MCC Room, Control Room, AETF & Storage, Nitric
acid/ Caustic lye/ Chemical stores, Ammonia Handling Facilities etc.).
ii) Secondary Ventilation Systems (Air conditioning / Air wash systems/ Supply air fan
system for Area ventilation).
iii) Stacks (50 m & 50 m height) for Primary & Secondary Ventilation Systems.
iv) The following piping shall be excluded.
a) Ammonia pipes from “B/L of Ammonia Unloading, Storage” to “B/L of Wet
Section Module – 1” and related pipe racks.
b) Nitrogen pipes from “Nitrogen Generation Plant” to “B/L of NH4OH Preparation”.
However contractor’s pipe racks wherever available shall be used to lay this pipe.
v) Control System
vi) Cable trays for multi-core instrumentation & control signal cables, multi-core
instrumentation & control signal cables supply, cable routing, laying up to marshalling
cabinets shall not be in contractor’s scope. (However, adequate space will be provided
by the contractor in contractor’s cable trays).
vii) The following system shall also be excluded.
a) UPS system supply & Installation.
b) FAS supply & Installation.
c) CCTV system supply & installation.
d) PA & FA System
Page 48 of 635
16 of
Page 1964
1914
16 of 1914
Conflict
In the event of any conflict/inconsistency amongst the documents attached / referred, the
following order of precedence shall prevail:
1. P&I Drawing
2. Equipment List for Powder plant
3. Data sheet
4. Job specification
5. General/ standard specification of EIL
6. Code and standards
However, any conflict noticed by the Vendor shall be brought out in the Bid proposal for
clarification, failing which, Owner/ Owner representative’s interpretation shall be final and
binding on the Vendor.
NOTE
1. Any modifications in overall system due to changes in the layout attached with package
(The layout provided to contractor shall have all elevations and marked equipment
locations) / Process conditions as mentioned in the P & IDs & Datasheets shall be the
responsibility of contractor. Contractor to obtain due approval from competent authority
for doing any such modification. No claim on account of this shall be entertained during
the execution of contract.
2. Reviewing of designs/ drawings is not obligatory on the part of Owner/ Owner’s

representative and complete correctness/ soundness of the designs/ drawings and their
execution at the site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor irrespective of the
fact whether the same has been reviewed by Owner/ Owner’s representative or not. Any
defect observed during construction or till the defect liability period of works' shall be
rectified and removed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out whatever
modification or reconstruction is needed for the purpose, to the entire satisfaction of the
Owner/ Owner’s representative without any extra cost and/ or time implication to the
Owner.
General
All document, drawing, datasheet, P&I Diagrams, equipment layout are indicative in
nature LSTK vendor will be responsible to modify, add for successful, safe execution of
LSTK package of powder plant to meet the intended performance. Any instruments /
components / valves / piping / consumables / other items not explicitly brought out but
felt necessary for smooth operation during the course of commissioning for satisfactory
and safe operation of plant to be included in the scope of package.
Confidentiality
No party shall disclose any information to any third party concerning the matters under this
contract generally. In particular, any conformation identified as ”Proprietary” in nature by the
disclosing party shall be kept strictly confidentiality by the receiving party and shall not be
disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of the original disclosing party. This
clause shall apply to the sub-contractors, consultants, advisers or the employees engaged by
the party with equal force.
1. No party shall disclose any information to third party concerning the matters under this
contract generally. In particular, any information identified as “PROPRIETARY” in nature
by the disclosing party shall be kept strictly confidential by the receiving party and shall
not be disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of the original
disclosing party.
2. “RESTRICTED INFORMATION” categories under section 18 of the Atomic Energy Act,
1962 and “OFFICIAL SECRETS” under section 5 of the official Secrets Act, 1923: Any
contravention of the above mentioned provisions by any contractor, sub-contractor,
consultant, advisor or the employees of a contractor will invite penal consequences under
the aforesaid legislation.
Page 49 of 635
17 of
Page 1964
1914
17 of 1914
3. Prohibition against the use of NFC’s name with permission for publicity purposes:-The
contractor or sub-contractor, consultant, advisor or the employees engaged by the
contractor shall not use NFC’s name for Publicity purpose through any public media like
press, radio, T.V. or internet without the prior written approval of NFC.
Annexures
1. List of Major equipment & items
2. Process Flow sheet
3. Equipment Layout
4. P&I Diagrams
5. Scope Drawing
6. Secondary Ventilation duct Layout
Page 50 of 635
18 of
Page 1964
1914
18 of 1914
LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND ITEMS
Sl. No. Equipment Name Equipment No.
I. Wet Process
A) Nitric Acid Storage Facility (Combined for both modules) - Area-031
1. Nitric Acid Storage tanks 031-TK-1001 to 1002A/B
2. Nitric Acid Unloading & Transfer Pumps 031-PU-1201 A/B/C
3. Sump Tank 031-TK-1003
4. Sump Pump 031-PU-1203
5. Seal pot 031-TK-1006
6. Eye wash and safety shower system 031-SS-1453 to 1454
B) Caustic Soda Storage Facility (Combined for both modules) - Area-031
7. Caustic Lye Storage tank 031-TK-1004A/B
8. Caustic Lye Unloading & Transfer Pumps 031-PU-1204 A/B
9. Sump Tank 031-TK-1005
10. Sump Pump 031-PU-1205
11. Eye wash and safety shower system 031-SS-1455
C) Raw Material Handling Section (Area-032)
12. Goods Lift 032-LI-1464
Mechanised/Automatic raw material and scrap
13. 032-HS-1465
(drums) transfer system
D) Dissolution Section (Area-032)
032-0101
14. Tilting Unit 3 lots
15. MDU Dissolution tank 032-TK-1001
16. MDU Dissolution tank Agitator 032-AG-1101
17. PR Dissolution tank 032-TK-1002
18. PR Dissolution tank 032-TK-1003
19. PR Dissolution Tank -1 Safety Limb 032-XX-1468
20. PR Dissolution Tank -2 Safety Limb 032-XX-1469
21. CUNS Storage tanks 032-TK-1004 to 1006
22. CUNS Storage tank agitators 032-AG-1104 to 1106
23. CUNS Storage Pumps 032-PU-1206 A/B
24. Miscellaneous solution tank 032-TK-1008 to 1009
25. Miscellaneous Solution Pump 032-PU-1229
26. Nitric acid dump tank 032-TK-1016
27. Service Water tank 032-TK-1017
28. Emergency water tanks 032-TK-1024 to 1025
29. Emergency Drain Tank 032-TK-1026
30. Emergency Drain Tank Agitator 032-AG-1126
31. O'Flow Tank 032-TK-1027
32. O'Flow Tank Agitator 032-AG-1127
33. Nitric Acid Dosing Tank 032-TK-1028
34. Organic Collection (Misc.) Tank 032-TK-1029
Page 51 of 635
19 of
Page 1964
1914
19 of 1914
35. Eye wash and safety shower system 031-SS-1465

36. NOx scrubber 032-SU-1351 to 1354
37. NOx scrubber Pumps 032-PU-1251 A/B to 1254 A/B
38. Particulate scrubber 032-SU-1355 to 1356
39. Particulate scrubber Pumps 032-PU-1255 A/B to 1256 A/B
40. NOx bubblers 032-XX-1451 to 1456
41. NOx Absorber 032-AB-1457 to 1458
42. Caustic solution preparation tank 032-TK-1013
43. Caustic solution preparation tank agitator 032-AG-1113
44. Heat exchanger condensers 032-HE-1462 & 1464
45. Moisture Separator 032-XX-1465
46. Primary ventilation blowers 033-XX-1466 to 1467
E) Solvent Extraction & Stripping Section (Area-033)
E1) Solvent Extraction
033-0101
47. Solvent Extractor 033-SE-1451
48. UNF tank 033-TK-1001
49. UNF Tank Agitator 033-AG-1101
50. Extract settler 033-TH-1452
51. Extract tank 033-TK-1002 to 1003
52. Extract Pumps 033-PU-1203 A/B
53. UNR Storage tanks 033-TK-1007 to 1008
54. UNR Storage tank agitators 033-AG-1107 to 1108
55. UNR Storage Tank Pumps 033-PU-1208A/B
56. Aq. Collection tank 033-TK-1015
57. Aq. Collection Pump 033-PU-1215
58. Active carbon filter 033-FL-1453
59. Constant head tank (CHT) for UNF Tank 033-TK-1025
60. Constant head tank Agitator 033-AG-1125
61. Constant head tank (CHT) for LS & UNR 033-TK-1026 to 1027
62. Mist eliminator 033-XX-1460
63. Nutsch filter 033-FL-1461
E2) Stripping Section
033-0102
64. UNPS Storage Tanks 033-TK-1009 To 1011
65. UNPS Storage Tank Pumps 033-PU-1211 A/B
66. Drain tank 033-TK-1014
67. Drain Tank Pump 033-PU-1214
68. Stripping unit 033-XX-1463
69. Constant head tank (CHT) for DM Water & Extract 033-TK-1028 to 1029
70. DM Water Tanks 033-TK-1033 to 1034
Page 52 of 635
20 of
Page 1964
1914
20 of 1914
71. DM Water Pumps 033-PU-1234 A/B

72. Solvent Storage Tanks 033-TK-1031 To 1032
73. Solvent Storage Pumps 033-PU-1232 A/B/C
74. Organic/Aqueous Separation Tank 033-TK-1024
75. Organic/Aqeous Separation Tank Pump 033-PU-1224

76. Entrainment separator 033-TK-1038
E3) Solvent Treatment Section
033-0103
77. Acid Preparation Tank 033-TK-1037
78. Acid Preparation Tank Agitator 033-AG-1137
79. Soda preparation tank 033-TK-1012 To 1013
80. Soda preparation tank agitator 033-AG-1112 To 1113
81. Soda preparation tank Pumps 033-PU-1213 A/B
82. Solvent treatment tanks 033-TK-1016 to 1017
83. Solvent treatment tank agitators 033-AG-1116 to 1117
84. Treated L.S. solvent storage tanks 033-TK-1019 to 1020
Treated L.S. Sol. Pump to Organic/Aqueous
85. 033-PU-1220
Separation Tank
86. Organic Phase Collection Tank 033-TK-1021
87. Organic Phase Collection Tank Pump 033-PU-1221
88. Soda wash tanks 033-TK-1035 To 1036
89. Soda wash tank Pumps 033-PU-1236 A/B
90. Acid wash tank 033-TK-1022
91. Acid Wash Tank pump 033-PU-1222
92. Neutralization tank 033-TK-1030
93. Neutralization Pump 033-PU-1230
94. Treated LS Transfer pump for UNR treatment 033-PU-1219 A/B
96. Eye wash & safety shower system 033-SS-1458
F) Active Effluent Treatment Section (Area-034)
F1) UNR Treatment
034-0101
97. Organic O/F Tank 034-TK-1009
98. Organic O/F Tank Transfer Pump 034-TK-1209
99. UNR Treatment Tanks 034-TK-1001 to 1002
100. UNR Treatment Tank Agitators 034-AG-1101 to 1102
101. ARS / NH4NO3 Disposal Tanks 034-TK-1003 to 1005
102. ARS / NH4NO3 Disposal Tank Agitators 034-AG-1103 to 1105
103. ARS / NH4NO3 Disposal tank transfer Pumps 034-PU-1205 A/B
104. Dilute extract tanks 034-TK-1006 to 1008
105. Dilute extract storage tanks transfer Pumps 034-PU-1206 to 1208
Page 53 of 635
21 of
Page 1964
1914
21 of 1914
106. Acidic Raffinate Slurry Intermediate Storage tanks 034-TK-1011 to 1013
107. Acidic Raffinate Slurry Intermediate Storage tank

Agitators 034-AG-1111 to 1113
Acidic Raffinate Slurry Intermediate Storage tank
108. 034-PU-1213 A/B
transfer Pumps
109. Dilute Extract Pump to O/A Separation Tank 034-PU-1204
F2) ADU Treatment (Area-034)
034-0102
111. ADU filtrate treatment tank 034-TK-1014 to 1016
112. ADU filtrate treatment tank agitators 034-AG-1114 to 1116
113. ADU sludge storage tanks 034-TK-1020 to 1021
114. ADU sludge storage tank Agitators 034-AG-1120 to 1121
115. ADU Sludge Pumps 034-PU-1221 A/B
116. NH4NO3 Storage tanks 034-TK-1022 to 1024
117. NH4NO3 Transfer Pumps 034-PU-1224 A/B
118. Drain Tank 034-TK-1025
119. Drain Tank transfer Pump 034-PU-1225
120. ARS Const. Head tank 034-TK-1017
F3) UNR Neutralisation (Area-034)
034-0103
121. Precoat Preparation Tank 034-TK-1028
122. Precoat Preparation Tank agitator 034-AG-1128
123. Rotary Drum Filter 034-FL-1401
124. Filtrate Receiver 034-TK-1032
125. Moisture Separator 034-TK-1033
126. Vacuum Receiver 034-TK-1034
127. Vacuum Pump system 1 set (034-VP-1462)
128. Hopper 034-HO-1460
129. UNR Neutralisation Tanks 034-TK-1026 To 1027
130. UNR Neutralisation Tank Agitators 034-AG-1126 To 1127
131. UNR Neutralisation Tank Pumps 034-PU-1227 A/B
132. Ammonium Nitrate Tanks 034-TK-1030 To 1031
133. Ammonium Nitrate Transfer Pumps 034-PU-1231 A/B
134. Screw/Paddle Dryer 034-XX-1459
G) Precipitation & Filtration Section (Area-035)
035-0101
135. Precipitation tanks 035-TK-1001 to 1004
136. Precipitation tank agitators 035-AG-1101 to 1104
137. Precipitation tanks transfer Pump 035-PU-1202 A/B
138. Precipitation tanks transfer Pump 035-PU-1204 A/B
Page 54 of 635
22 of
Page 1964
1914
22 of 1914
139. Constant head tanks (CHT) 035-TK-1005 to 1006

140. Ammonium hydroxide day tank 035-TK-1007
141. Ammonium hydroxide day tank transfer Pump 035-PU-1207 A/B
142. UNPS Storage Tanks 035-TK-1012 To 1013
143. UNPS Storage Tank Agitators 035-AG-1112 To 1113
144. Scrubber 035-SU-1353
145. Scrubber Pumps 035-PU-1253 A/B
146. Rotary pan filter 035-FL-1451
147. Filtrate tanks 035-TK-1009 to 1010
148. UNPS Transfer Pumps 035-PU-1213 A/B
149. Filtrate Pumps to ADU Treatment 035-PU-1210 A/B
150. Fitrate Pump to ADU Sludge tank 035-PU-1209
151. Filtrate Receiver 035-TK-1014
152. Moisture Separator 035-TK-1015
153. Vacuum Receiver 035-TK-1016
154. Vacuum Pump system 1 set (035-VP-1470)
156. Vapour holder 035-PV-1469
H) Ammonium Hydroxide Preparation Section (Area-056)
157. NH4OH preparation cum storage tanks 056-TK-1001 to 1002
158. Ammonia absorber 056-AB-1469
159. Ammonium Hydroxide Transfer Pumps 056-PU-1201 A/B
160. Seal Pot 056-TK-1003
161. Seal Solution Transfer Pump 056-PU-1203
162. Water Tanks for Tonners 056-TK-1000 A/B
163. Water Spray Pumps for Tonners 056-PU-1200 A/B
I) Dry Section (Area-036)
Mechanized/Automatic powder transfer system
164. 1 lot
from dryer to calcination furnace
165. Augur sampler 036-XX-1474 to 1475
166. Vacuum conveying system 2 sets
Centralised vacuum/Dry powder collection system
167. (Primary Ventilation System)
036-CN-1482
168. Nitrogen Gas Bank 1 set
169. Carbon di-oxide gas bank 1set
170. AOD Pumps 036-PU-1202 to 1205
J) Decontamination (Area-045)
171. Decontamination tanks 045-TK-1001 to 1002
172. Decontamination tank pump 045-PU-1201 A/B
K) Piping
Complete piping with fittings/manual
173. valves/Flanges etc along with pipe racks, supports Lump sum
etc. as per Section 12
L) Primary Ventilation
Page 55 of 635
23 of
Page 1964
1914
23 of 1914
Complete primary ventilation system with
scrubbers, pre & HEPA filters, Moisture eliminator,
174. Active carbon filter, dampers, ducting, blowers etc
Lump sum
as per Section 11
M) Instrumentation
Complete instrumentation including Field
instruments/pneumatic valves, cabling up to
175. junction box including Junction box, Cable tray etc.
Lump sum
as per Section 14
N) Electrical
Complete electrical works including PCC/MCC,
LV/MV motors with complete cabling and cable
176. trays, including earthing, conduits, etc. as per
Lump sum
Section 13
O) Civil & Structural
SS chequered plate Mezzanine with supports, pump
pedestals, grouting of equipment, acid lining & SS
177. lining of tanks bund and pump pedestals etc. as per
Lump sum
Section 15
Note:
1. All equipment listed above are for PFFF for Stream-1 (Module-1) of 250 TPY except
Nitric Acid, Caustic Lye, Ammonium Hydroxide Preparation System (Area 31 & 56
are common for both the streams).
2. For stream-2 (Module-2), last four digit of equipment tag no. shall be having format
2xyz (xyz will be identical to that of Stream-1 (module-1)).
3. No. of ventilation blowers indicated is tentative and will be decided by package
Vendor based on the input & ventilation scheme.
Page 56 of 635
24 of
Page 1964
1914
24 of 1914
PROCESS FLOW SHEET
Page 57 of 635
25 of
Page 1964
1914
25 of 1914
REF. DWG. NO. REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
A367-000-16-43-0003
N NOTES :-
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that
they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.
³
³
³
³
IIT
-Y
E
PA
P
V
D
ER
C
K
STIP CCR G/U
2C
T
-
21x21 F
K K
0.46
A
R
EA
P
V
D
ER
C
T
A
C
SK
SSERP R
OF TNEV
L
STIP CCR G/U
HSW
A RO
OLF
M
&
DA
C
ICTR
IN I B
A
N
K
GA
S
O
SD
ACC A
U
T
IS
W 3IM
AM
H
T
YILAT
O
C
FISR
A
GE
W
G
C
N
G
F
E
O
N
A
LG
LH
T
B
IR
K
E 0
V
ON
U
TA
SB
I
2M OD
U
-EL
72x75
O
GD .TCELE
DEHS MO
OR
6x6 6x9
M
N
OR ECNANETNIA
EVITCAN O
TU
A
N
C
M
R
IK
E
M
A
ON
I
M
M
OR YTILAU
Q
A
IIL
H
ILC
FRTM
KN
IN I
EISO
G
&
N
C
IRC
N
F
E
IT
V
A
D
P
G
A
R
G
IILN
N
TM
KEY PLAN
REV. DATE REVISIONS BY CHKD APPD PEM/PC
NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX
FUEL FABRICATION FACILITY

KOTA
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT
NITRIC ACID & CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE FACILITY
SCALE JOB NO. UNIT DIVN. DEPT. DWG. NO. REV.
1 : 100 A 3 6 7 0 3 1 1 6 4 3 0 0 0 1 0
3-1641-0500 REV.2 A0-1189 x 841
Page 58 of 635
26 of
Page 1964
1914
26 of 1914
10 ALL THE PLATFORM SHALL BE OF STAINLESS STEEL CHEQUERED PLATE
STAINLESS STEEL CHEQUERED
PLATE
PLATE
1914
Page 59 of 635
1964
1914
27 of
27 of
Page
PLATFORM WILL BE OF SS CHEQUERED PLATE
1914
Page 60 of 635
1964
1914
28 of
28 of
Page
PLATE
PLATFORM WILL BE OF SS CHEQUERED PLATE
PLATE
1914
Page 61 of 635
1964
1914
29 of
29 of
Page
PLATE
Page 62 of 635
30 of
Page 1964
1914
30 of 1914
Page 63 of 635
31 of
Page 1964
1914
31 of 1914
Page 64 of 635
33 of
Page 1964
1914
33 of 1914
Page 65 of 635
34 of
Page 1964
1914
34 of 1914
Page 66 of 635
35 of
Page 1964
1914
35 of 1914
Page 67 of 635
36 of
Page 1964
1914
36 of 1914
Page 68 of 635
37 of
Page 1964
1914
37 of 1914
Page 69 of 635
38 of
Page 1964
1914
38 of 1914
Page 70 of 635
39 of
Page 1964
1914
39 of 1914
Page 71 of 635
40 of
Page 1964
1914
40 of 1914
Page 72 of 635
41 of
Page 1964
1914
41 of 1914
Page 73 of 635
42 of
Page 1964
1914
42 of 1914
Page 74 of 635
43 of
Page 1964
1914
43 of 1914
Page 75 of 635
P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
Page
6
6
44 of
44 of
1964
1914
1914
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
SCALE
REV. DATE
14
14
REF. DWG. NO.
JOB NO.
UNIT
REVISIONS
15
15
DIVN.
Instrument air lines will be of SS304.
DEPT.
BY
REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
3-1641-0501 REV.2
DWG. NO.
16
16
CHKD APPD
REV.
A1-841x594
Page 76 of 635
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
Page
45 of
45 of
1964
1914
1914
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
SCALE
DATE
NOTES :-
14
14
REF. DWG. NO.
JOB NO.
UNIT
REVISIONS
15
15
DIVN.
DEPT.
BY
REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
3-1641-0501 REV.2
DWG. NO.
16
16
CHKD
APPD
A1-841x594
REV.
Page 77 of 635
46 of
Page 1964
1914
46 of 1914
Page 78 of 635
47 of
Page 1964
1914
47 of 1914
Page 79 of 635
48 of
Page 1964
1914
48 of 1914
Page 80 of 635
49 of
Page 1964
1914
49 of 1914
Page 81 of 635
50 of
Page 1964
1914
50 of 1914
Page 82 of 635
51 of
Page 1964
1914
51 of 1914
Page 83 of 635
52 of
Page 1964
1914
52 of 1914
Page 84 of 635
53 of
Page 1964
1914
53 of 1914
Page 85 of 635
54 of
Page 1964
1914
54 of 1914
Page 86 of 635
55 of
Page 1964
1914
55 of 1914
Page 87 of 635
56 of
Page 1964
1914
56 of 1914
Page 88 of 635
57 of
Page 1964
1914
57 of 1914
Page 89 of 635
58 of
Page 1964
1914
58 of 1914
Page 90 of 635
59 of
Page 1964
1914
59 of 1914
Page 91 of 635
60 of
Page 1964
1914
60 of 1914
Page 92 of 635
61 of
Page 1964
1914
61 of 1914
Page 93 of 635
62 of
Page 1964
1914
62 of 1914
Page 94 of 635
63 of
Page 1964
1914
63 of 1914
Page 95 of 635
64 of
Page 1964
1914
64 of 1914
Page 96 of 635
65 of
Page 1964
1914
65 of 1914
TRAY DRYER
Page 97 of 635
66 of
Page 1964
1914
66 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 98 of 635
67 of
Page 1964
1914
67 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 99 of 635
68 of
Page 1964
1914
68 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 100 of 635

69 of
Page 1964
1914
69 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 101 of 635

70 of
Page 1964
1914
70 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 102 of 635

71 of
Page 1964
1914
71 of 1914
Page 103 of 635
72 of
Page 1964
1914
72 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 104 of 635

73 of
Page 1964
1914
73 of 1914
Page 105 of 635
74 of
Page 1964
1914
74 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 106 of 635

75 of
Page 1964
1914
75 of 1914
FURNACE
Page 107 of 635

76 of
Page 1964
1914
76 of 1914
Page 108 of 635
77 of
Page 1964
1914
77 of 1914
Page 109 of 635
78 of
Page 1964
1914
78 of 1914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REF. DWG. NO. REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
A
N
12000
19450
B
B
NOTES :-
10000
2000
16000
85450
27000
10000
2000
C
C
12000
9000
12000
D
D
9000 10000 10000
8000
6763
7500
220450
E
CONTRACTOR
12000
5000
CLIENT
7500
20500 12500
CLIENT
12000
10500 7000
2000
9000
He
GAS BANK
F
F
CONTRACTOR
21500
175008750
8750
270000
8
11
12000
2
7
1
G
G
5
3
10
9
6
407950
POWER PLANT PELLET

CONTROL ROOM CONTROL ROOM
H
H
POWER PLANT PELLET 12000
CONTROL ROOM CONTROL ROOM
10
9
3
12
5
1
11
7
13
2
I
I
8
GAS BANK
He
CONTRACTOR
CLIENT
12000
J
J
7500
12000
CLIENT CLIENT CLIENT
187500
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR
K
K
6763 9000
7500
L
L
CLIENT CONTRACTOR
10000
52500
40000 324000 39000
2000
M
M
6000
403000
DATE REVISIONS BY CHKD APPD
N
N
LEGEND :
POWDER PLANT (OXIDE PACKAGE) MODULE 1 & 2 NOTES : LEGEND :
A) RAW MATERIAL & SCRAP CONVEYING SYSTEM 1. ALL INTER CONNECTING PROCESS & UTILITIES PIPES WITHIN THE OXIDE PACKAGE BATTERY LIMIT SHOWN IN
PROCESS & UTILITY LINES ROUTING UNDER POWDER PACKAGE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE
B) RM/SCRAP DISSOLUTION SECTION (UNIT-032) LIMIT SHOWN IN AREA "F', "G" &"Q" AND RELATED PIPE SUPPORTS ARE IN WET PACKAGE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
O
O
C) SOLVANT EXTRACTION / STRIPPING & UNR TREATMENT SECTION (UNIT-033) THE UTILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER AT NINE LOCATIONS (B/L-1 TO B/L-7),FOR DETAILS REFER PIPING GAD'S. PIPE RACK ROUTING BY OTHERS (OFFSITE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE)
D) PRECIPITATION SECTION (UNIT-035)
2. EXACT ROUTING,LEVEL AND LOCATION OF LINES SHALL BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING.
H) WET SECTION PRIMARY & SECONDARY VENTILATION ( 18 M x 30 M)
3. THE PIPE RACK (BY OTHERS) AVAILABLE NEAR OXIDE PACKAGE CONTRACTOR BATTERY LIMIT (AS SHOWN IN DRG.) CAN BE UTILISED BY POWDER PACKAGE BATTERY LIMIT
I) WET SECTION MCC ( 12 M x 18 M)
F) AETF & STORAGE (UNIT-034) OXIDE PACKAGE CONTRACTOR FOR LAYING PROCESS PIPING IN HIS SCOPE. FUEL FABRICATION FACILITY KOTA
COMMON PLANT/SYSTEM
G) NITRIC ACID / CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE YARD & CHEMICAL STORES (UNIT-031)
Q) NH4OH PREPARATION (UNIT-056) BATTERY LIMIT FOR OXIDE PLANT
P
P
1) PAN FILTER (OXIDE PACKAGE MR)
2) TURBO DRYER
3,4,5) CALCINATION, REDUCTION AND STABILIZATION FURNACE AREA SCALE JOB NO. UNIT DIVN. DEPT. DWG. NO. REV.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3-1641-0501 REV.2 A1-841x594

Page 110 of 635
79 of
Page 1964
1914
79 of 1914
Page 111 of 635
504 506
506
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 112 of 635
505 507
507
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
MR of Powder Plant & Associated
Section – B
(Technical Checklist)
MR of Powder Plant & Associated Chemical handling Facilities of PHWR
Fuel Fabrication Facility
Page 113 of 635

87 of
Page 1914
87 of 1914
(PACKAGED EQUIPMENT)
Powder Plant (Wet Section) & Page 1 of 6

Associated Raw Material Facilities
A 29/12/2017 Issued with MR BKD Anand PPP
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 114 of 635

87 of
88
Page 1964
1914
88 of 1914

Bidder to write YES/ NO against each item and Bidder is required to include complete scope and comply
to specification and as such 'NO' is not warranted. However, in case if bidder's reply is 'NO' for any of
the items, bidder shall give reasons for the same. Bidder’s offer shall be considered incomplete and shall
not be considered for technical evaluation by purchaser if this duly filled-in “Technical Checklist” is not
submitted along with the bid.
S. BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION /
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT / QUERY
No. ANSWER
1. Confirm that the scope of work shall be in

compliance with the Material Requisition (MR)
document. All other equipment, materials and
work not explicitly mentioned but nevertheless
required for safe and satisfactory operation of
equipment / package shall also be included by
bidder in his offer. Please confirm.
2. Bidder to note that no deviations are allowed

from the MR specifications. However, if it is
inevitable, clause-wise Deviation, against the
MR specifications (which includes all documents
referred/ attached with MR) shall be duly
consolidated at one place, under Exceptions /
Déviations List (format enclosed – )
and shall be submitted with the bid.
In case, no such list is furnished, it will be

presumed that all requirements of MR are fully
met.
Confirm compliance.
3. Bidder to confirm that reference list of

comparable equipment previously supplied for
similar service (as per Experience Record
Proforma, enclosed – ) has been
furnished with the bid.
4. Bidder is informed that the details of equipment

furnished in the Bidder’s proposal shall not be
reviewed or taken cognisance of at evaluation
stage. These details shall be treated as
preliminary and for reference and record purpose
only. Review of details submitted after award of
job will be done by OWNER/EIL for compliance
with the MR / contract requirements.
OWNER/EIL comments for ensuring compliance
with the MR/ contract requirement shall be
binding on vendor without any price and time
Page 115 of 635

88 of
89
Page 1964
1914
89 of 1914

No. ANSWER
implication to the owner. Confirm compliance.
5. Confirm that mandatory spares as indicated in

MR have been quoted by bidder and the itemized
price list included in the bid (with price part kept
blank in the technical bid). All mandatory spares
as per MR shall be supplied within the total price
of the mandatory spares quoted in the bid.
6. Confirm that Recommended Spares for the first

TWO (2) YEARS normal operation and
maintenance for offered system have been
quoted by the Bidder and its itemized price list
included in the bid (with price part kept blank in
the technical bid). Owner shall order these
spares separately.
7. Confirm that Commissioning Spares, as required;

have been included by the Bidder in his lump
sum price.
8. Confirm Special Tools and Tackles, as required,

for day to day operation and maintenance of the
package, have been included by the Bidder in his
lump sum price and its list included in the bid.
9. Confirm that First fill of oils & lubricants and

replenishment of any loss of these up to
commissioning as required have been included
by the Bidder in his lump sum price
10. Confirm that all Drawings / Data required to be

submitted with bid as per “Vendor Data
Requirement” Packaged Equipment (Doc No.
A367-030-16-45-VR-4410) has been included in
the Bidder’s proposal.
11. Confirm that in the event of order, all drawings,

documents and data shall be furnished in
accordance with “Vendor Data Requirement” -
Packaged Equipment (Doc No. A367-030-16-45-
VR-4410).
12. Confirm that Consumption rate of Utilities (such

as electric power, make up water, dry
compressed air, plant cum instrumentation air,
CO2 gas, N2 gas, cooling water, drinking water,
DM water etc.) required from the OWNER have
Page 116 of 635

89 of
90
Page 1964
1914
90 of 1914

No. ANSWER
been furnished in the bid.
* In case of “No”, give reasons.
Page 117 of 635

90 of
91
Page 1964
1914
91 of 1914
MR No. A367-030-LZ-MR-4410 (Powder Plant (Wet Section) & Associated Raw Material Facilities)
Project: Detailed Engineering Consultancy & Construction Supervision For NFC - Kota
S. No. Document No. Sheet No. Clause No. MR Requirement Deviation required by the Bidder
and justification of its need
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A367-030-16-44-CL-4410 A
Page 5 of 6
Page 118 of 635


91 of
92
Page 1964
1914
92 of 1914
MR No. A367-030-LZ-MR-4410 (Powder Plant (Wet Section) & Associated Raw Material Facilities)
Project: Detailed Engineering Consultancy & Construction Supervision for NFC – Kota
: Additionally, the Bidder may furnish along with the bid his standard reference list for the offered equipment / package.
A367-030-16-44-CL-4410 A
Page 6 of 6
Page 119 of 635


92 of
93
Page 1964
1914
93 of 1914
Section – C
(Vendor Data Requirement)
Page 120 of 635

103 103
Page of of
1914
1914
TANKS & AGITATORS
Page 121 of 635

102 104
104
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS
DOCUMENTS/DRAWINGS FOR OWNER’S REVIEW
The following Data marked “” shall be furnished by Vendor
Sl. Documents With For Review For Remarks

No. Bid Record
1.0 Drawing & document schedule for 
Contractor generated documents
and Sub-Vendor Documents.
2.0 STATIC EQUIPMENT
2.1 GA Drawings 
2.2 Details of nozzles, manholes and 
other pressure parts
2.3 Details of internals 
2.4 Details of external clips 
2.5 Bill of materials with material

spec
2.6 Design calculations 
2.7 Mechanical catalogue for
agitators and its parts and Gear 
box
2.8 Agitator GA Drg. 
2.9 Filled in Datasheet 
2.10 Motor Datasheet 
2.11 Load curves 
NOTES:
A) GENERAL:
1) The categorization (Review / Records) is given as guidance only. The exact categorization shall be
decided during review of drawing / document schedule of the contractor / vendor.
2) The list given above is indicative only. Contractor shall generate all other drawings & documents
required for completion of the job as required by Owner.
3) Schedule of submission of drawings & documents shall be decided during detailed engineering
stage.
4) All vendor documents shall be reviewed & signed by the package contractor before forwarding the
same to Owner for review / Records.
5) All revisions of drawings/ documents shall have revisions clearly marked/ clouded. Further Bidder
shall submit a Revision Summary sheet listing the sheets where revision/ changes are made, type of
changes/ revision and reason for changes. In case bidder makes some changes in the drawing/
document on his own (i.e. not as per owner’s comment), bidder must state those in revision
summary sheet with reasons while submitting the revised drawing/ document.
6) It is mandatory for the bidder to furnish ‘AS BUILT’ revision of all drawings/ documents listed
above.
7) CONTRACTOR shall note that all documents shall be submitted sequentially, viz. design
calculations followed by engineering drawings/fabrication drawings.
8) Design calculation shall be submitted in detail i.e. giving complete break- up of calculation/
Page 122 of 635

103 105
105
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
indicating formula & reference etc. Contractor’s software shall be validated by any reputed third
party and validation report/ certificate & name of validation agency shall be furnished along with
the design calculations
1. Following documents (as applicable) shall be submitted to inspection agency for review/
approval as per specifications:
i. Material test certificates

ii. Destructive test Reports for Weld Quality
iii. Radiographic test reports
iv. Time-temperature curves for PWHT
v. Certificate from Statutory authorities
vi. Fabrication Schedule
vii. WPS, PQR etc.
viii. Name Plate Rubbing
ix. Hydrotest and other test Reports
x. Heat treatment Procedures
xi. List & schedule of sub orders
xii. Welding Qualification Procedures in Form No. QW 482,483 ,484
xiii. Welding & testing Plan
xiv. Packing, Lifting and forwarding Instructions
xv. Quality Assurance Practice
2. The following documents after approval shall be submitted to the Inspection Agency for carrying
out inspection/ releasing despatch
- Approved fabrication drawing
- Approved list of spare parts.
3. Extent of Review:
For Review category equipment, the following shall be reviewed by Owner.
 Mechanical Design Calculations
 Design data including codes, NDT requirements, HT requirements, Lining details.
 GA drawings – Locations of process nozzles, supports
 Details of Internals
 Material of construction.
Page 123 of 635

104 106
106
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Raw Material Facilities of PHWR
Section-1
(Detail Engineering)
Page 124 of 635

123 125
125
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
DETAIL ENGINEERING IN CONTRACTOR SCOPE
INTRODUCTION
Contractor Scope shall include all process engineering necessary for completion of detailed engineering.
For carrying out detail engineering, the Package Process specification shall be the starting process
document, supplemented with this DESIGN BASIS which is applicable to all the facilities being set up
under this contract.
All P&ID’s and document revisions by Contractor shall be clearly marked with revision clouds bearing
revision number and a detailed change list shall be issued with all revisions. The following software shall
be used for updation of documents / generation of new documents during detailed engineering:
 For P&ID / Drawings: AUTOCAD

 Data Sheets: MS EXCEL / MS WORD
 Line List: MS EXCEL
 Text Items: MS WORD
Each Issue of above updated documents shall be accompanied by two change lists namely C1 and C2 :
Change List – C1:

Major changes proposed in the Package, which require prior consent/review of Client. Changes will be
considered major when they are in the nature of:
A. Revision of Process Data, influencing size of equipment.

B. Revision of Process Configuration in a Section arising out of the constraints not foreseen at the
Package datasheet / specification.
C. Revisions that could influence Package Operation and Process Performance Guarantees.
D. Parameter changing the building overall dimensions of the buildings/structures.
E. Any other changes having similar consequences as above.
Change List - C2:
A. Complete listing of all changes document-wise apart from C1 changes.
All modifications and changes due to meeting the performance guarantee (as specified in various
documents / datasheets) of the Package, whether major or minor, shall be executed by Contractor at no
time or cost implication to Client/Consultant.
Schedule for submission of Process deliverables of Package by the Contractor shall be worked out during
the kick-off meeting with the Contractor.
SCOPE OF PROCESS ENGINEERING ACTIVITIES
This section outlines the ambit of exclusively Process Work to be executed by Contractor during the
duration of Detailed Engineering / pre-commissioning / commissioning / start-up stages.
A. Process Assistance necessary / required by the Contractor in course of usual Detailed Engineering,
Material Requisition and Purchase Requisition stages, as well as for review / approval of vendor
drawings / documents as necessary.
B. Process Assistance during Plant pre-commissioning, commissioning, start-up and performance
guarantee test runs. Contractor shall also be responsible for resolving/ taking corrective action based
on checklists generated by Client. Contractor shall prepare and submit detailed procedures for
carrying out Performance Guarantee Test runs for approval of Client / Consultant. These approved
procedures will be followed during PGT runs.
C. Commissioning programme of uranium oxide fuel fabrication facilities should include preparation
and submission of detailed testing and examination procedures, in the sequence in which they are
Page 125 of 635

124 126
126
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
expected to be performed, (e.g. water flushing of lines, tanks, vessels, cold water run, hot water run
etc.) by contractor, for approval of client. All commissioning tests should be performed in
accordance with the approved procedures. Applicable operational limits and conditions along with
testing limit and conditions should be included in the testing and examination procedure. Contractor
shall also consider all the materials and resources required for the purpose of Plant testing,
examination, pre-commissioning, commissioning, start-up and performance guarantee test runs etc.
in their scope.
D. Contractor shall prepare and submit detailed Operation and Maintenance manuals for the entire
facility in their scope including all the vendor specific equipments.
The broad Process Activities required to be executed are:

 Update Package Design as necessary, to guarantee Package performance as defined in Design
Basis / Specification / other documents.
 Process Review of individual unit equipment layouts in order to optimise links of critical lines,
lines with superior metallurgy, lines bearing hydrogen, etc. Specific process requirements such
as, free draining, minimum piping, no pocket for 2 phase lines etc. This should also include
compliance with local statutory norms and guidelines regarding equipment-to-equipment spacing
distance between units / tanks, other facilities, etc.
 Updating Utility, Offsite and Raw Materials Distribution P&I Diagrams with necessary additional
specification toward instrumentation and piping.
The following guidelines shall be followed by Contractor for carrying out the detail engineering:
 The SRV Isolation Valves (Upstream and Downstream) shall be full-bore valves, if applicable.
 All Safety Relieves to atmosphere as well as vents to atmosphere shall be routed to a safe location
away from working platforms.
 All Unit Battery Limit Valves as well as instruments should be easily approachable and should
have suitable working platforms for regular maintenance and operation.
 The specifications / requirements defined in this document are minimum requirements. In case
Contractor Specifications are more stringent or require additional hardware over and above that
defined in general specification, Contractor shall provide the same.
 Safety valves which may be required for protecting equipment for fire case / other cases in
accordance with API 520 / 521 based on the final equipment size / location shall be provided by
Contractor.
 Contractor shall provide multiple control valves wherever required as a result of hydraulic design
to cover the entire operating range.
HYDRAULICS
 Contractor to carry out detailed circuit wise sizing calculations (e.g. for estimation of pump
differential head, discharge design pressure etc.) & documentation with sketches and drawing
references as appropriate, and accounting for relative elevation differences between starting and
ending points, likely line lengths for all circuits initially, final line lengths (for critical circuits), in
line with final equipments lay out and overall plot plan.
 For critical piping, criteria shall be framed by Contractor for Consultant to review and a list of all
such piping shall be generated for which proper final calculations will be required.
 Sizing of pump suction / discharge manifold lines based on initial and subsequently final pump
flow and minimum flow by-pass data, suction and discharge nozzle sizes etc.
 Validate all pump NPSHA data considered in Contractor’s initial design after incorporating
feedback from pump vendor, highlight equipment elevation changes where necessary.
 Pumps data indicated in the package are minimum requirement. Upward revision based on the
detailed engineering to be updated. Downward revision is not acceptable.
Page 126 of 635

125 127
127
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
 Minimum requirement of pipe sizes are indicated on the P&ID. Down ward revision in the
minimum requirement is not acceptable.
DISTRIBUTION P&I DIAGRAMS
 Updating all distribution P&IDs under Contractor, consistent with final equipment layout / Plot
Plan of Package unit and relative inter-unit location, including necessary additional details such
as utility hose stations for air, water and any other utility which may be required. Seal plans for
pumps are to be taken into account while developing the distribution diagrams.
 Complete instrumentation within Package unit shall be carried out by Contractor. All distribution
systems to be optimized to satisfy supply and return pressures at units / each system and
including impact of elevation differences, to arrive at final equipment specifications such as
pump head specifications.
 P&IDs shall include, in tabular form, additional data like Seal Flushing Plan selected for a pump,
flushing cooling water, etc flows considered and any other similar information required.
PROCESS P&I DIAGRAMS
 Incorporate agreed project piping class designation as per Project PMS in all P&IDs uniformly.
Incorporate Battery Limits / Termination Points, piping specs. PMS Breaks at correct locations,
as necessary. Ensuring uniformity in Instrumentation / Control philosophy for various equipment
/ services in the complex, without, in any way, affecting process performance.
 Incorporate actual number of heat exchanger shells as per thermal design, adding process lines
with line numbers for connecting the shells / bays (with isolation and by-pass valves as
necessary). Depiction of shell / tube side flow of fluids (counter current/concurrent) as consistent
with final thermal/ mechanical design of heat exchangers.
 Indicate all equipment elevations as per initial, and subsequently, final equipment layout.
 Clearly identify all two-phase lines and critically evaluate requirement of additional pipe
supports, etc depending on flow regime, pipe length, etc.
 Incorporate control valve and safety relief valve manifolds, indicating CV / SRV sizes, block and
by-pass valve sizes, expander / reducers, depressurizing lines, bleed / drain valves, etc.
 Incorporate heat exchanger nozzle sizes as per exchanger design, showing expander / reducers on
piping as necessary.
 Incorporate pump nozzle sizes as per final vendor data, reviewing pump suction / discharge line
sizes for compatibility with respect to piping loads on the pump nozzles, as necessary, and
indicating expanders / reducers to match.
 Incorporate minimum flow bypasses (constant / variables) for pumps based on ordered equipment
data and specifying necessary instrumentation / piping. Wherever pump motor rating is more than
15 KW, the pump MCF shall be through a flow control valve.
 Incorporate SRV set points / sizes of positive displacement pumps based on vendor data.
 Incorporate process-related information on vendor package items, such primary ventilation
blowers, handling equipments, powder conveyors, scrubbers, rotary pan filters, drum filters, tray
dryers, etc specifically indicating process interlocks / instrumentation linked to central control
room for operator interface. Contractor to provide Vendor package P&IDs for review / approval
by Owner.
 Incorporate instrumentation nozzles as finally determined, SRV inlet line allowable pressure drop
(as per API recommended practice) etc.
 Review / Revise process distribution diagrams indicating connectivity between units.
LINE SCHEDULES / INTERFACE TABLE
As a basis, operating / design pressures specified in pump Process Data Sheets to be considered as final.
Contractor to update the Process / utilities line schedules (lists) incorporating final design conditions
(pressure and temperature).
Page 127 of 635

126 128
128
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Incorporate test medium and test pressures as applicable. Test medium is to be indicated as per the
following:
- Hydro-testing is to be used for liquid lines and two phase lines
- For vapour lines hydro test is to be used.
- Test pressure is to be specified as per ASME Code.
EQUIPMENT
Pumps
 Assess pump shut off pressures with criteria as per general specifications, addressing expected
pump model availability and characteristics, at the commencement of detailed engineering.
 If re-calculated shut off pressure is higher than in datasheet then design pressure is to be suitably
amended for all equipment, piping and instrumentation affected. This activity must be completed
prior to any mechanical design work on equipment. Contractor to meet the battery limit design
pressure as mentioned by provide suitable control system during all conditions.
 As a basis, operating / design pressures specified in pump Process Data Sheets to be considered
as final, in case of any mismatch. Any revision in this regard, related to requirement of change in
operating / design pressures specified in various process documents e.g. Instrument PDS, Line
Schedule to be carried out by Contractor.
 Wherever auto start of stand by pump indicated in Package Data Sheet / Specification or where
multiple pumps (more than 1) are in parallel operation, the pump drive shall be specified suitably
for end of curve conditions.
 MOC of Pump casing and impeller to be followed as per Pump Process datasheets.
Vessels
 Finalize vessel-mounted SRV nozzle sizes based on SRV sizing and allowable pressure drop at
SRV inlet/outlet as per API guidelines.
 Incorporate nozzles for level instruments in line with level sketches developed during engineering
and adhering to standpipe philosophy as per design basis.
 Indicate elevations in process data sheets as per final equipment layout.
Heat Exchangers
 Contractor to allocate allowable pressure drops for an exchanger / group taking into consideration
of dynamic losses to meet the B/L pressure at Package unit.
 Process nozzle sizes should be reflected in the data sheets.
 Firm-up design pressures after analyzing tube rupture scenario.
Instrumentation
 As a basis, operating / design pressures specified in pump Process Data Sheets to be considered as
final. Contractor to update the Process Data Sheets incorporating final design conditions (pressure
and temperature).
 Evaluate all control valves for satisfactory operation based on final hydraulics and ensure that
valves are neither oversized nor undersized. Where Package does not give complete flow /
pressure drop data, the same have to be generated by Contractor as a part of hydraulic
calculations.
 Assess requirement / feasibility / loads of tube-rupture case reliefs where such issues have not
already been covered.
 Assess fire case relief loads of equipment / equipment groups in same fire grade area. Aim to
eliminate SRVs on heat exchangers for fire case relief by reviewing isolation philosophy with
Client and Contractor inputs.
 Incorporate all detailed engineering changes including, but not limited to:
- Control Valve Pressure drop change due to hydraulics
- Line size changes
Page 128 of 635

127 129
129
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
- Piping Material Specification class changes

- Design condition changes
- Minimum flow by-pass provisions
- Fire case SRV loads
- Control scheme changes
- New Instrumentation added
- Alarm set points based upon vendor inputs
- Completion of process specifications for instruments which have not been fully specified
in the Package.
General
Any instruments / components / valves / piping / consumables / other items not explicitly brought out but
felt necessary for smooth operation during the course of commissioning for satisfactory and safe
operation of plant to be included in the scope of package.
Page 129 of 635

128 130
130
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Section-2
(Tanks & Agitators)
Page 130 of 635

129 131
131
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
SCOPE OF WORK & SUPPLY
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the requirement of scope of work, supply, design, engineering,
fabrication, erection, construction, painting, testing and commissioning of all Static
equipments listed in the Engineering Table doc no.A367-35-16-46-ET-4410 or any other item
listed elsewhere in the tender required for the completion of the Job. The scope of works for
the package shall be as per Process data sheets, P&IDs, drawing, standards, specifications etc.
attached in tender document.
1.1 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
In case of any conflict following order of precedence shall be followed
i. P&ID, Process data sheet/ Package/ Job specification/scope drawing
ii. This specification
iii. Other International / national codes and standards referred to
However, contractor shall bring out the conflict to notice of the Owner. Owner decision shall
be final.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK & SUPPLY
2.1 GENERAL
The scope of work includes design, Engineering, procurement, manufacture, shop testing &
inspection, supply of all items including all materials and equipments, mandatory and
commissioning spares, consumables and chemicals, special tools & tackles, transportation,
receipt, storage and handling at site, installation, painting, pre commissioning and
commissioning, trial runs and performance guarantee test run of complete Static equipments.
The scope shall also include preparation of all drawings and documents & obtaining
approval from Owner.
The detailed scope of work shall be as follows:
The scope of Static Equipment shall include complete mechanical design and detailed
engineering of equipment including all mountings, accessories & bought-out items for
vessels, tanks, agitators, heat exchangers, etc.
2.3 SPARES
2.3.1 All mandatory spares, as listed in the job specification shall be supplied to the Owner along
with the equipment.
2.3.2 All the Commissioning spares as required shall be supplied by contractor. Contractor shall
procure the same from the equipment vendors and make it available well before
commissioning of Plant/Equipment. In case, any additional spares are consumed during
commissioning the same to be provided by the contractor. Any leftover spares shall be handed
over to owner.
2.3.3 Contractor shall furnish a list of spares recommended by the equipment vendor for two-year
normal operation and maintenance along with firm unit prices and shall be quoted separately.
These spares are to be separately quoted & not included in basic scope of supply of contract.
Quotation for mandatory and commissioning spare shall be as specified elsewhere in the
tender.
2.4 STATUTORY APPROVALS
The package Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities. The
package Contractor shall also prepare all drawings, documents as required for obtaining such
Page 131 of 635

130 132
132
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
approvals. Any changes/ modifications etc. in design/construction required for obtaining such
approvals shall also be done by the package Contractor without any time & cost implication
to the Owner.
DESIGN BASIS & PHILOSOPHY
STATIC EQUIPMENT
1.1 General
This section covers design basis for material, design, fabrication, erection, testing &
commissioning of pressure vessels, agitators & atmospheric storage tanks.
1.2 Design Basis
i) Pressure Vessels (henceforth referred to as vessel) shall be designed, fabricated, inspected
and tested as per ASME Code Sec. VIII Div.1. (latest edition)
ii) Tanks shall be designed, fabricated, erected and tested in accordance with API 650.
iii) The design, supply, inspection and testing of mechanical agitators with auxiliaries and
accessories shall be as per requirements given in bid package.
iv) All design calculations shall be carried out in corroded condition.
1.3 Minimum Wall Thickness
Vessel shell and heads shall have minimum wall thicknesses calculated with design pressure
and temperature, in accordance with codes, but in no case, shall the thickness be less than that
specified in Engineering Tables attached herewith.
Min thicknesses of storage tank shells, bottom plate, roof plate etc., shall be as per API 650.
but in no case, shall the thickness be less than that specified in Engineering Tables attached
herewith.
1.4 Design Pressure
Design pressure shall be calculated as per the following unless otherwise specified elsewhere
in the package:
a) The design pressure specified in PDS is at the location of relieving device such as the
top of a vertical vessel. The design pressure at the bottom of the vessel and of
associated pieces of equipment shall be determined by adding applicable maximum
operating liquid heads and pressure gradients.
b) Vessel operating under vacuum (or partial vacuum) shall be designed for differential
external pressure of 1.055 Kg/cm2.
1.5 Design Temperature
Design temperature shall be calculated as per the following unless otherwise specified
elsewhere in the package:
a) For vessels operating at 0º C and over, the design temperature shall be operating
temperature plus 15º C. However, design temperature shall not be less than 65º C.
b) For vessel operating below 0º C, design temperature shall be lowest operating
temperature.
c) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) shall be lower of minimum
atmospheric temperature and minimum temperature envisaged during operation.
1.6 Corrosion Allowance
The corrosion allowance for each tank shall be as given in Tank data sheet attached with the
bid package. Otherwise it shall be determined by its intended service conditions and service
life.
Page 132 of 635

131 133
133
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.7 Allowable Stresses
Basic allowable stresses for shell, heads and other components etc. of vessels and shell, roof
etc. of tanks shall be the values specified in the design code.
1.8 Wind and Seismic Loads.
Wind and Seismic requirements are as follows For Vessels
a) Seismic analysis for all equipment shall be carried out as per seismic design basis, IS:
1893 – Latest and the following guidelines:-
 Seismic analysis for Design Basis Earthquake (DBE) shall be carried out
considering site spectra as per Seismic Spectra given in seismic design basis with
2% damping. In case of site spectra are available, the same shall be followed for
acceleration values.
 Value of factor ‘R’ shall be 2.0.and ‘I’ shall be as per IS 1893.
b) Design of equipment including anchor chair shall be carried out considering wind Load
as per IS 875 (Latest). Drag coefficient for cylindrical vessels shall be 0.7 minimum.
Earthquake and wind shall be considered not acting concurrently.
Wind and Seismic requirements are as follows For Tanks
a) Wind load shall be calculated as per Indian Standard IS 875 Part 3 or site specific wind
data if attached with the bid package. But uplift and anchorage requirements shall be
calculated as per API 650 for wind load.
b) Earthquake forces shall be calculated in accordance with Indian Standard IS: 1893 or it
shall be based on meteorological and seismic data of the site, if attached with the bid
package. For calculation of seismic loading, procedure given in Appendix E of API 650,
shall be followed.
1.9 General Requirements for Vessels
(i) All design calculations shall be made considering all loads for erection, operation and
hydro-test condition taking into account wind & seismic loads. The design cases and
the loading to be considered shall be as follows.
Erection Condition : Vessel (uncorroded) erected on foundation, without
platforms, etc. but with welded attachments plus full
wind on vessel.
Operating Condition : Vessel (in corroded condition) under design pressure,
including welded items, removable internals, piping,
platforms, ladder and operating liquid etc. plus full
wind, vessels with all other projections open to wind,
or earthquake forces.
Test Condition : Vessel (in corroded condition) under test pressure,
filled with water plus 33% of specified wind load on
vessel including all attachments shall be considered.
(ii) All internals shall be designed for full load condition. For welded internals, twice the
corrosion allowance shall be considered. Removable internal parts shall be designed
with single corrosion allowance. All bolted internals shall be provided with SS bolts
and two nuts.
(iii) Design of partition plates/Baffles/Grids/Flat ends:
Page 133 of 635

132 134
134
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
 Pressure drop across the bed shall be added to the liquid head and dead weight
for the design of grid.
 Allowable stress in bending shall be 0.66 X yield stress at design temperature
 Beam seat shall be checked for bending stress and deflection of support plate
shall be limited to T/2 where T is corroded thickness of plate.
 Stiffeners if provided shall be designed such that deflection is limited to L/325
where L is span of the stiffener. Contribution of plate if considered shall be
limited to 16T on either side of stiffener.
 Allowable deflection of beams shall be 0.001 of corresponding beam length.
(iv) Anchor Bolts:
a) Tensile allowable stress for foundation anchor bolt: 1630 kg/cm2
b) Shear stress of bolts: 1120 kg/cm2.
The above values are maximum to be considered. No further increase on above on
account of wind or seismic loading is allowed. The values specified above are
including wind and seismic loading.
(v) Vessel weighing more than 5.0 MT shall be provided with lifting lugs. No nozzle or
other vital attachments on the equipment being lifted shall be used as supporting or
lifting points other than those which have been specifically designed and designated
for the purpose.
(vi) Fabrication tolerances indicated in IS-2102(Part-1):1993 shall be adhered to.
(vii) Nozzles up-to 50 mm NB size shall be stiffened with 2 numbers of 40 mm wide x 6
mm thick stiffeners welded at 90 apart.
(viii) Vessel diameters 300 mm NB and below shall be made from seamless pipe only.
(ix) Nozzle connections used for vessels shall be as per datasheet.
(x) Rolling direction of plate for shell shall be lengthwise.
1.10 Materials
Materials of various pressure parts of equipment shall be as specified in respective Process
data sheet attached elsewhere in the bid package. All the components of vessels and tanks
shall be of SS 304L unless otherwise specified. All gaskets (including body gaskets) attached
to vessels & tanks shall be of 100 % pure expanded PTFE.
All vessel and tank supports like lifting lugs, brackets etc. shall be of SA 240 GR 304L unless
otherwise specified.
1.11 Sizing Requirements for Storage Tanks – The sizing of storage tanks should be as per
datasheet attached.
1.12 Tank Foundation and Anchorage of the Tank
Anchor bolts shall be provided if required by calculation for uplift or stability for wind and
seismic load. Minimum anchor bolt size shall be M24 excluding any corrosion allowance on
bolt diameter. Tanks with diameter < = 10m shall be provided with anchor bolts at a spacing
of maximum 1800 mm. Heavy galvanized bolts and nut shall be used for anchor. If corrosion
allowance is specified on anchor bolt, it should be added to the bolt diameter.
1.13 Appurtenances and Accessories for Storage Tanks
Size of roof / shell manhole shall not be less than 600 mm NB. Minimum number of manholes shall
be as follows :
Tank Diameter Shell Flush Type* Roof*
Page 134 of 635

133 135
135
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Manhole Cleanout Doors Manholes
Diameter.  12 m 1 nil 1
Platforms and Stairways

a) Tanks with instruments/accessories located on the roof shall be provided with platform
(Minimum size 1.2 m x 0.8 m) on roof. Platform shall be sized and located to permit easy
access to those items.
b) Primary access to roof shall be by means of cage ladders for tanks with height upto 6 m and
by spiral stairways for tanks with height more than 6 m. Intermediate landings shall be
provided for spiral stairways, preferably at every 5 m interval.
c) Hand railing shall be provided for stairways and platform should be provided all around the
tank roof.
1.14 Other Accessories
a) All tanks shall be provided with venting device, level indicators as per datasheet and
earthing connections. A gauge hatch with cover for gauging and sampling purpose is to
be provided on the tank if specified on tank data sheet.
b) Roof to shell joint shall be frangible type. Otherwise, suitable emergency venting devices
shall be provided as per API Standard 2000. Emergency Vent of Suitable size shall be
provided for fire exposure case as per API 2000 if needed.
1.15 General Requirements
 The roof plates shall be self supported or supported by structure. Column supported roof
shall be not acceptable. The roof and it’s supporting structure shall be designed to carry
the dead loads, internal and external pressure as specified in process data sheet and live
loads as per the design code. Roof plates shall not be attached to the supporting members
but will rest on it. Supporting Structure shall not be immersed in stored media. The
allowable stresses for structural members shall be as specified in applicable design code.
 For tanks, Maximum height of un-stiffened shell shall be calculated based on the
corroded thicknesses of shell courses. Section modulus of wind griders shall also based
on corroded thickness of shell courses.
 All sharp edges and corners shall be grounded off and given smooth radius.
Page 135 of 635

134 136
136
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 General
This section covers Specifications for material, design, fabrication, erection and testing of
pressure vessels and atmospheric storage tanks.
1.1.1 Codes
Codes (As Applicable) – Latest edition shall apply
 ASME Sec.II
 ASME Sec.VIII Div.1
 ASME Sec.IX
 API 650 (For Atmospheric Storage Tanks)
 API 2000
 ASME B16.20
 ASME B 16.5
 ASME Sec. V
 ASTM A 262
 IS 875
 IS-1893
1.2 Pressure Vessels & Storage Tanks
1.2.1 Material Specification
a) All tanks & vessels shall be fabricated with standard plate size as per SA 240 & SA 480.
Material test certificates/documents shall be submitted to Inspector for verification.
b) The stainless steel plates shall conform to SA-240 & SA-480 of ASME section-II part A &
shall be in solution annealed and pickled condition. Ultrasonic testing of plates shall be as per
the approved procedure by NFC.
c) The plates shall be free from surface defects like pits, cracks, laminations and inclusions. If
any grinding is done to remove these defects, is shall be ensured that there is a smooth merger
of the ground surface with the remaining surface and thickness is within the tolerance limits
of ASME SA 480.
d) All pipes used for making nozzles shall be of seamless quality and conform to ASME Sec II
part A SA 312 specifications.
e) All pipe fittings shall conform to ASME Sec II PART A SA 182 requirements.
f) All the welding consumables used for welding shall conform to SFA 5.4 / 5.9 of ASME Sec II
and shall be standard make like Ador, L&T, D&H, ESAB only.
g) All the supporting structures like lugs, base plates etc. Shall conform to SA 240 Gr 304L
requirements.
h) ER308L/E308L welding consumables shall be used for welding AISI 304L to AISI 304L and
ER 309/E309 for welding MS to and E &018 for welding MS to MS.
i) The external finish of all tanks and vessels to be 400 grit mirror finish.
1.2.2 Manholes/Hand-holes And Nozzles
a) Manholes shall be minimum 600 mm NB unless otherwise specified.
b) Manhole cover shall be provided with a davit or hinge.
c) As a general rule all nozzles attachment to shell/head shall be set in type.
1.2.3 Flanges
Page 136 of 635

135 137
137
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
a) All flanges shall be as per ASME B-16.5. Flanges not covered by ASME B-16.5 shall be to
ASME B-16.47 (Series B).
b) Only weld neck flanges shall be used.
c) Nozzle flanges to be as per SA 182 F304L and nozzle neck to be as per SA 312.
1.2.4 Pressure Testing
All vessels shall be hydrostatically tested as per the code. In order to safeguard against the
risk of brittle fracture during hydrostatic test, temperature of test fluid shall meet the
requirements of UG-99 of ASME Sec. VIII Div.1 and shall preferably not be less than 16º C.
All tanks shall be hydrostatically tested as per API 650.
1.2.5 Welding
Full penetration weld shall be employed for joining pressure parts. Where both sides are not
accessible for welding, root run by tungsten inert gas process or backing strip may be used to
ensure full penetration. Backing strip, if used, is to be removed after welding, wherever
possible.
1.2.6 Radiography/Non Destructive Testing
1.2.6.1 Full radiography is the minimum requirement for all vessels.
1.2.6.2 Spot radiography shall be carried out for all tanks as per code. The following requirements
shall supplement the requirements:
Each spot radiograph shall be a minimum of six inches (150 mm) in length and minimum one
spot shall be selected in each circumferential and longitudinal seam. Additionally, at least one
T-joint in each circumferential and longitudinal seam shall also be selected. Welds from each
welding procedure, Welder/Welding operator shall be examined.
1.2.6.3 All Nozzle flanges shall be forged type. Ring type flange fabricated from plate shall not be
used.
1.2.6.4 Weld seams of formed ends shall be 100% radiographed after forming and heat treatment, if
any.
1.2.6.5 All nozzle to shell welds (Root and Final run) shall be examined by magnetic particle/Dye
penetrant test.
1.2.6.6 Manhole necks and nozzle necks of 250 mm NB and above may be fabricated from same
plate material as used for shell.
1.2.6.7 Pipes for nozzles shall conform to SA 312 TP 304 L. Pipes for nozzle shall be of seamless
quality.
1.2.6.8 Hand rails on stairway and tank top shall conform to IS: 1239 (medium) and galvanized.
1.2.6.9 Platforms, spiral stairways/ladders and gangways shall have Electro-forged gratings.
1.2.6.10 Gaskets for manholes and nozzles shall be of 100% pure expanded PTFE.
1.2.6.11 Studs/bolts and nuts for all nozzles fitted with blind flanges shall conform to ASME A-193
Gr. B8M/ A 194 Gr.8M. Bolts and nuts for all structurals shall conform to IS: 1367.
1.2.6.12 Dimensions for nozzle flanges shall conform to ASME B16.5 for size upto 600 mm NB and
to ASME B16.47 Series B for sizes above 600 mm NB. Dimensions for manhole flanges and
covers shall be as per the design code.
1.2.7 Welding Consumables
1.2.7.1 Selection of welding consumables shall be based on the general chemistry of deposited filler
metal which shall be the same as that of the base metal. Welding electrode specification shall
conform to Indian Standard IS:814/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code Section II (C).
However, minimum requirement of applicable codes and Appendices shall be adhered to:
Page 137 of 635

136 138
138
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.2.7.2 Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used for all manual metal arc welds of shell courses having
a thickness of 12mm and above.
1.2.7.3 Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used for attachment welds of shell to bottom or annular
plate and annular plate butt joints.
1.2.7.4 For all other welding, high cellulose/rutile type electrodes as per the AWS classification SFA
5.4/5.9 shall be used.
1.2.8 Pre-Fabrication requirements:
a) The vendor shall submit a detailed manufacturing procedure, any additional working
drawings, QC plan & stage wise check lists, NDT procedures and documentation formats
along with the time schedules to the purchaser approval before fabrication.
b) Manufacturing plan shall include detailed procedure of manufacture, the equipment used
and the tolerance that are maintained at various stages of manufacture to achieve the final
required dimensions. The alignment/ovality/skewness/flatness/finish shall be checked if
given in the drawing.
c) QA plan shall detail the procedure for carrying out inspection and testing at various stages
of manufacture.
d) Templates, metrology instruments and testing consumables used in DP test, radiography
etc. shall be approved by the purchaser.
e) The welder and welding procedure shall be qualified as per ASME Sec IX. However, if
valid documents of welder and welding procedure qualification carried out as per ASME
Sec. IX by QA, NFC or any other agency acceptable to the QA, NFC are available with
the vendor, clearance for welding will be given on the basis of these documents.
1.2.9 Fabrication And Erection
a) The edges/surfaces to be welded shall be cleaned thoroughly using acetone/TCE before
welding. After completion of welding the inside weld reinforcement of all the welds shall be
ground flush with the parent material is specified in the drawing.
b) Machining to be carried out as given in the drawing.
c) Welding between SS components shall be carried out by TIG process only. Welding between
SS to MS & MS to MS can be by SMAW.
d) The components after fabrication shall be free from injurious defects such as dents, pits,
handling marks, remains of fixtures etc.
e) The fabricated components shall be numbered as per the identification number given by the
purchaser and the number shall be written legibly welding at specified locations.
f) Repairs: if the number of repairs on any weld during entire fabrication is more than three, the
welder and welding procedure shall be re-qualified. The vendor shall not carry out any weld
repairs without the prior approval of the repair procedure from the purchaser.
g) During fabrication, contractor shall provide guy ropes and other means to safeguard semi
finished storage tanks against damage due to severe winds.
h) All welding shall be in accordance with the applicable design code and welding process shall
be electric fusion shielded metal arc unless otherwise specified.
i) Welding procedure qualification shall be carried out as per IS: 823/ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessels Code Section IX. Welders shall also be qualified in the approved procedure
as per the requirements of the Code. These qualification tests shall be arranged by the
Contractor at his cost and witnessed Owner Inspector.
j) Bottom plates of tanks which are resting on pier/grillage for under-tank leak detection shall be
of butt welded construction.
Page 138 of 635

137 139
139
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
k) Vertical joints in adjacent shell courses shall be offset by at least 1000mm. Vertical and
horizontal joints shall also clear the nozzle welds and reinforcement pad welds and minimum
distance between welds shall be as per Code.
1.2.10 Inspection And Testing
a) Inspection & documentation by the vendor shall be as per the approved QA plan.
b) Valid test certificates shall be submitted by the vendor for the material of construction.
Inspection of materials of construction includes visual examination, dimensional inspection,
chemical analysis and mechanical tests on the samples taken as per specification and drawing.
Proper correlation should be available between the material for fabrication and the test
certificates. 100% visual inspection shall be carried out.
c) Inspection for SS grades of material:
In case of proper correlation one sample per heat and thickness of SS plate, pipe and
fittings etc. Shall be subjected to chemical testing as per the ASME Sec. II requirements.
In the absence of proper correlation all tests (chemical analysis and mech. Testing) as per
ASME Sec II shall be carried out on each piece for all the raw materials. Ultrasonic testing
of plates shall be as per the approved procedure by NFC.
d) All tests including chemical analysis of plates, pipes, fittings, consumables etc. Shall be
carried out at NAB Lab.
e) One sample per heat and thk. of plates shall be subjected to IGC practice E test at NAB Lab
as per ASTM A 262 requirements and shall be witnessed by NFC.
f) Inspection for MS grade of material:
In case of proper correlation one sample per heat and thickness of MS plate, structures etc.
Shall be subjected to chemical testing as per the IS 2602 requirements. In the absence of
proper correlation all tests as per IS 2602 shall be carried out on each piece for all the raw
materials.
g) All tests including chemical analysis of plates & structural, etc. Shall be carried out at NAB
Lab.
h) Test certificates pertaining to the chemical compositions for the consumables shall be
submitted by the vendor. For SS grades one sample specimen of welding consumables / weld
deposit from each heat, nominal diameter and batch shall be tested for chemical composition
as specified in SFA 5.4 / 5.9 of ASME Sec. II C. The test be carried out at NAB Lab.
i) 100% DP test shall be carried out on all the welds. D.P. testing shall be carried after edge
preparation, weld root pass, weld back gouged surface & on final welds. DP test shall be
carried out by color contrast penetrant technique using solvent removable penetrant systems.
Any unacceptable defect shall be corrected as per the procedure approved by the NFC QA
followed by the retest to ensure that the defects are within acceptable limits. The dye,
developer and cleaner used for DP test shall be of reputed brands like Megnaflux, P Met (or
any other brand approved by the purchaser) and spray type only and shall confirm to the
specifications given in ASME Sec. V. The acceptance criteria for defects shall be as per
ASME SEC VIII requirements.
j) 100% radiography for vessels and spot radiography for tanks shall be carried out after final
pass for all the butt welds any unacceptable defects shall be corrected as per the procedure
approved by the purchaser followed by re-radiography to ensure that the defects are within
acceptable limits. Radiography shall be carried out x-ray source only. As per ASME Section
V and the procedure given in Annexure-II(A) the convention for carrying out the radiography
is given in Annexure-II(B). The welds are acceptable only when the corresponding
radiographs are acceptable as per the acceptance standard of ASME section VIII division I.
k) If dish end and top cover are made by welding two plates, the butt weld shall be subjected to
100% radiography. The maximum allowable thinning on the dish end & top cover as
measured with ultrasonic thickness gauge will be 10% of the nominal thickness of each.
While calculating the thickness this has to taken into account. OD of the dished end shall be
maintained within the general tolerance limits of IS-2102(extra cost) as checked with a go
gauge. The knuckle and straight flange of the dished end and top dished end and top closure
Page 139 of 635

138 140
140
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
shall be free from unacceptable surface defects by DP test. Before final forming, the air
cooling. If a hole is made in the dished end or top closure for the purpose of forming, the
same shall be closed by the defect free weld as checked by 100% radiography. The weld
design for closing the hole shall be approved by the purchaser before welding.
l) The passivation of the tank shall be as per ASTM A 380 requirements. It shall be carried out
after hydro test and drying.
m) The tank shall be subjected to hydro test at vendor place. The tank shall be filled with
municipal water at 4.5 kg/cm2(g) pressure and held for one day. No leak or deformation shall
be observed. The water shall be drained within 4 hours after test. Use of ground water shall be
avoided.
n) It should be noted that responsibility of qualifying the tank during pressure testing lies with
the supplier, irrespective of stage wise inspection and clearance of drawing by NFC.
o) All items shall be subject to inspection by Owner. The Inspector shall have free access to the
contractor's shop/work site. The Contractor shall provide all facilities like tools and tackles,
instruments and personnel to inspector. Approval of Inspector shall in no way relieve the
contractor of his responsibility for proper execution of work.
1.2.10.1 The Inspection shall include but not be limited to:
a) Examination of materials of construction.
b) Welding procedure and Welder's qualification tests.
c) Various non-destructive tests like radiography etc. as per code.
d) Checking of dimensions
e) Pressure testing and certification etc.
f) Hardness testing
1.2.10.2 Wherever specified in code, dye penetrant/magnetic particle examination shall be carried out
on the welds.
1.2.10.3 The inner fillet of bottom or annular plate to shell weld shall be leak tested with penetrating
oil after removal of slag prior to welding of outside fillet weld.
1.2.10.4 After completion, tank shall be hydrostatically tested by filling water and all weld joints shall
be hammered and inspected for any leakage. In case of any defect it shall be repaired and
retested as per the instructions of Inspector.
1.2.10.5 Tolerances
Fabrication tolerances on shell, bottom, foundation, etc. shall be as per applicable IS code.
1.2.11 Calibration
Strapping and calibration of tanks shall be done in accordance with Indian Standards IS: 2007
and IS:2008. Datum plate shall be welded to tank bottom vertically below the gauge hatch.
1.2.12 Following shall be the points for stage wise inspection.
i) Pre-fabrication:
a) Raw material clearance
b) Consumable clearance
c) Approval of manufacturing procedure, Manufacturing Ennnngineering Instructions and
QA plans.
d) Welders and welding procedure qualification
ii) In process clearance:
a) Shells inspection.
b) Fit-up at all assembly stages.
c) Radiography of all butt welds
Page 140 of 635

139 141
141
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
d) Heat treatment of dish ends
e) DTP of all welds
f) Final assembly
g) Final inspection including hydro test etc.
iii) Documentation:
a) Pre-fabrication
b) In process
c) Post fabrication
Note:
1. The above are indicative. The actual hold points shall be as per the QA plan submitted by
the contractors and approved by the purchaser.
2. All the material covered under this section shall be subject to pre-despatch inspection by
owner/ owner's representative at the contractor's works prior to despatch.
Page 141 of 635

140 142
142
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
MANDATORY SPARE PARTS
MANDATORY SPARE PARTS
Contractor shall supply mandatory spares as listed below:
S. NO. PART DESCRIPTION QUANTITY REQUIRED

1.1 PRESSURE VESSELS & STORAGE TANKS
Fasteners for each nozzle shown with blind flange/for 25% of installed quantity
1.1.1
each shell flange/for all internal flanges
Gasket for each nozzle shown with blind flange/for each 2 time replacement
1.1.2
shell flange/for all internal flanges
1.2 AGITATORS
1.2.1 Bearings for agitator & Oil seals for gear box One set per Tag No.
1.2.2 Gasket for agitator mounting nozzle, if any 2 time replacement
25% (min.) 2 sets for each
1.2.3 Fasteners for agitator mounting nozzle, if any
size)
1.2.4 Couplings spare One set for each type
NOTES:-
1. The above no. of spares are minimum.

2. Wherever % age is identified, Contractor shall supply next rounded figure.
3. Mandatory spares shall be procured along with the main equipment. These spares include
only those spares, which are critical for equipment and require longer delivery periods.
4. The word `Set' means the quantity required for full replacement of that part in one machine.
5. The Bidder shall quote for all the mandatory spares as defined above & as applicable to the
proposed design of the equipment. In case, any spare which is listed above but not applicable
due to specific construction/design of the equipment, the same shall be highlighted as `Not
Applicable' against that spare supported with proper technical explanation.
6. Spare parts shall be identical in all respects to the parts fitted on the main equipment,
including dimensions, material of construction, testing & heat treatment.
Page 142 of 635

146 148
148
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
A367-35-16-46-ET-4410
JOB NO. : A367
UNIT : 31, 32, 33, 34, 35 & 56
PROJECT : NFC,KOTA ENGINEERING TABLE FOR STATIC EQUIPMENTS IN WET POWDER PACKAGE
HEAD DATA RADIOGRAPH APPROX.

SHELL DATA PWHT REMARKS
SUPPORT TYPE Y ERECTION
Sr.
ITEM NO. SERVICE QTY M.O.C WT.PER ITEM
No.
DIA. X HEIGHT MIN. MOC (KGS.)
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
UNIT 31
ANCHORED
31-TK- TOP:CONICAL 12 ON
NITRIC ACID
1 1001/1002 3 4050 X 4700 6 SA 240 GR 304L FOUNDATIO SPOT NIL 6100
STORAGE TANK
A/B BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 8 N
IS 2062 GR.B
TOP:FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
1000X1000X
2 31-TK-1003 SUMP TANK 1 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 900
1000
BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 6 IS 2062 GR.B
ANCHORED
TOP:CONICAL 8 ON
31-TK- CAUSTIC LYE
3 2 2550 X 2950 6 SA 240 GR 304L FOUNDATIO SPOT NIL 2300
1004/1008 STORAGE TANK
BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 8 N
IS 2062 GR.B
TOP:FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
CAUSTIC LYE 1000X1000X
4 31-TK-1005 1 6 SA 240 GR 304L FULL YES 1100
SUMP TANK 1000
BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE 6 SS 304L
BRACKET
TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
5 31-TK-1006 SEAL POT 1 720 X 1150 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 400
SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
UNIT 32
MDU BRACKET
32-TK- TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 TANK WITH AGITATOR 32-AG-
1 DISSOLUTION 2 1650 x 2300 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600
1001/2001 1101/2101
TANK SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
PR-1 ANGLE LEG
32-TK-
2 DISSOLUTION 2 1650 X 2300 6 TORISPHERICAL (TOP 10 SA 240 GR 304L FULL NIL 1800
1002/2002
TANK & BOTTOM) SS 304L
PR-2 ANGLE LEG
32-TK-
3 DISSOLUTION 2 1650 X 2300 6 TORISHPERICAL(TOP SA 240 GR 304L FULL NIL 1800
1003/2003 10
TANK & BOTTOM) SS 304L
32-TK-
BRACKET
1004/1005/ CUNS STORAGE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 TANK WITH AGITATOR 32-AG-
4 6 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1700
1006/2004/ TANK 1104 TO 1106/2104 TO 2106
SS 304L
2005/2006 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
Page 143 of 635

148 150
150
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
BRACKET
32-TK- MISC. SOLN. TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
5 2 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500
1008/2008 TANK
SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
32-TK- MISC. SOLN.
6 2 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500
1009/2009 TANK 1750 X 2000
CAUSTIC LYE
32-TK- SOLUTION TANK WITH AGITATOR 32-AG-
7 2 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050
1013/2013 PREPARATION 1113/2113
TANK
32-TK- NITRIC ACID
8 2 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050
1016/2016 DUMP TANK
32-TK- SERVICE
9 2 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1450
1017/2017 WATER TANK
32-TK- TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
EMERGENCY
10 1024/1025/20 4 910 X 1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 600
WATER TANK
32-TK- EMERGENCY TANK WITH AGITATOR 32-AG-
11 2 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600
1026/2026 DRAIN TANK 1126/2126
32-TK- OVERFLOW TANK WITH AGITATOR 32-AG-
12 2 2050 X 1650 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1700
1027/2027 TANK 1127/2127
BRACKET
32-TK- NITRIC ACID TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
13 2 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500
1028/2028 DOSING TANK
SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
ORG.
COLLECTION BRACKET
32-TK- TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
14 (MISC SOLN.) 2 720 X 1150 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 450
1029/2029
TANK SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
SAFETY LIMB TO BE
15 32-XX- TOP: CONICAL 6
FOR PR DECIDED BY
1468/1469/24 4 300 X 3000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1000
B DISSOLUTION CONTRACTO
68/2469 BOTTOM: FLAT 6
TANK R
16 32-HE- HEAT
(NOTE-4) PART OF SCRUBBER
B 1462/1464/24 EXCHANGER 4
SUB- PACKAGE.
62/2464 CONDENSERS
UNIT 33
URANYL TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET

033-TK-1001/ TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
1 NITRATE FEED 2 1870x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
2001 1101/2101
Page 144 of 635

149 151
151
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
2 1002/1003/20 EXTRACT TANK 4 1870x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
URANYL
NITRATE TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
3 1007/1008/20 4 1870x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
RAFFINATE 1107 TO 1108 /2107 TO 2108
TANK
033-TK- UNPS STORAGE
4 2 2300x2800 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600
1009/2009 TANK
UNPS STORAGE
5 1010/1011/20 4 2300x2800 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600
TANK
033-TK- SODA TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
6 1012/1013/20 PREPARATION 4 1260x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1250 1112 TO 1113 /2112 TO 2113
B
12/2013 TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
SADDLE HORIZONTAL VESSEL
033-TK-
7 DRAIN TANK 2 2800x4000 8 2:1 ELLIPSOIDAL 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 5800 CONSIDERED
1014/2014
IS 2062 GR.B
AQUEOUS TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-
8 COLLECTION 2 720x1150 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 500
1015/2015
033-TK- SOLVENT TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
9 1016/1017/20 TREATMENT 4 1750x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
1116 TO 1117/2116 TO 2117
16/2017 TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
TREATED LS
10 1019/2019/10 4 1750x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1750
STORAGE TANK
ORGANIC TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-
11 PHASE COLL 2 720x1150 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 500
1021/2021
033-TK- ACID WASH
12 2 1260x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200
1022/2022 TANK
ORG/AQUEOUS TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-
13 SEPARATION 2 1260x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200
1024/2024
033-TK- UNF CONSTANT TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
14 2 1590x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600
1025/2025 HEAD TANK 1125/2125
033-TK-1026/ UNR CONSTANT
15 2 910x1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 670
2026 HEAD TANK
LEAN SOLVENT TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-1027/
16 CONSTANT 2 910x1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 780
2027
HEAD TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
Page 145 of 635

150 152
152
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
DM WATER TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-
17 CONSTANT 2 910X1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 670
1028/2028
EXTRACT TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK-
18 CONSTANT 2 910X1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 780
1029/2029
SODA WASH TOP:FLAT PLATE BRACKET
033-TK- 2000x1000x
19 NEUTRALIZATIO 2 8 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
1030/2030 1500
N TANK BOTTOM:FLAT PLATE SS 304L
SOLVENT
20 1031/1032/20 4 1870x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
STORAGE TANK
DM WATER
21 1033/1034/20 4 2300x2800 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2600
TANK
SODA WASH
22 1035/1036/ 4 1260x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200
TANK
ACID TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK- TANK WITH AGITATOR 33-AG-
23 PREPARATION 2 1260x2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1200
1037/2037 1137/2137
24 TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET

033-TH- EXTRACT PART OF SOLVENT EXTRACTOR
B 2 1320x1600 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1400
1452/2452 SETTLER SUB-PACKAGE
BOTTOM:TORICONE 6 SS 304L
#-DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY
25 033-XX- MIST CONTRACTOR AS PER
B 1460/2460
2 # # # # # # # # #
ELIMINATOR REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED
ELSEWHERE IN TENDER
26 TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
033-TK- ENTRAINMENT PART OF STRIPPING UNIT SUB-
2 1040 X 1650 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500
B 1038/2038 SEPARATOR PACKAGE
BOTTOM:TORICONE 6 SS 304L
UNIT 34
34-TK- UNR 6 BRACKET

TOP: FLAT PLATE TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
1 1001/1002/20 TREATMENT 4 1900 X 2500 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2100
1101 TO 1102/2101 TO 2102
01/2002 TANKS 6 SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE
34-TK-
8 BRACKET
1003/1004/10 ARS/NH4N03 TOP: FLAT PLATE TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
2 6 3500 X 4000 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 6200
05/2003/2004/ DISPOSAL TANK 1103 TO 1105/2103 TO 2105
8 SS 304L
2005 BOTTOM: TORICONE
34-TK-
DILUTE BRACKET
1006/1007/10 TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
3 EXTRACT 6 1750 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1550
08/2006/2007/
STORAGE TANK SS 304L
2008 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
Page 146 of 635

151 153
153
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
ORGANIC BRACKET
34-TK- TOP: FLAT PLATE 6
4 OVERFLOW 2 720 X 1150 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 500
1009/2009
TANK SS 304L
BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
ARS
BRACKET
34-TK- INTERMEDIATE TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
2 1900 X 2500 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1850
5 1011/2011 STORAGE 1111 TO 1113/2111 TO 2113
SS 304L
TANKS BOTTOM: TORICONE 6
34-TK- ARS TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
6 1012/1013/20 INTERMEDIATE 4 1900 X 2500 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1850
12/2013 STORAGE TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
34-TK-
ADUF TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
1014/1015/10 TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
7 TREATMENT 6 2300 X 2800 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2550
16/2014/2015/ 1114 TO 1116/2114 TO 2116
2016
ADU SLUDGE TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
8 1020/1021/20 4 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1050
STORAGE TANK 1120 TO 1121/2120 TO 2121
34-TK-
1022/1023/10 NH4NO3 9500
9 6 4330 X 5020 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL
24/2022/2023/ STORAGE TANK
2024
34-TK-
10 DRAIN TANK 2 910 X 1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 650
1025/2025
34-TK- UNR TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
11 1026/1027/20 NEUTRALISATIO 4 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600
1700 X 2400
26/2027 N TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
AMMONIUM
12 1030/1031/20 4 1870 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1600
NITRATE TANK
13 34-TK- ARS CONSTANT
B 2 910 X 1450 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 650
1017/2017 HEAD TANK
A) PART OF ROTARY DRUM
14 PRECOAT
34-TK- FILTER SUB-PACKAGE
PREPARATION 2
B 1028/2028 B) TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-
TANK
AG-1128/2128
15
34-TK- FILTRATE PART OF ROTARY DRUM
2
1032/2032 RECEIVER FILTER SUB-PACKAGE
B
16
34-TK- MOISTURE PART OF ROTARY DRUM
2
1033/2033 SEPARATOR FILTER SUB-PACKAGE
B
17
34-TK- VACUUM PART OF ROTARY DRUM
2
1034/2034 RECEIVER FILTER SUB-PACKAGE
B
Page 147 of 635

152 154
154
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
18
34-HO- PART OF ROTARY DRUM
HOPPER 2
1460/2460 FILTER SUB-PACKAGE
B
UNIT 35
35-TK-
1001/1002/10 TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
TANK WITH AGITATOR 35-AG-
1 03/1004/2001/ PRECIPITATOR 8 1900 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1750
1101 TO 1104/2101 TO 2104
2002/2003/20 BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
04
AMMONIUM
HYDROXIDE 300
2 1005/1006/20 4 500 X 1000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL
CONSTANT
HEAD TANK
AMMONIUM TOP: FLAT PLATE 6 BRACKET
35-TK-
3 HYDROXIDE 2 1260 X 2000 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 900
1007/2007
DAY TANK BOTTOM: TORICONE 6 SS 304L
TOP: FLAT PLATE
35-TK- 6 BRACKET
4 1009/1010/20 FILTRATE TANK 4 2500 X 1500 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
BOTTOM:
09/2010 6 SS 304L
TORISPHERICAL
UNPS STORAGE TANK WITH AGITATOR 34-AG-
5 1012/1013/20 4 3450 X 4000 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 6800
TANK 1112 TO 1113/2112 TO 2113
ANGLE LEG
35-PV- VAPOUR
6 2 850 X 1750 12 2:1 ELLIPSOIDAL 12 SA 516 GR 70 FULL NIL 1500
1469/2469 HOLDER
SS 304L
7 B 35-TK- FILTRATE PART OF PAN FILTER SUB-

2
1014/2014 RECEIVER PACKAGE
8 35-TK- MOISTURE PART OF PAN FILTER SUB-

B 2
1015/2015 SEPARATOR PACKAGE
9
35-TK- VACUUM PART OF PAN FILTER SUB-
2
B 1016/2016 RECEIVER PACKAGE
10 35-HE- HEAT
(NOTE-4) PART OF TRAY DRYER
1501/1502/25 EXCHANGER 4
SUB-PACKAGE.
B 01/2502 CONDENSERS
UNIT 56
PIPE LEG
056-TK- NH4OH
1 2 1750 X 2000 6 2:1 ELLIPSOIDAL 8 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 2000
1001/1002 STORAGE TANK
SA 106 GR.B
Page 148 of 635

153 155
155
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Sr.
No.
(mm) THK. TYPE THK
(mm)
TOP: FLAT PLATE BRACKET
2 056-TK-1003 SEAL POT 1 1040 X 1650 6 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL 1500
BOTTOM:TORICONE SS 304L
AMMONIA DOUBLE PIPE HEAT EXCHANGER

3 056-AB-1469 1
ABSORBER (NOTE-4)
Unit 45
TOP: FLAT PLATE ANGLE LEG

045-TK- DECONTAMINAT
1 2 6 6 SA 240 GR 304L SPOT NIL
1001/1002 ION TANK
BOTTOM:TORICONE SS 304L
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCTION CODE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
i) VESSELS SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, INSPECTED AND TESTED AS PER ASME CODE SEC. VIII DIV.1. (LATEST)
2
ii) VESSELS FULL OF LIQUID AND/OR WITH DESIGN PRESSURE < 1.0 KG/CM (G) SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, INSPECTED AND TESTED AS PER ASME CODE SEC. VIII DIV.1 - PRACTICE.
iii) TANKS SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED, ERECTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH API 650.
iv) ALL DESIGN CALCULATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN CORRODED CONDITION.
2. THE FURNISHED WEIGHTS ARE WEIGHTS PER EQUIPMENT AND ARE PRELIMINARY; INCASE OF MORE THAN ONE ITEM IN QTY, THE GIVEN WEIGHT SHOULD BE MULTIPLIED ACCORDINGLY.
3. THE THICKNESSES INDICATED ARE MINIMUM REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO CARRY OUT THE DESIGN CALCULATIONS AND INCREASE THE THICKNESS IF REQUIRED WITHOUT ANY TIME AND COST
IMPLICATIONS.
4. FOR ITEM NOS. 32-HE-1462/1464/2462/2464, 35-HE-1501/1502/2501/2502 & 56-AB-1469, THERMAL AND MECHANICAL DESIGN IN CONTRACTOR’S SCOPE.
Page 149 of 635

154 156
156
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
STORAGE TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1001
PROCESS DATA SHEET Rev. No. 1
Page of 3
PROJECT NFC-KOTA CLIENT NFC
UNIT NITRIC ACID UNLOADING, STORAGE & TRANSFER JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 31
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1001, 1002 & 1007 1 SERVICE NITRIC ACID STORAGE TANK
TYPE FLAT BOTTOM, CYLINDICAL TANK & CONICAL ROOF
FLUID HANDLED NITRIC ACID
PROCESS DATA
NOMINAL CAPACITY M3 60
LIQUID STORED M3 54 (NOTE-1)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMB.
STORAGE PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM.
VACUUM PRESSURE MMWC
FLUID PROPERTIES @OPERATING P & T
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 1350-1400
VISCOSITY CP 3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED NO
IF YES, BLANKETING GAS
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 4050
HEIGHT MM 4700
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM + FULL OF LIQUID
DESIGN TEMPERATURE DEG C 81
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
DESIGN MINIMUM YES DEG C 2
DESIGN MAXIMUM NO DEG C 51
COIL REQUIRED NO
IF YES, PURPOSE OF COIL
COIL DESIGN PRESSURE KG/CM2G
COIL DESIGN TEMPERATURE DEG C
COIL NOMINAL SIZE INCH
COIL AREA M2
FLUID CIRCULATED IN COIL
COIL MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
INSULATION REQUIRED NO
IF YES, TYPE OF INSULATION
INSULATION THICKNESS MM
BREATHER VALVE REQUIRED YES
W VENT WITH/ WITHOUT FLAME ARRESTER WITHOUT FLAME ARRESTOR
W SUCTION EXCHANGER REQUIRED NO
GAUGING & SAMPLING HATCH YES
MIXER REQUIRED NO
IF YES, MIXER DATA SHEET NO.
CODE REQUIREMENT NOTE-2
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
MATERIAL CORROSION ALLOWANCE, MM
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS PIPING SPEC. FOR NOZZLES 150#
MARK NUMBER SIZE (MM) SERVICE MARK NUMBER SIZE (MM) SERVICE
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM TANKER) X1,2 2 50 NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM SUMP TANK)
B 1 50 TANK OUTLET (PUMPOUT)
P 1 150 PVRV (OUTLET TO SEAL POT/INLET AIR)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
O 1 80 OVERFLOW
D 1 25 DRAIN
H1,2 2 200 MANHOLE/HANDHOLE (NOTE-4)
L2, L3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCHES
S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
1 23.12.16 REVISED AS PER CHANGES DONE BY CLIENT IN P&ID & ISSUED FOR ENGG. SP SKG SKG
0 17.06.14 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED & ISSUED FOR ENGG. SP SKG AMG
A 31.07.13 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS SP SKG AMG
Prepared Reviewed Approved
Rev. No. Date Purpose
By By By
Format No,3-0241-1052 Rev. 0 Copyrights EIL - all rights reserved
Page 150 of 635

155 157
157
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1001, 1002 & 1007 SERVICE NITRIC ACID STORAGE TANK
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM OF 90% LIQUID FILL IS CONSIDERED.
2. APPLICABLE CODES TO BE PROVIDED BY ENGINEERING.
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
4. SIZE & NUMBER OF MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
5. SAMPLE CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH AIR TIGHT COVER.
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-031-13-42-1-1101.
1 23.12.16 VISED AS PER CHANGES DONE BY CLIENT IN P&ID & ISSUED FOR ENG SP SKG SKG
By By By
Page 151 of 635

156 158
158
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1001, 1002 & 1007 SERVICE NITRIC ACID STORAGE TANK
SKETCH OF NITRIC ACID STORAGE TANK
F2
F1
X1 X2
L1 S P
4700 MM (T/T)
L2
H2 HI
L3
D B
ID : 4050 MM
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
1 23.12.16 VISED AS PER CHANGES DONE BY CLIENT IN P&ID & ISSUED FOR ENG SP SKG SKG
By By By
Page 152 of 635

157 159
159
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1003
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1003 SERVICE SUMP TANK
TYPE FLAT BOTTOM, SQUARE TANK, COVERED TOP 0
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 0.9 (NOTE-1) 0
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1-3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
LENGTH MM 1000
WIDTH MM 1000
0
HEIGHT 1000
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM + FULL OF LIQUID 0
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
BREATHER VALVE REQUIRED NO
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT FLAME ARRESTER WITHOUT FLAME ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTORREQUIRED NO
GAUGING & SAMPLING HATCH NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
B 1 40 TANK OUTLET (DISCHARGE) 0
L 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
P 1 HOLD PUMP SHAFT
X1,2 2 50 NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
0
By By By
Page 153 of 635

158 160
160
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1003
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM OF 90% LIQUID FILL IS CONSIDERED. 0
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG. BY VENDOR. 0
4. REFER P&ID NO. A367-031-13-42-1-1101.
0
By By By
Page 154 of 635

159 161
161
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1003
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SUMP TANK
0 0
B M X1 X2 L
SIZE: 1000 L X 1000 B X 1000 H
By By By
Page 155 of 635

160 162
162
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1004
Page 1 of 3
PROJECT NFC - KOTA CLIENT NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX
UNIT CAUSTIC LYE UNLOADING, STORAGE & TRANSFER JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 31
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1004 SERVICE CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE TANK
TYPE FLAT BOTTOM, CYLINDRICAL TANK & CONICAL ROOF 0
FLUID HANDLED CAUSTIC LYE (47-50% W/V)
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 13.5 0 (NOTE-1)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMBIENT
STORAGE PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM
VISCOSITY CP 50-80
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2550
HEIGHT MM 2950
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
0
MIXER REQUIRED NO
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION SS304L
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK INLET (TANKER UNLOADING) D 1 25 DRAIN
F2 0 1 40 TANK INLET (SUMP DISCHARGE) X1, X2 2 50 NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
0
B 1 50 TANK OUTLET S 0 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
V 1 80 VENT
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT
L2, L3 0 2 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-4)
O 1 80 OVERFLOW
0 17.06.14 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED & ISSUED FOR ENGINEERING SP SKG AMG
By By By
Page 156 of 635

161 163
163
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:

3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
4. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLES/MANHOLES TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
5. SAMPLE CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH AIR TIGHT COVER.
0
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-031-13-42-1-1102.
0
By By By
Page 157 of 635

162 164
164
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF CAUSTIC LYE STORAGE TANK
2550 (ID)
F2
X1 X2
L1 F1 V
S
O
L2
2950 (T/T)
H2
H1
L3
B
D
By By By
Page 158 of 635

163 165
165
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1005
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1005 SERVICE CAUSTIC LYE SUMP TANK
TYPE FLAT BOTTOM, SQUARE TANK, COVERED TOP 0
FLUID HANDLED CAUSTIC LYE (47-50 % W/V)
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 0.9 0 (NOTE-1)
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 50-80
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
LENGTH MM 1000
BREADTH MM 1000
HEIGHT MM 1000
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
0 0
ROOF SS304L
B 1 40 0 PUMP OUTLET
P 1 HOLD PUMP SHAFT
0
L 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT
X1, X2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
0
By By By
Page 159 of 635

164 166
166
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1005
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
4. REFER P&ID NO. A367-031-13-42-1-1102.
0
By By By
Page 160 of 635

165 167
167
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
SUMP TANK A367-031-13-42-DS-1005
Page 3 of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1005 SERVICE CAUSTIC LYE SUMP TANK
SKETCH OF SUMP TANK
B
L P X1 X2
LENGTH X BREADTH X HEIGHT = 1000 X 1000 X 1000
By By By
Page 161 of 635

166 168
168
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 031-TK-1006 SERVICE SEAL POT
TYPE CYLINDICAL SHELL WITH CONICAL BOTTOM & REMOVAL FLAT TOP 0
FLUID HANDLED NITRIC ACID + SERVICE WATER
PROCESS DATA
NOMINAL CAPACITY M3 0.5
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1.0-3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 720
HEIGHT MM 1150
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (PVRV OUTLET)
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER)
D 1 25 DRAIN
V 1 50 VENT
H 1 150 MANHOLE/HANDHOLE (NOTE-4)
O 1 25 OVERFLOW
X1,2 2 0 50 NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
By By By
Page 162 of 635

167 169
169
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
4. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR. 0
5. FOR THE TANK, CONE ANGLE WITH HORIZONTAL IS 30°.
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-031-13-42-1-1101.
0
By By By
Page 163 of 635

168 170
170
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SEAL POT
ID 720 MM
0 0
V F2 X1 X2 L
F1
1150 MM (T/T)
H
By By By
Page 164 of 635

169 171
171
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT DISSOLUTION UNIT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 032
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1001/2001 SERVICE MDU DISSOLUTION TANK
TYPE CYLINDRICAL SHELL WITH CONICAL BOTTOM & REMOVABLE FLAT TOP
1
FLUID HANDLED CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY/NITRIC ACID
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 4.77 (NOTE-1)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMB-95
STORAGE PRESSURE
VACUUM PRESSURE MMWC 5-20
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 1800
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1650
HEIGHT MM 2300
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM + FULL OF SLURRY
1
VACUUM PRESSURE MMWC 2000
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO NOTE 7
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
IF YES, MIXER DATA SHEET NO. A367-032-13-42-DS-1101
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND
F1 1 250 TANK INLET (MDU POWDER) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) S2 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE 6)
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE (CUNS) F2 1 40 TANK INLET (CUNS)
O 1 80 OVERFLOW F3 1 40 TANK INLET (NITRIC ACID)
V 1 100 VENT F4 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER)
S1 1 15 SAMPLE CONNECTION T1 1 50 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS P1 1 50 PRESSURE INSTRUMENT
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE 5) T2 1 50 TEMPERATURE SWITCH
P2 1 50 PRESSURE SWITCH. AG 2 HOLD AGITATOR
L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH. EH NOTE 7 ELECTRIC HEATER
1 10.06.14 ISSUED FOR ENGINEERING PM SKG AMG

By By By
Page 165 of 635

170 172
172
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
UNIT DISSOLUTION JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 032
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = (TOTAL CONE VOLUME + 90% CYLINDRICAL VOLUME)
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR.
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES / MANHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. SAMPLE CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH AIR-TIGHT COVER.
7. CARTRIDGE TYPE ELECTRIC HEATER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR HEATING PURPOSE. NOS. & SIZES OF NOZZLE FOR THE HEATER TO BE
TO BE FURNISHED BY VENDOR.
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 166 of 635

171 173
173
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF MDU DISSOLUTION TANK
1650 (ID)
X2
F3 F4 V
AG
X1 F1 F2 L1
S2
P2
P1
H2
L2
2300 (T/T)
T2
O
L3
T1 S1
EH B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 167 of 635

172 174
174
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1002/2002 SERVICE PR-1 DISSOLUTION TANK
TYPE CYLINDRICAL SHELL WITH TORISPHERICAL ENDS.
FLUID HANDLED CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY/NITRIC ACID/ WATER.
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G 0.5
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 1800.0
VISCOSITY CP 3.00
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1650
HEIGHT MM 2300
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 250 TANK INLET (PROCESS REJECT) V2 1 80 VENT
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE (CUNS) F2 1 50 TANK INLET( EMERGENGY WATER)
V1 1 100 VENT F4 1 40 TANK INLET (NITRIC ACID)
S1,2 2 15 SAMPLE CONNECTION F6 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS T1 1 50 TEMP INSTRUMENTS
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) P1 1 50 PRESS INSTRUMENT
B3 1 80 TANK OUTLET CENTRAL (CUNS) EH NOTE 7 ELECTRIC HEATER
B4 1 50 TANK OUTLET TO 32-XX-1468 L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE. T2 1 50 TEMPERATURE SWITCH
F3 1 40 TANK INLET (CUNS) P2 1 50 PRESSURE SWITCH
F5 1 50 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) F7 1 25 TANK INLET ( FROM CONDENSER)

By By By
Page 168 of 635

173 175
175
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = (VOLUME OF TORRISPHERICAL BOTTOM END + 90% VOLUME OF CYLINDRICAL PORTION)
6. SAMPLE CONNECTION SHOULD BE FLANGED BOLTED TYPE SUCH THAT NO PROCESS FUMES LEAKS THROUGH IT.
7.CARTRIDGE TYPE ELECTRIC HEATER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR HEATING PURPOSE. NOS. & SIZES OF NOZZLE FOR THE HEATER TO BE
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

Reviewed Approved
Rev. No. Date Purpose Prepared By
By By
Page 169 of 635

174 176
176
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF PR-1 DISSOLUTION TANK
1650 ID
X1 X2 V1
F6 V2
F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 F7
S3
L1
P1
P2
H2
L2
2300 (T/T)
T2
B3
B4
S1
T1
B2
S2
L3
EH
B1
H1

By By By
Page 170 of 635

175 177
177
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
TYPE CYLINDRICAL SHELL WITH TORISPHERICAL ENDS.
FLUID HANDLED CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY/NITRIC ACID/ WATER.
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 1800.0
VISCOSITY CP 3.00
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1650
HEIGHT MM 2300
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 250 TANK INLET (PROCESS REJECT) V2 1 80 VENT
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE (CUNS) F2 1 50 TANK INLET( EMERGENGY WATER)
V1 1 100 VENT F4 1 40 TANK INLET (NITRIC ACID)
S1,2 2 15 SAMPLE CONNECTION F6 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS T1 1 50 TEMP INSTRUMENTS
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) P1 1 50 PRESS INSTRUMENT
B3 1 80 TANK OUTLET CENTRAL (CUNS) EH NOTE 7 ELECTRIC HEATER
B4 1 50 TANK OUTLET TO 32-XX-1469 L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE. T2 1 50 TEMPERATURE SWITCH
F3 1 40 TANK INLET (CUNS) P2 1 50 PRESSURE SWITCH
F5 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) F7 1 25 TANK INLET ( FROM CONDENSER)
F8 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM FURNACE AREA)

By By By
Page 171 of 635

176 178
178
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = (VOLUME OF TORRISPHERICAL BOTTOM END + 90% VOLUME OF CYLINDRICAL PORTION)
6. SAMPLE CONNECTION SHOULD BE FLANGED BOLTED TYPE SUCH THAT NO PROCESS FUMES LEAKS THROUGH IT.
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

Reviewed Approved
Rev. No. Date Purpose Prepared By
By By
Page 172 of 635

177 179
179
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF PR-2 DISSOLUTION TANK
1650 ID
X1 X2
F8 V1
F6 V2
F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 F7
S3
L1
P1
P2
L2 H2
2300 (T/T)
T2
B3
B4
S1
T1
B2
S2
L3
EH
B1
H1

By By By
Page 173 of 635

178 180
180
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1004/1005/1006/2004/2005/2006 SERVICE CUNS STORAGE TANK
FLUID HANDLED CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMBIENT-95
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTORREQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK INLET (RECIRCULATION) L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM MISC. SOL.TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
F3 1 80 TANK INLET (FROM UNF TANK) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
F4 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM HNO3 DOSING TANK) AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
F5 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM DRYER SCRUBBER) L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH LOW LOW
F6 1 50 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) V 1 150 VENT
F7 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM DISSOLUTION TANK) O 1 80 OVERFLOW
F8 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM ACID PREP. TANK) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
B2 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET (CUNS)

By By By
Page 174 of 635

179 181
181
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 175 of 635

180 182
182
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF CUNS STORAGE TANK
1870(ID)
X2
X1
L1 F8 V F5 F4 F6 F7 F3 F2 F1
S AG
O
H2
L2
2000 (T/T)
B2
L3
H1
B1

By By By
Page 176 of 635

181 183
183
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1008/2008 SERVICE MISC SOLN. TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED MISCELLANEOUS SOLUTION
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK INLET (RECIRCULATION) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (DF SOLUTION) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION ( NOTE-6)
F3 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM ACID WASH TANK) V 1 50 VENT
F4 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM NEUTRALIZATION TANK) O 1 40 OVERFLOW

1
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.

By By By
Page 177 of 635

182 184
184
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 178 of 635

183 185
185
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF MISC. SOLUTION TANK
1750(ID)
F4 F3 X1 F2 X2 F1 V L1
O L2
2000 (T/T)
H2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 179 of 635

184 186
186
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTORREQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK SIDE INLET (FROM MISC. SOL. TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM ADU SLUDGE TANK) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION ( NOTE-6)
F3 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM ACID WASH TANK) V 1 50 VENT
TANK INLET (FROM SCRUBBER OF
F4 1 25 O 1 40 OVERFLOW
PRECIPITATION AREA)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
FLANGE.

By By By
Page 180 of 635

185 187
187
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 181 of 635

186 188
188
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
1750(ID)
F4 F3 X1 F2 X2 V L1
F1
L2
2000 (T/T)
H2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 182 of 635

187 189
189
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1013/2013 SERVICE CAUSTIC LYE SOLUTION PREPARATION TANK
FLUID HANDLED CAUSTIC LYE SOLUTION
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 2.4 (NOTE 1)
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (CAUSTIC LYE) X 1,2 2 50
2 FLANGE.
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET (CAUSTIC SOL.) VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE 6)
O 1 80 OVERFLOW
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER)
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR

By By By
Page 183 of 635

188 190
190
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. OPENABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY
VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1104

By By By
Page 184 of 635

189 191
191
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF CAUSTIC SOLUTION PREPARATION TANK
1260 ID
F2
X2 X1 VP L1 F1
AG
(T/T)
H2
2000
H1
B1

By By By
Page 185 of 635

190 192
192
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1016/2016 SERVICE NITRIC ACID DOSING TANK
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (NITRIC ACID) S 0 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
2
TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (NITRIC
B1 1 40
ACID)
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE (NITRIC ACID)
V 1 50 VENT
X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZELWITH BLIND FLANGE.
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 186 of 635

191 193
193
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 187 of 635

192 194
194
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF NITRIC ACID DOSING TANK
1260 (ID)
F1 L1 V X1 S X2
H2
O
2000 (T/T)
B2 H1
B1

By By By
Page 188 of 635

193 195
195
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1017/2017 SERVICE SERVICE WATER TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED SERVICE WATER
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 4.71 NOTE-1
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (SERVICE
B1 1 25
WATER)
V 1 50 VENT
X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZEL WITH BLIND FLANGE
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 189 of 635

194 196
196
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5.LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES / MANHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. SAMPLE CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTION.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 190 of 635

195 197
197
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SERVICE WATER TANK
1750 (ID)
F1 X1 X2 V L1 S
2000 (T/T)
H2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 191 of 635

196 198
198
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1024 / 1025/2024/2025 SERVICE EMERGENCY WATER TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED SERVICE WATER
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET (SERVICE WATER) L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
V 1 50 VENT X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 192 of 635

197 199
199
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 193 of 635

198 200
200
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF EMERGENCY WATER TANK
910 (ID)
F1 L1 V X1 X2 S
H2
O
1450 (T/T)
L2
L3
H1
B1

By By By
Page 194 of 635

199 201
201
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1026/2026 SERVICE EMERGENCY DRAIN TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (CUNS) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION ( NOTE-6)
B2 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET (CUNS) AG 1 H AGITATOR MOTOR
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH LOW LOW
V 1 80 VENT X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 195 of 635

200 202
202
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 196 of 635

201 203
203
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF EMERGENCY DRAIN TANK
1870(ID)
F1 X2 X1 V L1
S AG
L2
O
2000 (T/T)
H2
B2
L3
H1
B1

By By By
Page 197 of 635

202 204
204
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1027/2027 SERVICE OVERFLOW TANK
CRUDE URANYL NITRATE SLURRY (CUNS)
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2050
HEIGHT MM 1650
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 80 TANK INLET (FROM CUNS STORAGE TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
F2 1 80 TANK INLET (FROM EMERGENCY DRAIN TANK) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION ( NOTE-6)
F3 1 80 TANK INLET (FROM DISSOLUTION TANK) AG 1 H AGITATOR MOTOR

F4 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM ACID PREP.TANK) L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH LOW LOW
F5 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM MISC. SOL. TANK) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (CUNS) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
TANK INLET (FROM NITRIC ACID
B2 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET (CUNS) F6 1 80
1 DOSING TANK O/F)
V 1 80 VENT

By By By
Page 198 of 635

203 205
205
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 199 of 635

204 206
206
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF OVERFLOW TANK
2050(ID)
F6 X2
F5 F4 V F3 F2 X1 F1 L1
s AG
L2
1650 (T/T)
H1
B2
L3
H2
B1

By By By
Page 200 of 635

205 207
207
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
2
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (NITRIC ACID)
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE (NITRIC ACID)
V 1 50 VENT
X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZEL WITH BLIND FLANGE.
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 201 of 635

206 208
208
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 202 of 635

207 209
209
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF NITRIC ACID DOSING TANK
1750 (ID)
F1 X1 V X2 S L1
H2
O
2000 (T/T)
B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 203 of 635

208 210
210
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-TK-1029 / 2029 SERVICE ORG. COLLECTION (MISC SOLN. ) TANK
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 720
HEIGHT MM 1150
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM MISC. SOL. TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH LOW LOW
B1 1 25 TANK BOTTOM OUTLET (MISC. SOL.) L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
B2 1 25 TANK SIDE OUTLET (MISC. SOL.) VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.

By By By
Page 204 of 635

209 211
211
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. OPENABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-032-13-42-1-1102

By By By
Page 205 of 635

210 212
212
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ORG. COLLECTION (MISC TANK)
720(ID)
L1 X1 X2 VP F1
B2
L2
1150 (T/T)
H1
L3
H2
B1

By By By
Page 206 of 635

211 213
213
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 032-XX-1468/1469/2468/2469 SERVICE SAFETY LIMB FOR PR DISSOLUTION TANK
TYPE CONICAL TOP ROOF CYLINDRICAL SHELL WITH FLAT BOTTOM
FLUID HANDLED SERVICE WATER ALONGWITH VAPOURS
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1.00
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 300
HEIGHT MM 3000 0
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM. + FULL OF LIQUID
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM PR DISSOLUTION
F1 1 50 L 1,2, 3 3 50 LEVEL SWITCH
TANK)
F2 1 50 TANK INLET( SERVICE WATER)
V 1 100 VENT
A 22.10.13 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS SG SKG AMG
By By By
Page 207 of 635

212 214
214
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = 90% VOLUME OF CYLINDRICAL PORTION
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG.
3. CANOPY CONE ANGLE FROM HORIZONTAL - 30 DEG.
4. REFER P&ID NO. - A367-032-13-42-1-1101
By By By
Page 208 of 635

213 215
215
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SAFETY LIMB FOR PR DISSOLUTION TANK
F1 F2
L2 L1
(T/T)
3000
L3
300 (ID)
By By By
Page 209 of 635

214 216
216
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT SOLVENT EXTRACTION JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 33
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1001 & 033-TK-2001 SERVICE URANYL NITRATE FEED TANK
TYPE CYLINDICAL SHELL WITH CONICAL BOTTOM & REMOVABLE FLAT TOP
URANYL NITRATE FEED
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
INSULATION REQUIRED YES
IF YES, TYPE OF INSULATION IH
INSULATION THICKNESS MM 25
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
TANK INLET (FROM ORG. AQU. SEPN.
F3 1 25 F4 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM CUNS TANK)
TANK)
TANK INLET( FROM AQUEOUS SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND
F5 1 40 X1,2 2 50
COLLECTION TANK) FLANGE.
TANK INLET (FROM CONSTANT
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (UNF) F2 1 25
HEAD TANK)
B2 1 25 TANK OUTLET SIDE (UNF)
V 1 50 VENT
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE 6)
O 1 80 OVERFLOW
AG 1 HOLD TANK AGITATOR

By By By
Page 210 of 635

215 217
217
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 211 of 635

216 218
218
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF URANYL NITRATE FEED TANK
ID 1870 MM
X1 X2
F1 F2 F3 AG V L1
S
2000 (T/T)
F4
F5
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 212 of 635

217 219
219
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1002/1003/ 2002/2003 SERVICE EXTRACT TANK
FLUID HANDLED EXTRACT 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (EXTRACT) E 1 50 EQUALIZER LINE
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (EXTRACT) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
B2 1 25 TANK OUTLET SIDE (EXTRACT) X1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 100 VENT F2 1 25 TANK INLET (EXTRACT)
D 1 25 DRAIN L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
1
H1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-6)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 213 of 635

218 220
220
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 214 of 635

219 221
221
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF EXTRACT STORAGE TANK
1870 (ID)
F1 F2 V X2 L1
X1
S
L2
O
2000 (T/T)
E
H1
B2
D
H2
B1

By By By
Page 215 of 635

220 222
222
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1007/1008/ 2007/2008 SERVICE URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE TANK
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F 1 50 TANK INLET(UNR) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (UNR) AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE (UNR) X1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 100 VENT L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
H1.2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-6)
O 1 80 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 216 of 635

221 223
223
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1007/1008/ 2007/2008 SERVICE UNR TANK
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 217 of 635

222 224
224
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1007/1008/ 2007/2008 SERVICE URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE TANK
SKETCH OF UNR STORAGE TANK
1870 (ID)
F V AG X2 L1
X1
S
L2
O
2000 (T/T)
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 218 of 635

223 225
225
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT STRIPPING UNIT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 33
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1009,2009 SERVICE UNPS STORAGE TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED UNPS
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2300
HEIGHT MM 2800
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM ENTRAINMENT
F1 1 25 S 1 200 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
SEPARATOR)
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (UNPS) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
O 1 50 OVERFLOW X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 50 VENT

By By By
Page 219 of 635

224 226
226
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 220 of 635

225 227
227
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNPS TANK
2300(ID)
L1 F1 X1 X2 L2 V
s
2800 T/T)
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 221 of 635

226 228
228
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1010,1011,2010,2011 SERVICE UNPS STORAGE TANK
URANYL NITRATE PURE SOLUTION
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2300
HEIGHT MM 2800
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 SIDE INLET(UNPS) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (UNPS) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
O 1 50 OVERFLOW X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 50 VENT

By By By
Page 222 of 635

227 229
229
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 223 of 635

228 230
230
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNPS TANK
2300(ID)
V X1 X2 L1
s
F1 O
2800 (T/T)
L2
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 224 of 635

229 231
231
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT SOLVENT TRATMENT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 33
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1012/1013/2013/2013 SERVICE SODA PREPARATION TANK
FLUID HANDLED SODA SOLUTION
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO NOTE-7
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 H TANK INLET(SODA INLET) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-5)
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (RECIRCULATION) EH NOTE-7 ELECTRIC HEATER
F3 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (SODA
B1 1 40 T2 1 50 TEMPERATURE SWITCH
SOL.)
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE (SODA SOL.) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 80 VENT
AG 1 HOLD TANK AGITATOR
H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE(NOTE 6)
T1 1 50 TEMP. INSTRUMENTS

By By By
Page 225 of 635

230 232
232
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1105.

By By By
Page 226 of 635

231 233
233
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SODA PREPARATION TANK
ID 1260 MM
L1
F1 V X2 AG F3
S X1 F2
T2
2000 MM (T/T)
L2
EH
T1
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 227 of 635

232 234
234
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1014/1024 SERVICE DRAIN TANK
TYPE HORIZONTAL CYLINDRICAL TANK
FLUID HANDLED ORGANIC / AQUEOUS (ACIDIC) SOLUTION
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3.6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2800
LENGTH MM 4000
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G 1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTORREQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET(FROM SOLVENT
F1 1 50 X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
TREATMENT TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM UNR STORAGE
TANK)
TANK INLET (FR0M SOLVENT
F7 1 100 L2 1 50 LEVEL SWICH HIGH HIGH
EXTRACTION)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM F9 1 25 TANK INLET (FRM ORG. COLL. TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM DILUTE EXTRACT.
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE F2 1 50
TANK)
V 1 100 VENT F3 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM EXTRACT TANK)
TANK INLET(FROM SOLVENT STORAGE
F8 1 100 TANK INLET (FROM STRIPPING UNIT) F4 1 50
TANK)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F5 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM UNPS STG. TANK)
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) F10 1 80 TANK INLET (FROM DM WATER TANK)
1

Prepared Reviewed
Rev. No. Date Purpose Approved By
By By
Page 228 of 635

233 235
235
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = CORRESPONDING TO 90% HORIZONTAL CYLINDRICAL HEIGHT (DIAMETER)
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG. BY VENDOR.
4. DELETED.
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES / MANHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG. BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 229 of 635

234 236
236
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF DRAIN TANK
LENGTH 4000
F8 F6 F9
X1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F7 F10 L1 X2
V
s
B2 L2
2800 (ID)
H1
B1

By By By
Page 230 of 635

235 237
237
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1015,2015 SERVICE AQUEOUS COLLECTION TANK
FLUID HANDLED EXTRACT
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 1000 - 1300
VISCOSITY CP 3-6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 720
HEIGHT MM 1150
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM EXTRACT TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
LEVEL INSTRUMENT( DIFF.

B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L3,4 2 50
PRESSURE TYPE)
TANK SIDE INLET (FROM EXTRACT
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F2 1 25
TANK)
H1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
D 1 25 DRAIN
1

By By By
Page 231 of 635

236 238
238
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG.
6.OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP AND SIZE WOULD BE FINALIZED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 232 of 635

237 239
239
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF AQUEOUS COLLECTION TANK
720 (ID)
F1 VP L1
L4 L2
1150 (T/T)
F2
H1
L3
D H2
B1

By By By
Page 233 of 635

238 240
240
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT SOLVENT TREATMENT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 33
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1016/1017/2016/2017 SERVICE SOLVENT TREATMENT TANK
LEAN SOLVENT+ACID
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C 60
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3-6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED YES (NOTE-6)
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR) D 1 25 DRAIN
1
TANK INLET (FROM SOLVENT
F2 1 25 AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
STORAGE TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM SODA PREP.
F3 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM ACID PREP. TANK) F5 1 40
TANK)
B 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM - DELETED -
V 1 100 VENT - DELETED - 1
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F4 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR- TOP)
T1 1 50 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS F7 1 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR- SIDE)
H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) F6 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW L6 1 25 LEVEL SWITCH
L 2,5 2 50 LEVEL GAUGE INSTRUMENTS VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-8)
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (DIFFERENTIAL
L 3,4 2 50 X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
PRESSURE TYPE)

By By By
Page 234 of 635

239 241
241
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG. BY VENDOR.
6. DELETED
1
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1106.
8. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG. BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 235 of 635

240 242
242
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SOLVENT TREATMENT TANK
1750(ID)
F5
X1 X2 VP
F1 F3 V F4 L1
AG
O L6
F2
L5
F6 L3
2000 (T/T)
L2
L4
T1
F7
H1
D
H2

By By By
Page 236 of 635

241 243
243
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1019/2019/1020/2020 SERVICE TREATED LS STORAGE TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED LEAN SOLVENT
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET( FROM SOLVENT
F 1 25 L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
TRETMENT TANK)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE - 7)
V 1 50 VENT
D 1 25 DRAIN
1
H1, H2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 237 of 635

242 244
244
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1106.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 238 of 635

243 245
245
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH TREATED LS STORAGE TANK
1750 (ID)
F X1 X2 V VP L1
L2
O
2000 (T/T)
L3
H1
B2
D
H2
B1

By By By
Page 239 of 635

244 246
246
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1021, 2021 SERVICE ORGANIC PHASE COLL. TANK
LEAN SOLVENT
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 720
HEIGHT MM 1150
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM SODA WASH
F1 1 40 L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
TANK)
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)
B2 1 25 TANK OUTLET SIDE

By By By
Page 240 of 635

245 247
247
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1105.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROF TOP AND SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR..

By By By
Page 241 of 635

246 248
248
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ORGANIC PHASE COLL.TANK
ID 720 MM
VP F1 L1
1150 MM (T/T)
L2
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 242 of 635

247 249
249
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1022, 2022 SERVICE ACID WASH TANK
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMB
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM SOLVENT TANK INLET (FROM
F1 1 25 F2 1 25
TREATMENT TANK) ORGANIC/AQUEOUS SEPN. TANK)
FLANGE.
V 1 50 VENT O 1 40 OVERFLOW.
LEVEL INSTRUMENT (DIFF.
L1,2 2 50
PRESSURE TYPE)
H 1,2 2 150 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE (NOTE-6)
S 1 150 SAMPLE CONN. (NOTE-5)

By By By
Page 243 of 635

248 250
250
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1105.

By By By
Page 244 of 635

249 251
251
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ACID WASH TANK
ID 1260 MM
X1 X2 V S L3 F2 F1
L1
O
2000 MM (T/T)
L2
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 245 of 635

250 252
252
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1024/2024 SERVICE ORGANIC/AQUEOUS SEPRATION TANK
FLUID HANDLED ORGANIC/AQUEOUS SOLUTION.
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
LEVEL INSTRUMENT (DIFF.
F1 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM DRAIN TANK) L 4,5 2 50
PRESSURE TYPE.)
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L 2,3 2 50 LEVEL GAUGE
B2 1 25 TANK SIDE UPPER OUTLET 1 X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
TANK INLET (FROM DILUTE
B3 1 25 TANK SIDE CENTRAL OUTLET 2 F2 1 40
EXTRACT TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM TREATED LS
B4 1 25 TANK SIDE LOWER OUTLET 3 F3 1 40
STORAGE TANK)
V 1 50 VENT VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)
D 1 25 DRAIN
1

By By By
Page 246 of 635

251 253
253
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES / MANHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG. BY VENDOR.
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1104.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP & SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 247 of 635

252 254
254
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OFORGANIC /AQ SEPRATION TANK
1260 (ID)
F2 VP F3 F1 X1 X2 V L1
B2
L2
L4
2000 (T/T)
B3
H1 L3
L5
B4
H2
D
B1

By By By
Page 248 of 635

253 255
255
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1025 & 033-TK-2025 SERVICE URANYL NITRATE FEED CONSTANT HEAD TANK
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE TEMPERATURE DEG C AMB.-95
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1590
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
INSULATION THICKNESS MM 25
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM UNF TANK) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR)
B 1 25 TANK OUTLET (UNF)
O 1 25 OVERFLOW
V 1 50 VENT
AG 1 H TANK AGITATOR
S1 1 15 SAMPLE CONNECTION

By By By
Page 249 of 635

254 256
256
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 250 of 635

255 257
257
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNF CONSTANT HEAD ANK
ID 1590 MM
F1 S2 X1 AG V X2
B
2000 (T/T)
H1
F2
H2
S1

By By By
Page 251 of 635

256 258
258
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1026 & 033-TK-2026 SERVICE UNR CONSTANT HEAD TANK
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
BREATHER VALVE REQUIRED
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
FI 1 15 TANK INLET TOP (UNR)
F2 1 15 TANK INLET BOTTOM (SERVICE AIR)
TANK OUTLET TOP ( TO UNR STORAGE
B 1 50
TANK)
O 1 H OVERFLOW
H1,2 2 150 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
S 1 15 SAMPLE CONNECTION

By By By
Page 252 of 635

257 259
259
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 253 of 635

258 260
260
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNR CONSTANT HEAD ANK
ID 910 MM
B
F1
1450 (T/T)
H1
F2
H2

By By By
Page 254 of 635

259 261
261
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1027 & 033-TK-2027 SERVICE LEAN SOLVENT CONSTANT HEAD TANK
CYLINDICAL SHELL WITH CONICAL BOTTOM & REMOVABLE FLAT TOP
1
TYPE
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM LS TANK) VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-6)
B 1 25 TANK OUTLET
O 1 25 OVERFLOW
H 1,2 2 150 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE (NOTE 5)

By By By
Page 255 of 635

260 262
262
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP & SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1101.
1 10.06.14 ISSUED FOR ENGINEERING SP SKG AMG

By By By
Page 256 of 635

261 263
263
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF LS CONSTANT HEAD TANK
ID 910 MM
F1 VP
1450 (T/T)
H1
H2

By By By
Page 257 of 635

262 264
264
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1028/2028 SERVICE DM WATER CONSTANT HEAD TANK
DM WATER
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM DM WATER
F1 1 25 VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)
TANK)
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM
V 1 50 VENT
H1,2 2 150 HAND HOLE /MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
O 1 25 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 258 of 635

263 265
265
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1103.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG.
BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 259 of 635

264 266
266
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF DM WATER CONSTANT HEAD ANK
910 (ID)
F1 V VP
1450 (T/T)
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 260 of 635

265 267
267
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1029/2029 SERVICE EXTRACT CONSTANT HEAD TANK
FLUID HANDLED EXTRACT
1
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 0.87 (NOTE 1)
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM EXTRACT TANK) VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)

V1 1 80 VENT
O 1 25 OVERFLOW
V2 1 50 VENT
1

By By By
Page 261 of 635

266 268
268
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1103.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP& SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 262 of 635

267 269
269
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF EXTRACT CONSTANT HEAD TANK
910 (ID)
F1 V1 V2 VP
1450 (T/T)
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 263 of 635

268 270
270
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1030, 2030 SERVICE SODA WASH NEUTRALIZATION TANK
TYPE CUBIOD SHELL & REMOVABLE FLAT TOP
1
FLUID HANDLED SODA WASH SOLUTION/NITRIC ACID
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
LENGTH MM 2000
WIDTH MM 1000
HEIGHT MM 1500
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTORREQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM SODA WASH
F1 1 40 S 1 150 SAMPLE (NOTE-6)
1 TANK)
TANK INLET(FROM ACID PREP. SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND
F2 1 40 X 1,2 2 50
TANK) FLANGE.
O 1 40 OVERFLOW
V 1 150 VENT

By By By
Page 264 of 635

269 271
271
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = 90% CUBOID VOLUME
4. DELETED.
5. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR..
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1105.
8. THE LID OF THE TANK (PARTLY) TO BE EASILY OPEN-ABLE TYPE. SO THAT MUCK / SLUDGE CAN BE REMOVED EASILY
1

By By By
Page 265 of 635

270 272
272
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SODA WASH NEUTRALIZATION TANK
LENGTH 2000 MM
V X1 X2 F2 L1 F1
S
HEIGHT 1500 MM
H1
B1 H2

By By By
Page 266 of 635

271 273
273
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1031,1032,2031,2032 SERVICE SOLVENT STORAGE TANK
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
LIQUID DENSITY KG/M3 0.88-0.99
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET( FROM ORGANIC
F1 1 25 X1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
COLLECTION TANK)
F2 1 25 TANK INLET( FROM STRIPPING UNIT) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L2,3 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
MAKE UP CONNECTION WITH BLIND
B2 1 40 TANK SIDE OUTLET 1 M 1 HOLD
FLANGE.
O 1 50 OVERFLOW F3 1 25 TANK INLET( FROM LS CHT TANK)
TANK INLET( FROM DILUTE EXTRACT
V 1 50 VENT F4 1 25
TANK)
TANK INLET( FROM ORGANIC/AQUEOUS
E 1 50 EQUALIZER LINE. F5 1 25
SEPN. TANK)

By By By
Page 267 of 635

272 274
274
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 268 of 635

273 275
275
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SOLVENT TANK
1870(ID)
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 X1 L1
X2
s
M
O L2
2000 (T/T)
H1
E
L3
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 269 of 635

274 276
276
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1033/1034/ 2033/2034 SERVICE DM WATER TANK
FLUID HANDLED DM WATER 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2300
HEIGHT MM 2800
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET( DM WATER FROM TANK INLET (DM WATER FROM CHT
F1 1 25 F2 1 25
YARD) TANK)
FLANGE.
V 1 50 VENT VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)
H1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 270 of 635

275 277
277
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1103.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
BY VENDOR

By By By
Page 271 of 635

276 278
278
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF DM WATER TANK
2300 (ID)
F1 F2 X1 X2 VP L1
V
2800 (T/T)
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 272 of 635

277 279
279
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1035, 1036, 2035, 2036 SERVICE SODA WASH TANK
FLUID HANDLED SODA WASH SOLUTION
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
2000
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET(FROM SOLVENT SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND
F1 1 25 X 1,2 2 50
TREATMENT TANK) FLANGE.
TANK INLET(FROM ORGANIC
F2 1 25
COLLECTION TANK)
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE UPPER
V 1 50 VENT
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS (DIFF.
L2,3 2 50
PRESSURE TYPE)
H 2 200 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE (NOTE 6)
S 1 150 SAMPLE CONN. (NOTE-5)

By By By
Page 273 of 635

278 280
280
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1105.

By By By
Page 274 of 635

279 281
281
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SODA WASH TANK
ID 1260 MM
V S X1 X1 L1 F2 F1
B2
2000 MM (T/T)
L2
L2
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 275 of 635

280 282
282
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
ACID PREPERATION TANK A367-033-13-42-DS-1037
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1037/2037 SERVICE ACID PREPRATION TANK
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1.5 - 3.5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
2000
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK INLET( NITRIC ACID) AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE WATER) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
B 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM VP 1 HOLD VEIW PORT (NOTE-7)
V 1 50 VENT
H1, H2 2 200 HAND HOLE /MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 276 of 635

281 283
283
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1037/2037 SERVICE ACID PREP. TANK
NOTES:
6. REFER P&ID NO. A367-033-13-42-1-1106.
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP& SIZE TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.

By By By
Page 277 of 635

282 284
284
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1037/2037 SERVICE ACID PREPRATION TANK
SKETCH OF ACID PREPRATIONTANK
1260 (ID)
F1 X1 X2 AG VP V L
F2
O
2000 (T/T)
H1
H2

By By By
Page 278 of 635

283 285
285
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 33-TK-1038/2038 SERVICE ENTRAINMENT SEPARATOR
0
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE PURE SOLUTION (UNPS)
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1040
HEIGHT MM 1650
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET FROM STRIPPING S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
B1 1 25 TANK OUTLET TO LS TK H 1,2 2 150 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
B2 1 25 TANK OUTLET TO UNPS STG. TK L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT
0
V 1 50 VENT
0 10.06.14 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED & ISSUED FOR ENGINEERING PM SKG AMG
B 26.04.14 REVISED & ISSUED FOR COMMENTS SG SKG AMG
By By By
Page 279 of 635

284 286
286
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. - A367-033-13-42-1-1103
By By By
Page 280 of 635

285 287
287
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ENTRAINMENT SEPARATOR
1040(ID)
V F1 L1
B1
1650T/T)
H2
H1
B2
By By By
Page 281 of 635

286 288
288
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT UNR TREATMENT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 34
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1001 / 1002 / 2001 / 2002 SERVICE UNR TREATMENT TANK
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1900
HEIGHT MM 2500
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET ( FROM LS STORAGE
TANK)
TANK INLET ( FROM UNR STORAGE
TANK)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
B2 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET H1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
V 1 100 VENT F4 1 40 TANK INLET (ACID PREP. TANK)
1
FLANGE.
TANK INLET (FROM DILUTE EXRACT
B3 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET F3 1 40
TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM DILUTE EXRACT
F3 1 40
TANK)

By By By
Page 282 of 635

287 289
289
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 283 of 635

288 290
290
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNR TREATMENT TANK
1900(ID)
X2 X1
AG
L1 V F4 F3 F5 F2 F1
L2
B3
2500(T/T)
H2
B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 284 of 635

289 291
291
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1003/1004/1005/2003/2004/2005 SERVICE ARS/NH4NO3 DISPOSAL TANK
1
FLUID HANDLED ACIDIC RAFFINATE SLURRY / NH4NO3
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 3440
HEIGHT MM 4000
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM + FULL OF LIQUID/SLURRY
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM ARS
INTERMEDIATE TANK)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L2 1 50 LEVEL SWICH HIGH HIGH
B2 1 50 TANK SIDE OUTLET H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
V 1 50 VENT X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F2 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM NH4NO3 TANK)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW
1
F3,F4 2 25 SERVICE AIR INLET
AG 1 H AGITATOR

By By By
Page 285 of 635

290 292
292
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 286 of 635

291 293
293
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OFARS/NH4NO3 DISPOSAL TANK
3440(ID)
V F2 F1 F4 L1
X1 X2
S AG
L2
4000 (T/T)
H2
B2
H1
F3
B1

By By By
Page 287 of 635

292 294
294
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1006/1007/1008/2006/2007/2008 SERVICE DILUTE EXTRACT STORAGE TANK
FLUID HANDLED DILUTE EXTRACT
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (TOP.UNR) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
TANK INLET SIDE (TO TANK 034-
TK-1008 ONLY)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM H1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
B2 1 40 TANK SIDE OUTLET X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE
V 1 50 VENT
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 288 of 635

293 295
295
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 289 of 635

294 296
296
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF DILUTE EXTRACT STORAGE TANK
1750(ID)
V X1 X2 F1 L1
F2 L2
2000 (T/T)
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 290 of 635

295 297
297
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TK-1009, 2009 SERVICE ORGANIC OVERFLOW TANK
FLUID HANDLED ARS / NH4NO3 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3-6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 720
HEIGHT MM 1150
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET( FROM ARS
INTERMIDIATE TANK)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L2 2 50 LEVEL SWITCH
B2 1 40 TANK SIDE OUTLET H 1,2 2 150 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
V 1 50 VENT X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
- DELETED -
1 - DELETED -

By By By
Page 291 of 635

296 298
298
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 292 of 635

297 299
299
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ORGANIC OVERFLOW TANK
720(ID)
V X1 X2 F1 L1
L2
1150 (T/T)
H2
B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 293 of 635

298 300
300
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1011/2011 SERVICE ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TANK
FLUID HANDLED UNR / ARS / DILUTE EXTRACT
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1900
HEIGHT MM 2500
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM UNR TREATMENT
TANK)
TANK INLET (FROM ORGANIC OVERFLOW
F2 1 40 L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
TANK)
F3 1 40 TANK SIDE INLET(FROM CHT TANK) H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
FLANGE.
B2 1 40 TANK SIDE OUTLET
V 1 50 VENT
O 1 50 OVERFLOW
1
AG 1 H AGITATOR

By By By
Page 294 of 635

299 301
301
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 295 of 635

300 302
302
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TANK
1900 (ID)
F2 V X1 X2 F1 L1
S AG
O
L2
2500 (T/T)
H1
F3
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 296 of 635

301 303
303
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1012/1013/2012/2013 SERVICE ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TANK
FLUID HANDLED ACIDIC RAFFINATE SOLUTION 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1900
HEIGHT MM 2500
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK SIDE INLET(FROM CHT TANK) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH

B2 1 50 1 TANK SIDE OUTLET H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
V 1 50 X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND

VENT
FLANGE.
O 1 50 OVERFLOW
1
AG 1 H AGITATOR

By By By
Page 297 of 635

302 304
304
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 298 of 635

303 305
305
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ARS INTERMEDIATE STORAGE TANK
1900 (ID)
V X1 X2 L1
S AG
L2
O
F1
2500 (T/T)
H2
B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 299 of 635

304 306
306
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
ADUF TREATMENT TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1014
Page 1 of 3
UNIT ADU FILTRATE TREATMENT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 34
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1014/1015/1016/2014/2015/2016 SERVICE ADUF TREATMENT TANK
FLUID HANDLED ADU FILTRATE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2300
HEIGHT MM 2800
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET( ADU FILTRATE) S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
F4 1 H TANK INLET (FUNNEL) L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR

B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
V 1 100 VENT F3 1 25 TANK INLET(AMMONIA)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F5 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR)
H1, H2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 300 of 635

305 307
307
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 301 of 635

306 308
308
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ADUF TREATMENT TANK
2300(ID)
X1 X2
F1 F3 F2
AG L1
V F4
S
L2
2800 (T/T)
H1
L3
B2
F5
H2
B1

By By By
Page 302 of 635

307 309
309
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1017/2017 SERVICE ACIDIC RAFINATE SOLUTION CONSTANT HEAD TANK
FLUID HANDLED ACIDIC RAFINATE SOLUTION 0
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
0
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40 TANK INLET (ARS)
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR)
B 1 40 TANK OUTLET (ARS)
O 1 25 OVERFLOW
H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
0 08.07.14 CLIENT COMMENTS INCORPORATED & ISSUED FOR ENGG. PM SKG AMG
Prepared Reviewed Approv
By By ed By
Page 303 of 635

308 310
310
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG.
5. LOCATION, SIZE & NUMBER OF HANDHOLES / MANHOLES TO BE FINALIZED DURING DETAILED ENGG.
6 OPENABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1102.
0
By By By
Page 304 of 635

309 311
311
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ARS CONSTANT HEAD TANK
960(ID)
1450(T/T)
H1
F1 F2
H1
By By By
Page 305 of 635

310 312
312
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
ADU SLUDGE STORAGE TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1020
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1020/1021/2020/2021 SERVICE ADU SLUDGE STORAGE TANK
ADU SLUDGE
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
2000
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM FILTRATE TANK) AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH

TANK INLET (FROM ADUF
V 1 50 VENT F3 1 40
TREATMENT TANK)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS F4 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM DRAIN TANK)
H1, H2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
D 1 25 DRAIN
1

By By By
Page 306 of 635

311 313
313
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 307 of 635

312 314
314
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF ADU SLUDGE STORAGE TANK
1260 (ID)
X2 X1
AG V L1
F1
S
F3 F2 F4
L2
(T/T)
2000
L3
H1 B2
D
H2
B1

By By By
Page 308 of 635

313 315
315
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
NH4NO3 STORAGE TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1022
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1022/1023/1024/2022/2023/2024 SERVICE NH4NO3 STORAGE TANK
FLUID HANDLED NH4NO3 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 4330
HEIGHT MM 5020
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET(FROM ADUF
TREATMENT TANK)
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE L3 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS V 1 150 VENT

H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE /MANHOLE (NOTE-5) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE
D 1 25 DRAIN
1

By By By
Page 309 of 635

314 316
316
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 310 of 635

315 317
317
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
NH4NO3 STORAGE TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1022
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF NH4NO3 STORAGE TANK
4330 ( ID)
X2 V X1
F1 L1
H1
L2
5020 (TT)
L3 B2
D
H2
B1

By By By
Page 311 of 635

316 318
318
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
DRAIN TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1025
Page 1 of 3
1
FLUID HANDLED ADU SLUDGE / AMMONIUM NITRATE
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 910
HEIGHT MM 1450
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G ATM + FULL OF LIQUID/ SLURRY
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM NH4NO3
F 1 50 S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
STORAGE TANK)
B 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS V 1 150 VENT
H1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
D 1 25 SAMPLE CONNECTION VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-7)
1

By By By
Page 312 of 635

317 319
319
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
DRAIN TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1025
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG BY VENDOR.
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 313 of 635

318 320
320
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
DRAIN TANK A367-034-13-42-DS-1025
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF DRAIN TANK
910 (ID)
VP X2 X1 V
F L1
S
L2
1450 (T/T)
H1
D
H2

By By By
Page 314 of 635

319 321
321
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT UNR NEUTRALISATION JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 34
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1026,1027, 2026, 2027 SERVICE UNR NEUTRALISATION TANK
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE RAFFINATE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1700
HEIGHT MM 2400
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET( FROM MISC.
F1 1 40 H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
SOLUTION TANK)
TANK INLET( FROM

F2 1 40 L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
NEUTRALIZATION TANK)
TANK INLET(FROM ROTARY DRUM

F3 1 50 X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.
FILTER)
B1 1 40 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM F4 1 50 TANK INLET(FROM UNR STORAGE TANK)
B2 1 40 TANK OUTLET SIDE F5 1 25 TANK INLET(AMMONIA)

V 1 50 VENT F6 1 25 TANK INLET(FROM NH4OH STG. TANK)
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT F7 1 25 TANK INLET(RECIRCULATION)
T 1 50 TEMP. INSTRUMENT VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
AT 1 50 PH METER F8 1 50 TANK INLET(FROM NH4OH DAY TANK)
AG 1 H AGITATOR 1

Prepared Reviewed
Rev. No. Date Purpose Approved By
By By
Page 315 of 635

320 322
322
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING.
6. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP & SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY
VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 316 of 635

321 323
323
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNR NEUTRALISATION TANK
ID 1700 MM
VP X2 AG F6 F8
F1 F2 F3 X1 F4 F5 F7 V L1
L2
T
2400 (T/T)
AT
H2 B2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 317 of 635

322 324
324
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 034-TK-1030,1031,2030,2031 SERVICE AMMONIUM NITRATE TANK
FLUID HANDLED AMMONIUM NITRATE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1870
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET(FROM ROTARY DRUM SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND
F1 1 25 X 1,2 2 50
FILTER) FLANGE.
TANK INLET(FROM ROTARY DRUM
F2 1 50 VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
FILTER)
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE
H 1,2 2 200 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE (NOTE 5)
V 1 50 VENT
L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH

By By By
Page 318 of 635

323 325
325
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. OPEN-ABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP & SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-034-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 319 of 635

324 326
326
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF AMMONIUM NITRATE TANK
ID 1870 MM
VP
X2 F2 F1 X1 V L1
L2
2000 MM (T/T)
H1
B2
H2
B1

By By By
Page 320 of 635

325 327
327
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT PRECIPITATION & FILTRATION UNIT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 35
035-TK-1001,1002, 1003, 1004, 2001, 2002, 2003,
ITEM NO. SERVICE PRECIPITATOR
2004
AMMONIUM DIURANATE SLURRY
1
FLUID HANDLED
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1900
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO NOTE-7
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR) S 1 200 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE-6)
F2 1 25 TANK INLET (NITRIC ACID) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWICH HIGH HIGH
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM T1 1 50 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENT
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE T2 1 50 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENT
V 1 50 VENT T3 1 50 TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENT
L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT AT 1 HOLD PH METER
H 1,2 2 150 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5) AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
F3 1 50 TANK INLET(FROM JB OF PAN FILTER) EH NOTE-7 ELECTRIC HEATER
F4 1 25 TANK INLET (NH4OH) F7 1 25 TANK INLET (AMMONIA)

TANK INLET (FROM UNPS STORAGE.
F5 1 50 F8 1 50 TANK INLET (RECIRCULATION)
TANK) 1
F6 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM SCRUBBER) F9 1 25 TANK INLET (DM WATER)
X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.

By By By
Page 321 of 635

326 328
328
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
ITEM NO. 035-TK-1001,1002, 1003, 1004, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 SERVICE PRECIPITATOR
NOTES:
4. FOR THE TANK, CONE ANGLE WITH HORIZONTAL IS 22.4°.
7. CARTRIDGE TYPE ELECTRIC HEATER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR HEATING PURPOSE. NOS. & SIZES OF NOZZLE FOR THE HEATER TO BE
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-035-13-42-1-1102 & A367-035-13-42-1-1103.

By By By
Page 322 of 635

327 329
329
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
UNIT PRECIPITATION & FILTRATION UNIT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 35
ITEM NO. 035-TK-1001,1002, 1003, 1004, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 SERVICE PRECIPITATOR
SKETCH OF PRECIPITATION TANK
1900 (ID)
F5 F6 X1
X2
F1 F9
F2 F3 AG F7 F8
F4 V s
T1
T2
L1
2000 (T/T)
T3
L2
EH
H1
B2
AT
350
H2
B1

By By By
Page 323 of 635

328 330
330
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
CONSTANT HEAD TANK A367-035-13-42-DS-1005
Page 1 of 3
UNIT PRECIPITATION JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 35
ITEM NO. 035-TK-1005,1006,2005,2006 SERVICE AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE CONSTANT HEAD TANK
FLUID HANDLED AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE 1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 500
HEIGHT MM 1000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM NH4OH DAY
FI 1 25 VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
TANK)
V 1 50 VENT
O 1 40 OVERFLOW
H1,H2 2 150 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)

By By By
Page 324 of 635

329 331
331
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. OPENABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-035-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 325 of 635

330 332
332
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF NH4OH CONSTANT HEAD ANK
ID 500 MM
VP
F1 V
1000 (T/T)
H1
H2
B1

By By By
Page 326 of 635

331 333
333
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
NH4OH DAY TANK A367-035-13-42-DS-1007
Page 1 of 3
ITEM NO. 035-TK-1007,2007 SERVICE AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE DAY TANK
FLUID HANDLED AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1260
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
TANK INLET (FROM NH4OH
F1 1 50 L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
1 PREPARATION TANK)
F2 1 40 TANK INLET (FROM CHT TANK) D 1 50 DENSITY INSTRUMENT
FLANGE.
V 1 50 VENT VP 1 HOLD VIEW PORT (NOTE-6)
H1, H2 2 50 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE(NOTE-5)
O 1 50 OVERFLOW

By By By
Page 327 of 635

332 334
334
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
NH4OH DAY TANK A367-035-13-42-DS-1007
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. LOCATION, SIZE AND NO. OF HANDHOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
6. OPENABLE TYPE VIEW PORT TO BE PROVIDED AT THE ROOF TOP. SIZE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-035-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 328 of 635

333 335
335
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
NH4OH DAY TANK A367-035-13-42-DS-1007
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF NH4OH DAY TANK
1260 (ID)
F1 V VP X2 X1 D L1
F2
O
2000 (T/T)
L2
H1
H2
B2

By By By
Page 329 of 635

334 336
336
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
UNIT FILTRATION UNIT JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 35
ITEM NO. 035-TK-1009,1010,2009,2010 SERVICE FILTRATE TANK
TYPE CYLINDRICAL SHELL WITH TORRISPHERICAL DISHED END BOTTOM & REMOVABLE FLAT TOP
FLUID HANDLED FILTRATE
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 5
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 2500
HEIGHT MM 1500
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 25 TANK INLET (SERVICE AIR) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
TANK INLET (FROM PAN FILTER VACUUM
F2 1 25 L1 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
RECIVER)
F7 1 25 TANK INLET BOTTOM (SERVICE AIR) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
B2 1 50 TANK OUTLET SIDE F5 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM PAN FILTER)
TANK INLET (FROM PAN FILTER MOISTURE TANK INLET (FROM ADU TREATMENT
F3 1 25 F6 1 50
SEPRATOR) TANK)
F4 1 25 TANK INLET (FROM Nox SCRUBBER) F8 1 80 TANK INLET (CAUSTIC LYE O/F)
V 1 50 VENT 1
X 1,2 2 50 SPARE NOZZLE WITH BLIND FLANGE.

By By By
Page 330 of 635

335 337
337
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LIQUID STORED = (TOTAL VOLUME OF TORRISPHERICAL DISHED END BOTTOM + 90% CYLINDRICAL VOLUME)
4. DELETED.
6. THE LID OF THE TANK (PARTLY) TO BE EASILY OPEN-ABLE TYPE. SO THAT SLUDGE CAN BE REMOVED EASILY.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-035-13-42-1-1104.

By By By
Page 331 of 635

336 338
338
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF FILTRATION TANK
2500 (ID)
X1 F8
X2
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
V
L1
(T/T)
L2
1500
B2
H2
L3
H1 F7
B1

By By By
Page 332 of 635

337 339
339
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
UNPS STORAGE TANK A367-035-13-42-DS-1012
Page 1 of 3
FLUID HANDLED URANYL NITRATE PURE SOLUTION
1
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 3450
HEIGHT MM 4000
DESIGN PRESSURE
1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/
ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED YES
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (FROM UNPS TANK) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH
B 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM AG 1 HOLD AGITATOR
V 1 50 VENT X 1,2 2 50
FLANGE.
O 1 50 OVERFLOW
H 1,2 2 500 HAND HOLE/MAN HOLE(NOTE-5)
S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION (NOTE 6)

By By By
Page 333 of 635

338 340
340
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
5. SIZE & NUMBER OF HAND HOLE/MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAILED ENGG BY VENDOR.
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-035-13-42-1-1101.

By By By
Page 334 of 635

339 341
341
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF UNPS STORAGE ANK
ID 3450 MM
AG
F1 X2 X1 V L1
S
O L2
4000 (T/T)
M1
M2

By By By
Page 335 of 635

340 342
342
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
PROCESS DATA SHEET Rev. No. A
Page 1 of 3
UNIT DECONTAMINATION FACILITY JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 45
ITEM NO. 045-TK-1001/1002/2001/2002 SERVICE DECONTAMINATION TANK
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 1-3
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
BLANKETING REQUIRED
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1750
HEIGHT MM 2000
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 50 TANK INLET (ACTIVE WASTE WATER) L2 1 50 LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
F2 S 1 150 SAMPLE CONNECTION ( NOTE-6)
F3 V 1 50 VENT
F4 O
B1 1 50 TANK OUTLET BOTTOM (ACTIVE WASTE WATER) H 1,2 2 200 HAND HOLE/MANHOLE (NOTE-5)
FLANGE.
A 09.06.17 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS SP SKG SKG

By By By
Page 336 of 635

341 343
343
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
7. REFER P&ID NO. A367-045-13-42-1-1101

By By By
Page 337 of 635

342 344
344
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
UNIT DECONTAMINATION FACILITY JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 45
1750(ID)
X1 F1 V L1
L2
2000 (T/T)
H2
H1
B1

By By By
Page 338 of 635

343 345
345
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
VERTICAL VESSEL A367-056-13-42-DS-1001
Page 1 of 2
PROJECT NFC KOTA CLIENT NFC
UNIT AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE PREPARATION JOB NO. A367 UNIT NO. 56
ITEM NO. 056-TK-1001 & 1002 SERVICE NH4OH STORAGE TANK
PROCESS DATA
FLUID HANDLED AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE SOLUTION
OPERATING PRESSURE KG/CM2 G ATM
OPERATING TEMPERATURE DEG C 2 - 51
DESIGN PRESSURE KG/CM2 G 3.5
YES DOES VESSEL REQUIRE FULL VACUUM DESIGN YES
NO DESIGN TEMPERATURE DEG C 81
MECHANICAL DATA
SHELL SS304L
LINER
CORROSION ALLOWANCE
SHELL MM -
LINER THICKNESS MM
IF YES, TYPE
IS INLET BAFFLE DEFLECTOR REQUIRED NO
VESSEL SUBJECTED TO STEAM OUT CONDITIONS NO
IF 'YES' STEAM TEMPERATURE DEG C
STEAM PRESSURE KG/CM2 G
VORTEX BREAKER REQUIRED NO
IF YES, TYPE
DEMISTER REQUIRED NO
IF 'YES' REF DATA SHEET NUMBER
IS DESIGN FOR NACE CODE REQUIRED NO
IS DESIGN FOR IBR CODE REQUIRED NO
NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS DETAILS

RATING FOR VESSEL NOZZLES
MARK NUMBER SIZE, MM SERVICE MARK NUMBER SIZE, IN SERVICE
F1, F2 2 50 AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE INLET
F3 1 40 DM WATER INLET
B 1 50 AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE OUTLET
SV 1 25 SAFETY RELIEF VALVE
L1, L2 2 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
M (NOTE-4) MANHOLE
DI 1 (NOTE-3) DENSITY INSTRUMENT
VRV 1 (NOTE-9) VACUUM RELIEF VALVE 0
NOTES
3. ALL INSTRUMENT NOS./SIZES/LOCATION TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGG. BY VENDOR.
4. SIZE & NUMBER OF MANHOLE TO BE FINALISED DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING BY VENDOR.
5. OPERATING VACUUM : 100 MMWC, DESIGN VACUUM : FULL VACUUM
6. NOMINAL CAPACITY : 5 M3, STORED CAPACITY : 4.5 M3 ; ID : 1750 MM, HEIGHT : 2000 MM.
7. LIQUID DENSITY : 600 - 1000 KG/M3, LIQUID VISCOSITY : 0.3 cP
8. REFER P&ID NO. A367-056-13-42-1-1102
9. VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (HAVING CONNECTION TO SEAL POT) TO BE PROVIDED BY THE VENDOR. NOZZLE SIZE TO BE FINALIZED BY VENDOR
DURING DETAIL ENGINEERING.
0
B 15.04.2014 REVISED & ISSUED FOR APPROVAL SP SKG AMG
By By By
Page 339 of 635

Page 2051 of 3054
344 346
346
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
VERTICAL VESSEL A367-056-13-42-DS-1001
Page 2 of 2
PROJECT NFC KOTA CLIENT NFC
ITEM NO. 056-TK-1001 & 1002 SERVICE NH4OH STORAGE TANK
SKETCH OF NH4OH PREPARATION TANK 0
F1 VRV
SV L1
F3
F2
L2
2000
DI
M
B
MIN.
FOR
PIPING
1750 (I.D.)
By By By
Page 340 of 635

Page 2052 of 3054
345 347
347
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 1 of 3
TYPE CYLINDICAL SHELL WITH CONICAL BOTTOM
FLUID HANDLED AMMONIA VAP.+ SERVICE WATER
PROCESS DATA
LIQUID STORED M3 1.35
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 0.3-1.0
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1040
HEIGHT MM 1650
DESIGN PRESSURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE KG/CM2G FULL OF LIQUID
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
F1 1 40(H) AMMONIA VAPOR INLET
F2 1 25 DM WATER INLET
B 1 40 NH4OH OUTLET
V 1 80 VENT
L 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENT
H NOTE-4 HANDHOLE/ MANHOLE
S 1 150 SAMPLE COLLECTION

By By By
Page 341 of 635

346 348
348
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 2 of 3
NOTES:
6. SAMPLE COLLECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH AIR-TIGHT COVER.
7. REFER P7ID NO. A367-056-13-42-1-1102.

By By By
Page 342 of 635

347 349
349
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page 3 of 3
SKETCH OF SEAL POT
1040 MM (I.D.)
L F1 S V
F2
1650 MM (T/T)
M

By By By
Page 343 of 635

348 350
350
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page of 3
ITEM NO. 033-TH-1452/2452 SERVICE EXTRACT SETTLER
0
FLUID HANDLED EXTRACT [LEAN SOLVENT LOADED WITH URANIUM]
PROCESS DATA
STORAGE PRESSURE
VISCOSITY CP 6
FLASH POINT DEG C
POUR POINT DEG C
MECHANICAL DATA
DIAMETER MM 1320
HEIGHT MM 1600
DESIGN PRESSURE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
COIL REQUIRED NO
COIL AREA M2
WITH
VENTFLAME
WITH/ARRESTOR
WITHOUT
SUCTION FLAME
EXCHANGER
ARRESTOR
REQUIRED NO
MIXER REQUIRED NO
SHELL SS304L
BOTTOM SS304L
ROOF SS304L
FI 1 25 INLET EXT.FROM NUTSCH FILT.
B1 1 25 OUTLET TO SOLV. EXT. RECYCLE
B2 1 25 OUTLET TO SOLV. EXT. RECYCLE
B3 1 25 OUTLET TO EXTRACT TANK
V 3 25 VENT
L1 0 1 50 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
By By By
Page 344 of 635

443 445
445
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page of 3
NOTES:
6. BAFFLES ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN THE SKETCH.
7. REFER P&ID NO. - A367-033-13-42-1-1101
By By By
Page 345 of 635

444 446
446
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Document No.
Page of 3
SKETCH OF EXTRACT SETTLER
ID 1320 MM
S1 V L1
V V
B3 F1
1600 (T/T)
Y Y BAFFLES
H1
H2
B1 B2
NOTE:- 0
1. LENGTH OF BAFFLE X TO BE SLIGHTLY LOWER THAN THE INLET NOZZLE (F1).
2. BAFFLES Y TO BE EXTENDED UP TO THE STRAIGHT HEIGHT OF THE EXTRACT SETTLER
By By By
Page 346 of 635

445 447
447
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 347 of 635
Page 2825 of 3054
10931083
1083
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 348 of 635
Page 2826 of 3054
10941084
1084
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 349 of 635
Page 2827 of 3054
10951085
1085
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 350 of 635
Page 2828 of 3054
10961086
1086
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 351 of 635
Page 2829 of 3054
10971087
1087
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 352 of 635
Page 2830 of 3054
10981088
1088
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 353 of 635
Page 2831 of 3054
10991089
1089
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 354 of 635
Page 2832 of 3054
11001090
1090
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 355 of 635
Page 2833 of 3054
11011091
1091
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 356 of 635
Page 2834 of 3054
11021092
1092
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 357 of 635
Page 2835 of 3054
11031093
1093
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 358 of 635
Page 2836 of 3054
11041094
1094
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 359 of 635
Page 2837 of 3054
11051095
1095
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 360 of 635
Page 2838 of 3054
11061096
1096
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 361 of 635
Page 2839 of 3054
11071097
1097
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 362 of 635
Page 2840 of 3054
11081098
1098
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 363 of 635
Page 2841 of 3054
11091099
1099
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 364 of 635
Page 2842 of 3054
11101100
1100
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 365 of 635
Page 2843 of 3054
11111101
1101
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 366 of 635
Page 2844 of 3054
11121102
1102
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 367 of 635
Page 2845 of 3054
11131103
1103
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 368 of 635
Page 2846 of 3054
11141104
1104
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 369 of 635
Page 2847 of 3054
11151105
1105
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 370 of 635
Page 2848 of 3054
11161106
1106
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 371 of 635
Page 2849 of 3054
11171107
1107
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 372 of 635
Page 2858 of 3054
11181108
1108
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 373 of 635
Page 2859 of 3054
11191109
1109
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 374 of 635
Page 2860 of 3054
11201110
1110
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 375 of 635
Page 2861 of 3054
11211111
1111
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 376 of 635
Page 2862 of 3054
11221112
1112
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 377 of 635
Page 2863 of 3054
11231113
1113
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 378 of 635
Page 2864 of 3054
11241114
1114
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 379 of 635
Page 2865 of 3054
11251115
1115
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 380 of 635
Page 2866 of 3054
11261116
1116
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 381 of 635
Page 2867 of 3054
11271117
1117
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 382 of 635
Page 2868 of 3054
11281118
1118
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 383 of 635
Page 2869 of 3054
11291119
1119
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 384 of 635
Page 2870 of 3054
11301120
1120
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 385 of 635
Page 2871 of 3054
11311121
1121
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 386 of 635
Page 2872 of 3054
11321122
1122
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 387 of 635
Page 2873 of 3054
11331123
1123
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 388 of 635
Page 2874 of 3054
11341124
1124
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 389 of 635
Page 2875 of 3054
11351125
1125
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 390 of 635
Page 2876 of 3054
11361126
1126
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 391 of 635
Page 2877 of 3054
11371127
1127
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 392 of 635
Page 2878 of 3054
11381128
1128
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 393 of 635
Page 2879 of 3054
11391129
1129
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 394 of 635
Page 2880 of 3054
11401130
1130
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 395 of 635
Page 2881 of 3054
11411131
1131
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 396 of 635
Page 2882 of 3054
11421132
1132
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 397 of 635
Page 2883 of 3054
11431133
1133
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 398 of 635
Page 2884 of 3054
11441134
1134
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 399 of 635
Page 2885 of 3054
11451135
1135
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 400 of 635
Page 2886 of 3054
11461136
1136
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 401 of 635
Page 2887 of 3054
11471137
1137
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 402 of 635
Page 2888 of 3054
11481138
1138
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 403 of 635
Page 2889 of 3054
11491139
1139
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 404 of 635
Page 2890 of 3054
11501140
1140
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 405 of 635
Page 2891 of 3054
11511141
1141
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 406 of 635
Page 2892 of 3054
11521142
1142
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 407 of 635
Page 2893 of 3054
11531143
1143
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 408 of 635
Page 2894 of 3054
11541144
1144
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 409 of 635
Page 2895 of 3054
11551145
1145
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 410 of 635
Page 2896 of 3054
11561146
1146
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 411 of 635
Page 2897 of 3054
11571147
1147
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 412 of 635
Page 2898 of 3054
11581148
1148
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 413 of 635
Page 2899 of 3054
11591149
1149
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 414 of 635
Page 2900 of 3054
11601150
1150
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Section-15
Structural Specification
Page 415 of 635

17441694
1694
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
CONTENTS
1. SCOPE OF WORK
2. SCOPE OF SUPPLY
3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
3.1. STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATION
3.2. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
3.3. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Page 416 of 635

17451695
1695
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
Page 417 of 635

17461696
1696
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of Civil-Structural works under this contract shall include complete design,
detailing, supply, fabrication & erection of all relevant steel structural works for Powder
Plant and associate facilities for Nuclear Fuel Complex Plant, Kota in Rajasthan as per
specifications & standards enclosed with the bid document. All RCC substructure and
superstructure of this package is in owner’s scope.
Major civil-structural works involved in Plant (Wet Section) and associate facilities
shall include but not be limited to the following:
1.1 Design, Detailing, supply, fabrication & erection of steel structure for:
1.1.1 Supporting structures for equipments, pipe supports, pipe rack, ducts,
electrical & instrumentation cable trays, All operating and maintenance
platforms, galleries, walkways, access ways, stairs, ladders, SS gratings,
chequred plate, hand railing etc. for complete powder plant (Wet section).
1.1.2 3D modeling for RCC and steel building for which 3D modeling of piping &
equipments is done by Vendor. Structural drawings for RCC structure will
be provided.
1.1.3 Vendor to note that RCC building has been designed considering a floor
load of 850 kg/sqm (includes live load, self weight of floor members and
equipment load). Vendor to design and furnish final general arrangement
drawings showing equipment supports on structural steel floors. Vendor to
note no equipment shall be supported directly on chequered plates.
Equipment supporting floors shall be designed considering supports from
RCC corbels on columns of buildings. In addition to RCC corbels, corner
angels have been provided on columns and beams, which shall be used
for supporting hangers, pipes and any other supports. Vendor to provide
arrangement of all hangers, connecting & supporting member required
from building & loading data (both static & dynamic) within two months of
award of job for verification of building design.
1.2 Setting up of WORKSITE establishment and CONTRACTOR’S facilities.
1.3 Submission of Engineering design basis specific to scope of work. Also
vendor shall submit the design calculation and drawing to Owner for
review.
1.4 Supply of foundation bolts is Vendor Scope.
1.5 Preparation of fabrication drawings for all structural steel works.
1.6 Erection of structural steel.
1.7 Grouting of all equipments & structural steel including supply of grouting
material.
Page 418 of 635

17471697
1697
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.8 Painting of structural steel including supply of paints. No painting on

Stainless steel surfaces.
1.9 Providing interface details at the scope boundary limit.
1.10 Documentation of “AS BUILT” details for all works as specified elsewhere
in this bid package.
1.11 Obtaining statutory approval from local authorities such as Municipal
Corporation, Development authorities, Inspector of Factories and any
other concerned authorities before starting the works at site.
1.12 All other steel structural works forming part of scope of works of Electrical,
RED, PED & SED disciplines etc. and as laid out elsewhere in this bid
package.
1.13 Any other structural works required/directed by Owner/Owner’s
representative for the satisfactory and successful completion of the
project.
Page 419 of 635

17481698
1698
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
2.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Page 420 of 635

17491699
1699
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
2.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
All materials (consumables/non-consumables) required to complete the Powder Plant

(Wet & Dry Section) and associated facilities package, as per requirements in scope
of work and specifications, shall be supplied by the Contractor.
Page 421 of 635

17501700
1700
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Page 422 of 635

17511701
1701
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATION
Page 423 of 635

17521702
1702
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATION
3.1.1 GENERAL
3.1.1.1 The design considerations given hereunder establish the minimum basic
requirements of structural works. All structures shall be designed for satisfactory
performance and functions for which the same are to be constructed.
- All codes referred in this document pertain to BIS (Bureau of Indian

Standards) publications and bearing the prefix IS.
- Whenever any reference to BIS code is made, the same shall be taken as the
latest revision (with all amendments issued there to) on the notified date of
submission of tender.
- Apart from the BIS codes mentioned in particular in the various clauses of this
document, all other relevant codes related to the specific job under
consideration and/ or referred to in the above-mentioned codes, shall be
followed wherever applicable. Reference to some of the codes in the various
clauses of this document does not limit or restrict the scope of applicability of
other relevant codes.
- In case of any variation/ contradiction between the provisions of BIS codes

and the requirements given hereunder, the provisions given in this document
shall have precedence over all others. In absence of relevant BIS codes,
reference to corresponding British/ American codes may be made (in that
order of preference).
All designs, detailing, fabrication and erection shall strictly conform to the
enclosed standards, specifications and the subsection ‘Specific Requirements’
included in this document. Only if relevant information is not available in this
document, reference to relevant BIS code shall be made.
3.1.1.2 The Contractor shall do the structural designing of all structures and prepare
complete set of civil and structural drawings needed for correct and accurate
construction. The design shall be strictly in accordance with ‘Design Criteria’ given
herein.
3.1.1.3 Detailed list of drawings/ documents [including design calculations, design drawings,
and fabrication drawings (for structural steel works)] and structure-wise quantity
statements (showing anticipated, released and balance quantities of structural steel)
shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted monthly for review by Owner/
Owner’s representative. This list shall also indicate the document/ drawing category
(approval, review or information as applicable) together with the scheduled and actual
dates of submission of the documents.
3.1.1.4 Before proceeding with design and drawing preparation the Contractor shall submit
detailed general philosophy of design of various parts of (all) the structures along with
explanatory sketches for review by Owner/ Owner’s representative. Only after the
review and incorporation of comments on the general philosophy, as offered during
the review, the Contractor shall submit any design document and/ or drawing for
review or information or issue the same for construction. Design and detailing of the
structures and foundations shall fulfill all functional requirements for which the same
is intended and it shall be ensured that adequate accesses, clearances, clearing of
interferences, provision of cut-outs, etc. have been provided to make the structure/
foundation fully operational.
Page 424 of 635

17531703
1703
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1.1.5 The design and AFC drawings shall strictly adhere to the reviewed design basis and
architectural/mechanical general arrangement and shall incorporate all the
comments/ suggestions given by Owner/ Owner’s representative without any extra
cost to the Owner and any implication of time-schedule for completion of works.
3.1.1.6 Wherever review is carried out the same shall be restricted to following:
a) Conformance of general arrangement of the structure to already reviewed

design philosophy and design basis.
b) Overall framing of the building/ conceptual foundation system.
c) Detailed design and drawings including input/ output of computer analysis and
design vis-à-vis actual drawing.
Irrespective of the identified structures requiring review, the Contractor is required to

submit complete sets of design and drawings of all structures.
3.1.1.7 (i) Structural design/ drawings for any structure shall be submitted for
review only if referenced input (e.g. architectural drawing, piping GAD,
equipment data sheet, contractor drawing, etc.) have been reviewed by
the concerned Owner’s specialist in approval/ review code- 2 or 1.
(ii) To facilitate an overall systematic review the Contractor shall submit the
design and drawings for each independent building/ structure, together with a
copy of the referenced reviewed input data, in one lot.
3.1.1.8 Submission of all identified documents including design calculations and drawings for
review and/ or information/ record to the Owner/ Owner’s representative by the
Contractor shall be in requisite (as mentioned elsewhere) number of prints. To ensure
accuracy, correctness and completeness of documents before submission to Owner/
Owner’s representative, the Contractor shall ensure that all such submitted designs
and drawings are complete in all respects, thoroughly checked, stamped
APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION (AFC), and signed APPROVED by the
Contractor's own responsible Civil/ structural graduate (minimum) engineer
(irrespective of the fact that the same are prepared in the Contractor's own design
office or by an approved agency).
Incomplete, unchecked, unsigned and unstamped documents/ drawings and
designs shall not be accepted for review/ construction and shall be returned
forthwith.
3.1.1.9 The accuracy/ correctness of all designs and drawings shall be the sole responsibility
of the Contractor and any delay/ loss/ damage incurred by the Owner in respect of
any mistake/ discrepancy/ anomaly in such designs and drawings shall be entirely
borne by the Contractor.
3.1.1.10 Owner/ Owner’s representative reserves the right to review any/ all or none of the
designs and drawings. Review by Owner/ Owner’s representative shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for correct design and execution of the works.
3.1.1.11 Revision of any design/ drawing/ detailing shall not be permitted unless the same is
necessitated due to comments on review of such documents by Owner/ Owner’s
representative. Such revisions shall be restricted to incorporation of these comments
only and no new details shall be added in the drawings unless called for by
comments during review. All revisions shall be clearly marked and clouded for easy
Page 425 of 635

17541704
1704
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
identification. Subsequent review of such revised documents shall be limited to

revision as clouded.
3.1.1.12 All fabrication/ erection drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor and shall be
issued for construction through owner to his work site. Requisite copies of such
drawings shall, however, simultaneously be submitted to the Owner/ Owner’s
representative directly at Site, for his review and necessary action. Design
calculations for all splices, joints and gusset plates shall also be submitted to the
Owner/ Owner’s representative, whenever asked for. The Owner/ Owner’s
representative, at his discretion, may review all or some or none of these designs &
drawings.
Wherever such review is carried out the same shall be restricted to the following:
a) Structural layouts, orientation, elevation of structural members.
b) Section/ size of members.
c) Adequacy of few critical connections and joints for their required strength.
3.1.1.13 For analysis and design of structures usage of in-house developed software
packages shall not be permitted. Internationally accepted commercial software viz.
STAAD, STAADPRO, COSMOS, GT STRUDEL, NISA only shall be permitted for
analysis and design.
3.1.1.14 The following documentation as hard copy shall be submitted for computer aided
analysis and design:
(i) Complete print out of input and output files.

(ii) Relevant sketches with node and member numbering, loading, etc.
(iii) Summary of member end forces, support reactions, stress ratio, deflections,
etc.
Reviewing of designs/ drawings is not obligatory on the part of Owner/ Owner’s

representative and complete correctness/ soundness of the designs/ drawings
and their execution at the site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor
irrespective of the fact whether the same has been reviewed by Owner/
Owner’s representative or not. Any defect observed during construction or till
the defect liability period of works' shall be rectified and removed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out whatever modification or
reconstruction is needed for the purpose, to the entire satisfaction of the
Resident Construction Manager of Owner/ Owner’s representative without any
extra cost and/ or time implication to the Owner.
3.1.2 LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS & OTHER REFERENCES
3.1.2.1 INDIAN STANDARDS (BIS)
S.No. TITLE
1. Code of practice for plain & reinforce concrete IS:456
2. Code of practice for general construction in steel IS:800
3. Code of practice for use of cold formed light gauge steel Structural IS:801
members in general building construction
4. Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building construction IS:806
5. Dimensions for Hot Rolled Steel Beam, Column, Channel and Angle IS:808
Sections
Page 426 of 635

17551705
1705
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
6. Code of practice for design loads IS:875

7. Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes - Specification IS:1161
8. Metallic Materials Tensile Testing at room temperature. IS:1608
9. Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures (Part 1,2 & 4) IS:1893
10. Hot Rolled Low, Medium and High Tensile Structural Steel IS:2062
11. Recommended practice for hot dipped galvanizing on iron and steel IS:2629
12. Specification for Crane Rail sections. IS:3443
13. Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and construction of IS:4326
buildings
14. Hollow Steel Sections for Structural Use IS:4923
15. Hot Rolled Parallel Flange Steel Sections for Beams, Columns and IS:12778
Bearing Piles - Dimensions and Section Properties
16. National Building Code of India
Note The above list is suggestive and not exhaustive. Apart from these basic codes any
other related codes shall also be followed wherever required.
3.1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA - GENERAL
This specification defines the design criteria and loads that shall be taken in to
account for the design of all industrial plant and non-plant structures and buildings.
Pipe racks shall completely be of Stainless steel construction. Technological

platforms (structure provided to support equipments like vertical vessels and
columns) shall be of Stainless steel construction.
3.1.3.1 DEAD LOAD
The weight of all permanent construction, including walls, fire-proofing, floors, roofs,
partitions, stairways and fixed service and other equipments excluding their content.
The unit weight of materials for computing self weight shall be as per IS: 875 (Part 1)
.The effects of temperature stresses on structures due to solar radiation shall be
considered as part of dead loads.
The effect of soil and Hydrostatic Pressures shall be considered as part of dead load.
3.1.3.2 EQUIPMENT LOAD
The empty weight of process equipment including all fixtures, platforms, and ladders
and attached piping but excluding contents shall be considered. If piping weight is not
indicated separately or included in the weight of the equipment, the same shall be
taken as 10% of the weight of the equipment. Loading on Rolling Track for
transformers shall be included.
3.1.3.3 OPERATING LOAD
Operating loads shall include the maximum designed equipment inventory in the
operating cycle of the plant.
Page 427 of 635

17561706
1706
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1.3.4 HYDRO-TEST LOAD
The Hydro-test weight of process equipment including attached piping shall be

considered. If piping weight is not indicated separately or included in the weight of the
equipment, the same shall be taken as 10% of the hydro-test weight of the
equipment.
3.1.3.5 WIND LOAD
Wind load shall generally be as per IS: 875 (Part-III).
The basic wind speed of the site shall be taken as 47 m/s for a return period of 100
years.
Values of coefficients k1, k2 & k3 shall be as follows:
k1 = 1.07 for permanent structures
k3 = 1
Value of coefficient k2, shall be taken (as per IS : 875) for relevant class of structure
with Category-1 terrain with respect to the actual height of the structure.
To account for surface area of piping, platforms and other attachments fixed to the
equipment, the surface area of the equipment (vessel/column) exposed to wind shall
be increased by 20%.
3.1.3.6 SEISMIC LOAD
Structures shall be designed for earthquake forces corresponding to categorization of

structure as per Table-1 of this document. The buildings and structures shall be
designed as per IS: 1893.
Page 428 of 635

17571707
1707
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Table 1
Categorization of Structure
Seismic
Importance Category Response
Earthquake
Sl. Factor “I” (as per Reduction
Area ( Structures/ Buildings) Type for
No. (refer Note IS:1893 Factor “R”
Design
4) Part IV) (refer Note 5)
PFFF Powder Plant (Wet Area) and 0.67 x 4 =

1 MCE 1.75 2
associated facilities 2.68
Notes:
1. MCE- Maximum Considered Earthquake as per IS: 1893.
2. Zone Factor “Z” is be 0.1 for all structures as specified in in IS: 1893.
3. Importance factor “I” is considered corresponding to MCE/ DBE as per Table-2 of IS: 1893 Part-
4.
4. Response Reduction Factor “R” is considered as per Table-3 of IS: 1893 Part-4.
5. Spectral Acceleration Coefficient “Sa/g” will as per Response Spectra given in Fig.2 of IS: 1893
Part-I, for corresponding time period.
6. All other factors are remain same as given in IS: 1893.
7. Load combinations as per relevant BIS codes.
8. The above is applicable to civil-structural design only.
3.1.3.7 LIVE LOAD
Live loads shall, in general, be 7.5 kN/m2 for both operating and maintenance area. All
service platforms shall be designed for 7.5 kN/m2
3.1.4 ANCHOR BOLT DESIGN
Grade of concrete is M35 conforming to IS: 456.
3.1.5 STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS
Structural steel and embedded parts shall be in general conform to Grades E250A,
250BO/ BR and E250C as per provisions of IS: 2062 as follows:
All rolled sections and plates up to 20 mm thickness shall conform to Grade E250A.
Plates above 20 mm thickness shall conform to Grade E250BO/ BR. Crane girders shall
conform to Grade E250C. All rail sections shall conform to IS: 3443.
Tubular structural steel shall conform to Grade YSt 310 Heavy Class as per IS: 1161.
Hollow structural steel (square / rectangular) shall be hot formed confirming to Grade
YSt 310 as per IS: 4923.
3.1.6 GRATINGS/PLATFORM
Floors shall be provided with Stainless Steel chequered plate.
Page 429 of 635

17581708
1708
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1.7 HANDRAILS
Handrails shall be as per EIL Standard No. 7-68-0501. Hand rails, 1000 mm high, shall
be provided to all walkways, platforms & staircases. Spacing of uprights shall be 1500
mm (maximum). However the minimum requirements shall correspond to fire exits
requirements.
3.1.8 GROUTING & MINIMUM GROUT THICKNESS
Grouting (under the base plates/ shoe plates of steel structure including grouting of
sleeves and pockets) in general shall be done with Non-shrink Grout of free flow Pre-mix
type having compressive strength (28 days) not less than 40 N/mm2. Ordinary 1:2
cement/ sand mortar grout shall be used only for small, isolated structures e.g operating
platforms (not exceeding 2m height) not supporting any equipment, pipe supports
crossovers, stairs and ladders.
Grouting under equipments shall be as per manufacture’s requirement however minimum

strength of grout shall be as mentioned above.
The minimum thickness of grout shall be 25mm.
3.1.9 CRANE GANTRY
Crane gantry girders shall generally be of welded construction and of single span length.
Galvanised chequered plate shall be used for gantry girder walkway flooring.
3.1.10 STAIRCASE
Steel staircases shall have minimum clear width of 1000 mm and slope of 41 degree.
However the minimum requirements shall correspond to fire exits requirements.
3.1.11 This specific requirement for steel structure:
 Welded connections shall be adopted as far as practicable except for cases where
bolted connections are required. All permanent and erection structural connections
shall have minimum two bolts of 20 mm diameter and 16 mm diameter respectively
unless otherwise limited by the size of members.
 Effective capacity of each type of weld is to be calculated separately while computing
the allowable capacity of a single joint where a combination of welds are used
(groove, butt, fillet, slot, spot).
 Where bolts are used in combination with welds in a single joint the following shall be
provided:
a) For bearing type joints the stress shall not be assumed to be shared in between
welds and bolts and each should be designed for the entire stress in the
connection
b) For friction type joints high strength bolts may be considered to share the
stresses with the welds.
 High strength bolts or welds shall be used for all field connections.
 All connections shall be designed for full moment & shear carrying capacity of the
connecting members.
 Minimum two nuts shall be used for all anchor bolts.
 Structural steel elements continuously exposed to temperatures above 215 °C shall
be designed as per provisions of clause 16 of IS: 800. The temperature of steel
components shall not be allowed to exceed the limiting temperature as specified in
Clause 16.5 of IS: 800.
Page 430 of 635

17591709
1709
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
 Isolation of structures / equipments with difference of temperature for free expansion

while providing interconnecting platform and for connection to the stair structure shall
be ensured.
3.1.12 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

1 Verification of Material of construction
2 Design as per standards
3 Fucntional requirement as stated in specification
3.1.12.1 LIMITING PERMISSIBLE STRESSES
Permissible stresses in concrete and rebar shall be as specified in:

 IS:456 Plain and reinforced concrete
Permissible stresses in structural members shall be as specified in:
 IS:800 Hot rolled sections (excluding transmission towers and switchyard
structures).
 IS:801 Cold formed light gauge sections
 IS:802 Transmission towers & switchyard structures
 IS:806 Tubular structures
Permissible stresses in bolts shall be as specified in:
 IS:800 Hot rolled sections
 IS: 801 Cold formed light gauge sections.
 IS: 802 Transmission towers & switchyard structures.
Permissible stresses in welds shall be as specified in:
 IS: 801 Cold formed light gauge sections.
 IS:816 Hot rolled sections
Reduction in permissible stresses on account of thermal effects shall be considered
as per relevant codes mentioned elsewhere in this document.
3.1.12.2 LIMITING DEFLECTION
The limiting permissible vertical deflection for structural steel members shall be as
per Table 6 of IS: 800.
The horizontal deflection at the top of the structure, with all the horizontal forces
acting together, shall be limited to height/300. In addition limiting storey drift under
seismic forces as per clause 7.11.1 of IS: 1893 (Part 1) shall be satisfied.
Vertical deflection for other structural components shall be as specified in relevant IS

Codes.
3.1.12.3 MINIMUM THICKNESS (MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE STAINLESS

STEEL)
The minimum thickness of various structural components as per standard

construction practice may be taken (Hot rolled sections) as follows.
a) General Construction:
i) Trusses, purlins, side girts & bracing 6 mm
ii) Columns, beams 7 mm
Page 431 of 635

17601710
1710
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
iii) Gussets in trusses & girders (upto & including 12m span) 8 mm
iv) Gussets in trusses & girders (above 12m span) 10 mm
v) Stiffeners 8 mm
vi) Base plates 10 mm
vii) Chequered plate (on plain) 6 mm
viii) Grating 4 mm
ix) Insert plates 12 mm
The minimum thickness for rolled beams and channels shall be mean flange
thickness regardless of the web thickness. The minimum thickness of tubes shall be
as specified in IS: 806.
Structural members exposed to marked corrosive action shall be increased in

thickness by minimum 2 mm with suitable protection against corrosion.
The minimum thickness of structural components (except gratings & chequered

Plates) which are directly exposed to weather and inaccessible for repainting shall be
8 mm. All handrails, staircase steps and platform gratings shall be painted as per
specifications enclosed with bid documents.
3.1.13 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
For designing the pipe rack superstructure and foundation the following loads shall be
considered.
Vertical Loading:
Actual weights of pipes coming at each tier shall be calculated. In calculating the
actual weight of pipe, the class of pipe, material content and insulation, if any, shall
be taken into consideration. Minimum insulation density shall be taken as 2600N/m3.
In case of gas/steam carrying pipes, the material content shall be taken as one-third
volume of pipe filled with water. The total actual weight thus calculated shall then be
divided by the actual extent of the span covered by the pipes to get the uniformly
distributed load per unit length of the span. To obtain the design uniformly distributed
load over the entire span, the uniformly distributed load obtained as above and shall
be assumed to be spread over the entire span. However minimum loading for any
pipe rack shall not be less than 1.25kN/m2. In case, the calculated loading is higher
than 1.25kN/m2, this shall be rounded off to the nearest multiple of 0.25 (i.e. 1.50,
1.75, 2.0kN/m2).
Friction Force (Longitudinal & Transverse):

Where the pipes are of similar diameter and service conditions, the friction force at
each tier on every portal both in longitudinal and transverse directions shall be 10%
of the design vertical loading of the pipes for four or more pipes supported on a tier,
and 30% of the design vertical loading of the pipes for single to three pipes supported
on a tier. Longitudinal friction force shall be considered as uniformly distributed over
the entire span of the beam at each tier and transverse friction force shall be
considered as a concentrated load at each tier level. Friction force on T-supports and
trestles shall be taken as 30% of the vertical loading in longitudinal direction and 10%
of vertical loading in transverse direction acting simultaneously, and vice versa. Both
Page 432 of 635

17611711
1711
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
longitudinal and transverse friction forces shall be considered to be acting

simultaneously.
- Anchor and Guide Force (Thermal load)

a) Longitudinal → As per piping inputs.
b) Transverse → As per piping inputs.
Wind Force:
Transverse wind loading shall be calculated depending on the width of the Pipe Rack
as follows:
a) Wind pressure shall be considered as per clause 3.1.3.5 of this document.

b) To calculate wind load in transverse direction of pipe rack, a projected height of
1.25m/1.5m/2.0m shall be considered on all tiers irrespective of height between two
tiers, of rack widths of 4m/6m/greater than 6m and up to 10m respectively. For pipe
racks of widths greater than 10m, the above projected height shall be taken as
0.8[diameter of largest pipe including insulation (m)] + tan 10° [width of rack (m)].
However, this shall not exceed the height between consecutive tiers.
c) For flare header or any other line supported on extended leg of pipe rack, the wind
force shall be considered separately.
Loading on Longitudinal Beams:

Longitudinal beams connecting portal columns shall be sufficiently strong to sustain a
minimum of 25% of the load on the transverse beams. This total load shall be
assumed as two equal concentrated loads acting at 1/3rd span. This load shall be in
addition to the piping loads transferred from the intermediate beams. Other
longitudinal axial forces coming on it from the design of the supporting system shall
also be simultaneously taken into account in the design of the longitudinal beam.
Friction & Anchor Forces, if specifically given by the Piping Specialist shall also be
catered for in the design. Loads from monorails, when supported from these beams,
shall also be considered to be acting simultaneously along with all other loads
mentioned above.
3.1.14 PAINTING
All painting and colour coding for structural steel works shall be done as per job
specifications for painting No. A367-000-79-41-PS-01 included elsewhere with the bid
package. Painting to be done on all surfaces other than Stainless steel surfaces.
3.1.15 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
3.1.15.1 Fabrication of all structural steel works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:
800/801/802/806 and other relevant BIS codes. Fabrication shall include cleaning,
straightening, cutting, bending, holding, bolting, welding, machining, painting,
marking, assembling, erecting, inspecting and testing etc.
3.1.15.2 Erection of all structural steel works including supply of plant & equipment, storing
and handling, setting out, field connections, field welding and security during erection
shall conform to IS: 800/801/802/806.
3.1.15.3 The limits of dimensional tolerances for all works shall be as given below:
Page 433 of 635

17621712
1712
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
For Steel Structures:
(a) Columns
- Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with respect to true

axes.
i) In longitudinal direction +5mm
ii) In lateral direction +5mm
- Deviation in the level of bearing +5mm

surface of columns at foundation top
with respect to true level.
- Out of plumb (verticality) of column axis from true vertical axis, as

measured at top:
i) Up to and including 30m height +H/1000 or +25mm

whichever is less.
ii) Over 30m height +H/1200 or +35mm

whichever is less.
- Deviation in straightness in +H/1000 or +10mm

longitudinal & transverse planes of whichever is less
column at any point along the height.
- Difference in the erected positions of +5mm

adjacent pairs of columns along length
or across width of building prior to
connecting trusses/beams
with respect to true distance.
- Deviation in any bearing or seating +5mm

level with respect to true level
- Deviation in difference in bearing +5mm

levels of a member on adjacent pair
of columns both across & along the
building
Note 1) Tolerance specified for out-of-plumb should be read in conjunction

with ‘Deviation in straightness....’ & ‘Difference in the erected
positions.’
Note 2) 'H' is the column height in mm.
Note 3) Tolerance limits as given under clause (a) above for steel structures
are applicable to concrete columns/pedestals also.
(b) Trusses
- Shift at the centre of span of top +1/250 of height of truss in mm

chord member with respect to the at centre of span or +15mm
Page 434 of 635

17631713
1713
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
vertical plane passing through the whichever is less

centre of bottom chord.
- Lateral shift of top chord of truss +1/1500 of span of truss in mm or

at the centre of span from the vertical +10 mm whichever is less
plane passing through the centre of
supports of the truss
- Lateral shift in location of truss +10mm

from its true position.
- Lateral shift in location of purlin +5mm

from true position
- Deviation in difference of bearing +1/1200 of span of truss in of

levels of truss from the true level or 20mm whichever is less.
(c) Gantry girders and Rails
- Shift in the centre line of crane rail with

respect to centre line of web of gantry
girder + [ web thickness of girder(mm) +2mm]
2
- Shift of alignment of crane rail + 5 mm

(in plan) with respect to true axis
of crane rail at any point
- Deviation in crane track gauge with respect to true gauge:
i) For track gauge upto and + 5 mm

including 15 m
ii) For track gauge more than 15m +[5+0.25(S-15)] subject to maximum
+ 10mm, where S in metres is true
gauge.
- Deviation in the crane rail level at + 10 mm

any point from true level
- Difference in level between crane track rails (across the bay) at
i) Supports of gantry girders 15 mm.
ii) Mid span of gantry girders 20 mm.
- Relative shift of crane rail surfaces 2 mm

(at a joining) in plan and elevation
3.1.15.4 Construction of all other items of works shall conform to relevant Indian Standards
and sound engineering practices.
3.1.15.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete safety pertaining to all
construction works.
Page 435 of 635

17641714
1714
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Page 436 of 635

17651715
1715
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
3.2.1 Apart from the conditions mentioned in the Design Requirements given in the
document, the following shall be strictly adhered to.
3.2.1.1 Contractor to ensure isolation of structures/ equipments with difference of

temperature for free expansion while providing interconnecting platform and for
connection to stair structures.
3.2.1.2 Contractor shall ensure lateral stability by providing box/built-up sections for columns
wherever it is not feasible to provide vertical bracing in either direction.
3.2.1.3 All structures which are required to be designed for seismic loads shall be designed
as per provisions of the latest edition of IS: 1893.
3.2.1.4 All designs, detailing & construction shall strictly conform to enclosed standards,
specifications & drawings. However, drawings marked “Issued for Information only”
are provided solely as guidance to the contractor.
3.2.1.5 Sequence of construction is to be shown on the AFC drawings by indicating

construction joints wherever required.
3.2.1.7 Contractor shall depute his concerned Civil-Structural design engineer to

Owner/owner’s representative review office as and when required for review of his
documents. During such reviews involving computer aided analysis/design/drafting of
structures, the contractor shall make his own arrangement of Personal Computer
(PC) in the form of Lap-top in the premises of Owner/owner’s representative review
office. This is required to expeditiously resolve all the comments including those
involving the use of PC by contractor in his submission. The contractor shall ensure
that these PC's are fully operational along with necessary software already loaded
including the input/output/drawing files of the structures being reviewed. The
contractor shall revise and re-submit the analysis/design and drawings as required
during review.
3.2.1.8 No equipment shall be directly supported on suspended floor slab. Suitable

arrangement of beams shall be provided underneath to support the equipments.
3.2.1.9 Verification of foundation loading data for all equipments/structures/stacks etc,

which form part of the comprehensive packages supplied by the respective
contractors, shall be entirely the responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall
ensure that wind/ seismic loadings are strictly in line with the basic wind
pressure/site spectra curves as per IS 1893.
3.2.1.10 Limit state method as per IS: 800-2007 shall be adopted for the design of steel
structures.
3.2.1.11 Contractor to furnish General Arrangement drawing & loading data for all
equipments/ structures/ stack within one month after placement of LOI/ FOI for
design of foundation by others.
3.2.1.12 Anchor bolts to be supplied at site before scheduled construction of foundation.
Page 437 of 635

17661716
1716
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.3 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Page 438 of 635

17671717
1717
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.3 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Serial
Standard No. Title Rev No. No. of Sheets
No.
Splicing detail for rolled

1 7-68-0208 5 7
sections
2 7-68-0417 M.S anchor bolts assemblies 7 7
3 7-68-0501 Handrails 6 8
4 7-68-0506 Steel stairs 6 6
5 7-68-0507 Details of steel ladder 7 3
Electroforged Grating Type I &

6 7-68-0697 2 8
Type II
Serial
Specification No. Title Rev No. No. of Sheets
No
1 6-68-0006 Structural Steel works 4 24
2 6-68-0008 Miscellaneous steel works 5 12
Page 439 of 635

17681718
1718
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.3.1 ADDENDUM TO STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS/STANDARDS
STANDARD. NO. CLAUSE MODIFICATIONS

NO.
7-68-0697 Note No. 3 “Material for the grating (Twisted bars/ MS Flats) shall
of Sheet 1 be of Grade E250 sub quality – A/BR/B0 conforming
to IS:2062”
shall be read as
“Material for this grating shall be of Grade SS304

conforming to ASME Sec 2.”
7-68-0697 Note No. 8 “Galvanized Grating panel shall fixed to the

of Sheet 1 supporting members by clamps or alternatively by
welding. Removable galvanized grating panel as
shown in drawing shall be fixed by clamp only”
shall be read as
“Grating panel shall fixed to the supporting members

by clamps or alternatively by welding and removable
grating panel as shown in drawing shall be fixed by
clamp only.”
7-68-0697 Plan of “6mm square twisted bar @ 75 c/c (cross member)”
Sheet 3
shall be read as
“6mm square twisted bar @ 100 c/c (cross member)”
Page 440 of 635

17691719
1719
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 441 of 635
Page 2103 of 3054 17701720
1720
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 442 of 635
Page 2104 of 3054 17711721
1721
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 443 of 635
Page 2105 of 3054 17721722
1722
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 444 of 635
Page 2106 of 3054 17731723
1723
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 445 of 635
Page 2107 of 3054 17741724
1724
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 446 of 635
Page 2108 of 3054 17751725
1725
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 447 of 635
Page 2109 of 3054 17761726
1726
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 448 of 635
Page 2110 of 3054 17771727
1727
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 449 of 635
Page 2111 of 3054 17781728
1728
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 450 of 635
Page 2112 of 3054 17791729
1729
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 451 of 635
Page 2113 of 3054 17801730
1730
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 452 of 635
Page 2114 of 3054 17811731
1731
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 453 of 635
Page 2115 of 3054 17821732
1732
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 454 of 635
Page 2116 of 3054 17831733
1733
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 455 of 635
Page 2117 of 3054 17841734
1734
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 456 of 635
Page 2118 of 3054 17851735
1735
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 457 of 635
Page 2119 of 3054 17861736
1736
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 458 of 635
Page 2120 of 3054 17871737
1737
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 459 of 635
Page 2121 of 3054 17881738
1738
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 460 of 635
Page 2122 of 3054 17891739
1739
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 461 of 635
Page 2123 of 3054 17901740
1740
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 462 of 635
Page 2124 of 3054 17911741
1741
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 463 of 635
Page 2125 of 3054 17921742
1742
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 464 of 635
Page 2126 of 3054 17931743
1743
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 465 of 635
Page 2127 of 3054 17941744
1744
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 466 of 635
Page 2128 of 3054 17951745
1745
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 467 of 635
Page 2129 of 3054 17961746
1746
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 468 of 635
Page 2130 of 3054 17971747
1747
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 469 of 635
Page 2131 of 3054 17981748
1748
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 470 of 635
Page 2132 of 3054 17991749
1749
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 471 of 635
Page 2133 of 3054 18001750
1750
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 472 of 635
Page 2134 of 3054 18011751
1751
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 473 of 635
Page 2135 of 3054 18021752
1752
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 474 of 635
Page 2136 of 3054 18031753
1753
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 475 of 635
Page 2137 of 3054 18041754
1754
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 476 of 635
Page 2138 of 3054 18051755
1755
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 477 of 635
Page 2139 of 3054 18061756
1756
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 478 of 635
Page 2140 of 3054 18071757
1757
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 479 of 635
Page 2141 of 3054 18081758
1758
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 480 of 635
Page 2142 of 3054 18091759
1759
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 481 of 635
Page 2143 of 3054 18101760
1760
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 482 of 635
Page 2144 of 3054 18111761
1761
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 483 of 635
Page 2145 of 3054 18121762
1762
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 484 of 635
Page 2146 of 3054 18131763
1763
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 485 of 635
Page 2147 of 3054 18141764
1764
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 486 of 635
Page 2148 of 3054 18151765
1765
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 487 of 635
Page 2149 of 3054 18161766
1766
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 488 of 635
Page 2150 of 3054 18171767
1767
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 489 of 635
Page 2151 of 3054 18181768
1768
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 490 of 635
Page 2152 of 3054 18191769
1769
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 491 of 635
Page 2153 of 3054 18201770
1770
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 492 of 635
Page 2154 of 3054 18211771
1771
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 493 of 635
Page 2155 of 3054 18221772
1772
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 494 of 635
Page 2156 of 3054 18231773
1773
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 495 of 635
Page 2157 of 3054 18241774
1774
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 496 of 635
Page 2158 of 3054 18251775
1775
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 497 of 635
Page 2159 of 3054 18261776
1776
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 498 of 635
Page 2160 of 3054 18271777
1777
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 499 of 635
Page 2161 of 3054 18281778
1778
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 500 of 635
Page 2162 of 3054 18291779
1779
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 501 of 635
Page 2163 of 3054 18301780
1780
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 502 of 635
Page 2164 of 3054 18311781
1781
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 503 of 635
Page 2165 of 3054 18321782
1782
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 504 of 635
Page 2166 of 3054 18331783
1783
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 505 of 635
Page 2167 of 3054 18341784
1784
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 506 of 635
Page 2168 of 3054 18351785
1785
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 507 of 635
Page 2169 of 3054 18361786
1786
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 508 of 635
Page 2170 of 3054 18371787
1787
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 509 of 635
Page 2171 of 3054 18381788
1788
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 510 of 635
Page 2172 of 3054 18391789
1789
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 511 of 635
Page 2173 of 3054 18401790
1790
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 512 of 635
Page 2174 of 3054 18411791
1791
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 513 of 635
Page 2175 of 3054 18421792
1792
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 514 of 635
Page 2176 of 3054 18431793
1793
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 515 of 635
Page 2177 of 3054 18441794
1794
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ANNEXURES
PRE-COMMISSIONING,
COMMISSIONING & START-UP
GUIDELINES
FOR
POWDER PLANT
Page 1 of 49
Page 516 of 635

18451795
1795
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Powder Plant & Associated Raw Material facilities shall be used to produce
Uraniumdi-oxide (UO2) powder from Magnesium di-uranate (MDU) powder / uranium
ore concentrate through various processes as per attached Process Data Sheets,
P&IDs.
This document provides pre-commissioning, commissioning & Start-up
responsibilities of the Package CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR.
2.0 SCOPE
The CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR shall be responsible to carry out pre-
commissioning & commissioning (in coordination with Control and Instrumentation
vendor, other package vendor in that area), trial runs and performance test run of the
powder Plant package.
Detailed procedure for mechanical completion, pre-commissioning, commissioning,
start-up and performance test shall be developed by CONTRACTOR/ Package
vendor based on guidelines provided in this document. CONTRACTOR/ Package
vendor shall also prepare detailed operating manual based on the guidelines
provided. The CONTRACTOR/ Package Vendor will submit these documents for
approval to OWNER/ Owner representative.
FOLLOWING SHALL BE ENCLOSED BY BIDDER IN HIS OFFER
 An organisation chart of bidder's proposed commissioning team indicating the
positions with the required qualifications and experience. Adequate manpower
should be provided in each shift, to carry out pre-commissioning /
commissioning/ plant run stabilization/ performance test run activities.
 The format of CV is enclosed as Annexure-I.
 Track record of bidder related to commissioning experiences of similar systems.
 Clause wise list of deviations, if any, in the format given in Annexure-II. In the
absence of Annexure-II, it shall be assumed that bidder has no deviations.
3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Mechanical Completion
Mechanical Completion of systems shall mean that all installation works of the system
have been completed and hydro tested in accordance with approved
drawings/documents, specifications, applicable code, and internationally accepted good
engineering practices in a comprehensive manner by the CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE
VENDOR. CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR’S competent representative shall
check the system/sub-system so that it meets the process requirement/ scope of work
and is executed as per the approved drawings. After liquidating the checklist
CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR shall submit certificate as per FORMAT-I
(attached in Annexure-III) stating system/sub-system, which is mechanically completed.
Checklist generated by CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR representative and test
certificates connected with the system/sub-system shall form a part of the FORMAT-I.
Certificates of various statutory bodies/ regulatory authority for relevant portion of the
work completed shall be made available by the CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR
as part of mechanical completion. OWNER/owner’s representative shall check the
system along with CONTRACTOR’S representative and shall issue FORMAT-II which
includes deficiencies / modifications required for the portion of the work that is declared
by the CONTRACTOR/package vendor as mechanically complete. Once the
system/equipment/plant is ready for Pre-commissioning, CONTRACTOR/package
vendor shall issue certificate (FORMAT-III) to the effect that system/equipment/plant is
Page 2 of 49
Page 517 of 635

18461796
1796
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ready for Pre-commissioning.all the documents/ drawing required after mechanical
completion to meet the regulatory/statutory requirement shall be in the scope of
package vendor/ contractor. Checklist/deficiency generated by safety audit team/
regulatory / statutory body shall be corrected/rectified by CONTRACTOR/ package
vendor at no time & cost impact.
3.2 Pre-Commissioning Activities
Pre-commissioning activities (As detailed in Annexure-IV) are defined as those
activities, which are required to be performed after completion of installation, inspection,
hydro testing etc. of an equipment / system to make it ready for commissioning.
CONTRACTOR/ package vendor shall raise FORMAT–III certifying that all checklist
points are liquidated and the system/sub-system is ready for pre-commissioning.
CONTRACTOR/ package vendor shall start pre-commissioning activities after
acceptance of FORMAT-III by Owner/OWNER representative. This shall include but
shall not be limited to activities such as system checking as per P&IDs/drawings and
operational requirements, site modifications, internal inspection of equipment/vessels,
flushing/air blowing of pipeline including card board blasting, leak test, calibration of
instruments, checking of the electrical equipment for proper earthing, continuity,
insulation resistance, conducting operability test on individual equipment/system,
charging of lubes & other chemicals. Fabrication and supply of temporary facilities, for
example, temporary bypasses, spools, blinds, jump-overs, vents, gaskets, strainers etc.
required to carry out pre-commissioning activities shall be in the scope of the
CONTRACTOR/ Package vendor. All the pre-commissioning activities shall be carried
out by CONTRACTOR/ package vendor. Prior to pre-commissioning activities, safety
audit to be conducted by CONTRACTOR/ package vendor and OWNER/Owner
representative for entire plant. Checklist/deficiency generated by safety audit team/
regulatory / statutory body shall be corrected/rectified by CONTRACTOR// package
vendor at no time & cost impact.
3.3 Ready for Commissioning
The Powder Plant to be considered `Ready for Commissioning' when pre-
commissioning activities of all the facilities have been completed along with their
auxiliaries and support facilities in every respect including charging of lubes,last
minute modifications, if any, as recommended by the OWNER/owner representative.
All temporary structures, scaffolding etc. used for carrying out the pre-commissioning
work have been removed, all the blinds have been put into position as required by
P& ID, all the pre-commissioning and other documents including blinds list, set
pressures of PSVs and TSVs along with test certificates etc. (Testing shall be done
at site) shall be handed over to the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR shall issue a certificate of ‘Ready for
commissioning’ of powder Plant package for acceptance by the OWNER/owner
representative in standard format, FORMAT-IV (as per format given in Annexure-III)
with all exceptions resolved.
After the powder Plant has been declared as `Ready for Commissioning', the
CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall not carry out any hot work in the plant without
prior written permission of the OWNER/ owner representative.
4.0 DOCUMENTS FOR PRE COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING
4.1 Operating Manual
The CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall prepare plant specific draft-operating
manual (as applicable) of the Powder Plant and submit to OWNER/ owner representative
for review at least 60 days prior to mechanical completion. Minimum five copies of draft
operating manual shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR/package vendor for review.
Page 3 of 49
Page 518 of 635

18471797
1797
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
In particular, following information shall be covered as a minimum.
 Pre-start checks.
 Pre-commissioning procedures
 Start-up procedure.
 Normal operating procedure.
 Shutdown procedure (Normal & Emergency).
 Vendor instructions for all equipment for maintenance start up, shut down,
normal operation and trouble shooting
 Operating parameters and set points of alarms and trips.
 Operating conditions( as applicable)
 Functional description of safe shut down systems.
 List of emergencies and emergency handling procedures.
 Dosage rate of chemicals used and other related operating information.
 List of equipment and their major details.
 List of all instruments like control valves. transmitters etc.
 Relief valve schedule, tag numbers, set pressure, capacity basis, failure
scenarios considered etc.
 Approved/ final PFDs/P&IDs and drawings
 Any other special conditions / instructions / information, etc.
 Summary of utility consumption.
 Lubrication schedule (with equivalent lubricant available in India).
 Procedure for preparation of equipment hand over
Review of operating manuals shall be done by OWNER/ owner representative

after receipt of draft operating manuals. All the changes, additions, deletion required by
the OWNER/ owner representative shall be communicated to CONTRACTOR/package
vendor and same shall be incorporated in the final operating manual by the
CONTRACTOR/package vendor. Ten copies of final operating manual shall be
submitted by CONTRACTOR/package vendor. The same shall also be forwarded in CD.
The final manuals shall be submitted to OWNER at least 60 days prior to mechanical
completion. These operating manuals shall be followed during start-up and
commissioning of the Powder Plant. Vendor’s operating manual shall not be a part of
this operating manual and shall be submitted separately.
In case of any revisions due to any reason, the same shall be incorporated and
submitted as revised sheets during the start-up and commissioning stage along with
updated CDs. However, revised operating manual incorporating changes shall be
submitted within one month after the commissioning has been completed. Package
vendor shall take part in development of operating manual along with owner/ owner’s
representative.
4.2 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning Network
The CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall submit the pre-commissioning and
commissioning schedule in the form of network detailing therein the sequence of all the
Page 4 of 49
Page 519 of 635

18481798
1798
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
pre-commissioning and commissioning activities and duration of each activity to be
carried out in each equipment / sub-system of the units. This shall be submitted to
OWNER prior to start of pre-commissioning activities. CONTRACTOR/package vendor
shall submit weekly progress report and the status of pre-commissioning and
commissioning activities, likely slippage and action being taken by the
CONTRACTOR/package vendor to contain these slippages.
4.3 Pre-Commissioning Documents
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/package vendor to prepare detailed
checklist of pre-commissioning and commissioning activities for Powder Plant. The
CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall submit the said format for approval to the
OWNER/owner representative.
Representative of CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall be available for carrying out
check listing. All the checklist points shall be liquidated by the CONTRACTOR/package
vendor. System readiness for Pre-commissioning shall be determined based on the
completion of relevant portion of checklist as per approved format and all balance work
completed by CONTRACTOR/package vendor.
For the purpose of execution of these pre-commissioning activities, the Powder Plant
shall be divided into system and sub-systems so that pre-commissioning activities of
each system/sub-system can be progressively carried out along with the construction
activities. The pre-commissioning document shall contain the following as a minimum:
1) System identifications on P&IDs.
2) Pre-commissioning and start-up schedule
3) Detailed procedure for the various pre-commissioning activities i.e. flushing,
blowing, drying, leak checking, system tightness, equipment operability test with
format to record the observation of each of the activities to be carried out.
4) Procedure and format for operability tests of equipment and system as a whole,
wherever applicable.
5) Lube schedule indicating manufacturer (Indian equivalent to lubes, quality, initial
fill as recommended, and frequency of changing the lube oil).
6) Detailed procedure for pre-commissioning of powder Plant
The CONTRACTOR /package vendor shall submit the draft copy of above mentioned
pre-commissioning documents 60 days before the activities are to be carried out. The
document shall be reviewed by the OWNER/owner representative. After incorporating
OWNER/owner representative comments, the CONTRACTOR /package vendor shall
submit revised document 30 days prior to start of activities. The documents shall be
followed till the project is completed.
CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall arrange Manpower, instruments and tools required
for carrying out pre-commissioning activities. Estimated requirement of utilities and
services like water, power, air, cooling water etc., which needs to be supplied by
OWNER during pre-commissioning and start-up is to be given by
CONTRACTOR/package vendor. After completion of pre-commissioning activities of the
facilities CONTRACTOR/package vendor will submit request to the OWNER for
permission for start-up of the system.
Commissioning of the facilities shall not be permitted till all the documents have been
submitted by the CONTRACTOR/package vendor to the OWNER/ owner representative.
Any delay in commissioning on this account shall be considered as a delay in
commissioning by the CONTRACTOR/package vendor.
Page 5 of 49
Page 520 of 635

18491799
1799
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
5.0 OTHER REQUIREMENTS
CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR shall ensure that all safety devices like pressure
safety valves, emergency shutdown valves etc., are tested, witnessed and certified in
the presence of representatives of OWNER. These certificates are to be handed over
to OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVE prior to start-up of the system. The
CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR along with Ready for Commissioning
Certificate shall submit to the OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVE the master blind
list and record of set pressures of all PSV's provided in the unit.
CONTRACTOR/package vendor is required to maintain and follow all safety practices,
equivalent or better than those being practiced by OWNER/ regulatory/ statutory for the
complex during pre-commissioning and commissioning.
6.0 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/package vendor to arrange for
services of manufacturer's installation / commissioning engineer at site during
mechanical completion / pre-commissioning & commissioning of all the major
equipment and systems for powder Plant listed as under:
1. All pumps i.e. chemical injection pumps, etc.
2. All package type items.
3. Any other critical/proprietary equipment, for which it is felt necessary to call
Vendor’s representative for proper commissioning.
7.0 REVIEW / CHECKLISTING / INSPECTION CO-ORDINATION
A general guideline on OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVE interaction with respect
to powder Plant pre-start up activities is given below. However, OWNER reserves right
to witness entire work at any stage.
 Review of pre-commissioning documents and network (as detailed in section 3.2
and 3.3 above).
 Review of operating manual (as detailed in section 3.1 above).
 Check listing (system-wise)
a) Preliminary checklist on system completion.
b) Final checklist before start of pre-commissioning activities.
8.0 A TYPICAL APPROACH TO WITNESS / INSPECTION OF PRE-COMMISSIONING

ACTIVITY BY OWNER/ OWNER’s REPRESENTATIVE
Activities
Witness/Inspection
a) Installation of safety device Complete
b) Provision of temporary strainers and blind at critical locations Random
c) Water flushing and air blowing of pipelines Random
d) Instrumentation interlock checks Complete
e) Operability test for a system/equipment Complete
f) Cleaning of vessels and Internal Flushing of vessels Complete
g) Blind list as per start-up requirement/normal operation Complete
Witness/ inspection / approval of OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVE is not an
obligation but a right with no change in CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR's
liabilities.
Page 6 of 49
Page 521 of 635

18501800
1800
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
At the discretion of OWNER, the extent of witness / inspection may be extended/
reduced as deemed fit.
9.0 FINAL INSPECTION BEFORE START OF COMMISSIONING
OWNER/CONTRACTOR shall carry out a final inspection of the system before starting
the commissioning activity.
Record of liquidation of checklist points, test records etc., shall be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR package vendor to OWNER/ OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. Any
deficiency/ changes required in the offered system shall be liquidated by the
CONTRACTOR/package vendor.
10.0 COMMISSIONING
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR to commission
the system in coordination with instrumentation and control room vendor or other
package vendor within battery limit under the scope of the CONTRACTOR/package
vendor. Commissioning shall be carried out after mechanical completion is over
successfully, all pre-commissioning activities are carried out and certificate of “Ready
for commissioning” is accepted by OWNER/owner representative. Representatives of
vendor/designer shall provide necessary co-ordination during start-up and they shall
furnish technical clarifications, as and when required.
Commissioning of Powder Plant shall mean taking the feed in the system, passing it
through intended route as per the P&ID, Process flow sheet and establishing all
mechanical , electrical, instrumentation, and Structural requirement as per scope of
supply/ Service/ scope drawing within battery limit. Package vendor will assist the owner
in establishing the process parameters along with instrumentation and control room
vendor or any other package vendor within the battery limit.
The Powder Plant shall be considered to be commissioned successfully with
instrumentation/control systems; process, utilities and support systems have been on
uninterrupted stable operation for a specified period of not less than 72 hrs (or as
mentioned elsewhere in the bid document). Whether operation for the specified period
has been successful or not, shall be decided by the OWNER based on observations
recorded. The countdown for the specified period shall start only after system has been
on stable operation with all controls and safety systems in normal operation for a period
of not less than 48 hours. OWNER will issue acceptance certificate (FORMAT- V)
accordingly.
Upon successful commissioning of powder Plant the same shall be taken over by the
OWNER for day-to-day operation, control and maintenance. Final takeover shall be
subject to compliance to all the contractual obligations by the CONTRACTOR/package
vendor. Once the powder Plant is successfully commissioned CONTRACTOR/package
vendor shall issue FORMAT-V to OWNER for takeover of the unit from
CONTRACTOR/package vendor.
11.0 SPARES AND CONSUMABLES
CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR shall be responsible for supply of spares and
other consumables for start-up and Pre-commissioning/commissioning activities. Also
CONTRACTOR/ package vendor shall be responsible for supply of all consumables
including Lubricants etc. actually required during commissioning, trial runs and
stabilization and successful performance guarantee test run before handing over to
Client. CONTRACTOR/ package vendor shall submit catalogues for all the lubricant
being used for start-up, pre-commissioning, commissioning and performance guarantee
test run and smooth running of the plant.
Page 7 of 49
Page 522 of 635

18511801
1801
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
The water required for water flushing etc. shall be provided to the CONTRACTOR/
package vendor at the battery limit of Powder Plant by OWNER.
12.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT
All utilities like air, water, power, instrument air and chemicals (nitric acid, caustic lye, Tri
butyl phosphate, kerosene, ammonia, caustic soda, Tri sodium phosphate, uranium and
its compounds). shall be provided at the conditions and locations given in the package
and drawings. Any upgrade, if required, either for pre-commissioning or commissioning
shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR/package vendor at his own cost.
13.0 SAFETY
The CONTRACTOR/package vendor shall follow OWNER's safety practices during
execution of pre-commissioning / commissioning works. CONTRACTOR/ package
vendor is required to maintain and follow all safety practices as per the requirement
of OWNER/regulatory/ statutory body for the complex during pre-commissioning and
commissioning.
Page 8 of 49
Page 523 of 635

18521802
1802
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
14.0 ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE I
FORMAT FOR BIO-DATA OF KEY PERSONNEL FOR COMMISSIONING
1. PURPOSED POSITION IN ORGANISATION CHART:
2. NAME:
3. QUALIFICATION:
4. TOTAL YEAR OF EXPERIENCE

IN PLANT OPERATION / COMMISSIONING:
5. DETAILS OF COMMISSIONING EXPERIENCE:
SI. PROJECT PLANT YEAR OF DURATION OF

OWNER
No. DESCRIPTION CAPACITY COMMISS. STAY AT SITE
Page 9 of 49
Page 524 of 635

18531803
1803
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ANNEXURE-II
QUESTIONNAIRE
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION OF CLAUSE AGREED NOT REMARK

NO. AGREED
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 DEFINITIONS
3.0 DOCUMENT FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING

AND COMMISSIONING
4.0 OTHERS REQUIREMENTS
5.0 MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE
6.0 REVIEW / CHECKLISTING/INSPECTION/

CO-ORDINATION
7.0 A TYPICAL APPROACH TO WITNESS/
INSPECTION
8.0 FINAL INSPECTION
9.0 COMMISSIONING
10.0 CONSUMABLES
11.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Page 10 of 49
Page 525 of 635

18541804
1804
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ANNEXURE-III
FORMAT TO BE USED DURING PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING

(TOTAL 5 FORMATS)
FORMAT-I
INTIMATION REGARDING SYSTEM COMPLETION
PROJECT:_________________CUSTOMER:_________________UNIT:_______________
Following system/sub-system has been mechanically completed in all respects with

exceptions noted below. The system/sub-system can be taken up for checking and
preparation of checklist.
SYSTEM NO.:
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
EXCEPTIONS:
SIGNATURE DATE
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION:
CO-ORDINATOR
_________________________________________________________________________
______
The system is ready/ not ready for Check listing

OWNER/OWNER’s Representative:
Page 11 of 49
Page 526 of 635

18551805
1805
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
F O R M A T – II
CHECKLIST
PROJECT: _______________CUSTOMER: ______________UNIT: __________________
SYSTEM/SUB-SYSTEM_____________________________________________________
CHECKLIST TYPE PRELIMINARY/FINAL
SL.NO. CHECKLIST ITEMS REMARKS
SIGNATURE
DATE
________________________________________________________________________
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE :
OWNER :
Page 12 of 49
Page 527 of 635

18561806
1806
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
F O R M A T - III
READY FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING CERTIFICATE
PROJECT:______________CUSTOMER:____________UNIT:_________
SYSTEM/SUB-SYSTEM___________________________________________________
This is to certify that the following plant/system/sub- system as detailed below is completely
installed and all the Checklist points are carried out except for minor details as given in the
attached list.
DESCRIPTION ON
PLANT/SECTION/SUB-SECTION____________________________________
SIGNATURE
DATE
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION
CO-ORDINATOR:
CONTRACTOR’S COMMISSIONING
CO-ORDINATOR
_________________________________________________________________________
_____
The system is ready/ not ready for pre-commissioning
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE :
OWNER:
Page 13 of 49
Page 528 of 635

18571807
1807
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
F O R M A T - IV
READY FOR COMMISSIONING CERTIFICATE
PROJECT:__________________CUSTOMER:___________________UNIT:___________
SYSTEM/SUB-SYSTEM_____________________________________________________
This is to certify that all the necessary pre-commissioning activities for the
system/sub-system as detailed below have been completed and the system/sub-system is
ready for commissioning except for the minor details as given below which shall not affect
the commissioning trial runs.
DESCRIPTION OF
SYSTEM/SUB-SYSTEM____________________________________________
SIGNATURE
DATE
CONTRACTOR’S COMMISSIONING:
CO-ORDINATOR
_________________________________________________________________________
__
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE:
OWNER:
Page 14 of 49
Page 529 of 635

18581808
1808
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
FORMAT-V
COMPLETION OF COMMISSIONING CERTIFICATE
PROJECT:_______________CUSTOMER:________________UNIT:_________________
SYSTEM/SUB-SYSTEM________________________________________
This is to certify that the system/sub-system as detailed below has been successfully
commissioned and is under operational control of Client's Production department. The minor
items, which shall not affect the normal operation of the system/sub-system, are given in the
attached list.
DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM/SUB-
SYSTEM____________________________________________
SIGNATURE
DATE
CONTRACTOR’S COMMISSIONING:
CO-ORDINATOR
_________________________________________________________________________
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE’S COMMISSIONING:

CO-ORDINATOR
OWNER'S COMMISSIONING:
CO-ORDINATOR
Page 15 of 49
Page 530 of 635

18591809
1809
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ANNEXURE -IV
PRE-COMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES
The checklist represents the minimum work, which has to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR prior to commissioning of the facilities. However, it is not intended to be
a complete list of activities required to be carried out by the CONTRACTOR.
Manufacturer's/Vendor’s instructions for pre-commissioning checks, testing must also

be followed for all equipment.
A. General Procedure for Pre-Commissioning
The general work procedures listed below outline the work to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR. Procedures applicable to specific system or items of equipment are
covered separately.
A-1 Installation of Seals and Packing
 Install mechanical seals, permanent packing and accessories, wherever

required.
 Adjust and replace mechanical seals, packing and accessories, as necessary
during pre-commissioning / commissioning period.
A-2 Removal of Temporary Bracing
 Remove all temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects that were
installed in vessels, transformers, piping, rotating machinery or other equipment
to prevent damage during shipping, storage and erection.
A-3 Rotation and Alignment
 Check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of
moving parts before connecting driver.
 Make cold alignment to the manufacturer's tolerances along with OWNER/
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE. Provide all the alignment readings records to
OWNER.
 Check all lubricants and their quality, fill etc. before operating the equipment.
 Carry out no load run of motors etc.
 Check bearing temperatures, vibration, over speed trips function of different
safety device and other relevant tests. Carry out adjustments as required.
 Make hot alignments and any adjustments required after equipment has been
put in operation.
 Arrange for manufacturer representative for equipment as required during
installation and/or pre-commissioning and commissioning.
A-4 Tie-ins at Unit Battery Limits

 Prepare all systems for safe tie-ins with utilities and auxiliary system.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare the existing operating systems for tie-ins in
consultation with OWNER and shall be responsible for safety during tie-ins is
being made. CONTRACTOR shall take approval of OWNER/OWNER
REPRESENTATIVEfor the safety measures to be taken by him before any tie-in
work is taken-up.
Page 16 of 49
Page 531 of 635

18601810
1810
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
A-5 System Check / Inspection
 Provide inspection facilities to the OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVEto

check that installed facilities confirm to the approved piping and instrumentation
diagrams, construction drawings, vendor drawings and specifications approved
for construction. Note exceptions, if any on the separate list.
A-6 Site Modifications
 Carry out site modifications as found necessary during system check/ inspection
from operability point of view, maintenance and safety of the plant.
A-7 Flushing and Blowing
 Flushing schemes for various systems / subsystems / equipment should be

prepared well in advance and to be submitted to OWNER/OWNER
REPRESENTATIVEfor approval.
 Perform flushing using water and/or air of all piping to remove dirt, welding slag,
etc. after hydro testing (along with gasket / sheet blasting).
 Arrange for cleaning media for carrying out flushing / blowing and disposal of the
cleaning media in accordance with procedures to be adopted by the
CONTRACTOR and approved by OWNER/OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE.
 Following rates of cleaning media may be maintained:
 Air - 2.4 – 2.7 m/sec.
 Water - 1 – 1.2 m/sec.
 Adequate arrangements to be made by CONTRACTOR to avoid flooding of
existing facilities during flushing operation.
 System flushing with water shall be followed by air drying for removal of free
water. (Ensure complete drying particularly for chlorination system/acid/caustic
dosing system).
A-8 Temporary Spools, Strainers, Screens and Blinds
 Provide and install all strainers, both temporary and permanent.

 Clean strainers as required during pre-commissioning and commissioning.
 Provide, install and remove all blinds required for flushing or operation. (Install
and dismantle temporary pipe pools as and when required for pre-
commissioning and commissioning).
A-9 Leak, Vacuum and Pressure Tests
 Make non-operating leak tests and pressure tests on piping and all equipment,
including field-fabricated equipment.
 Conduct all tests in accordance with applicable statutory/safety/ other applicable
design codes and specifications. Detailed procedure for leak and pressure tests
on piping and field-fabricated equipment shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR
to the OWNER/OWNER REPRESENTATIVEfor approval.
 Notify the OWNER of test schedule at least two days in advance. All the tests
are to be witnessed and the test record on satisfactory completion of the test to
be signed by OWNER/OWNER's Representative.
 Provide 4 copies of all the test records to the OWNER.
 Conduct all tightness testing after leak test.
Page 17 of 49
Page 532 of 635

18611811
1811
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
A-10 Safety Devices
 Provide a list of proper settings for safety devices to the OWNER.

 Install all safety devices (including pressure relief valves) on the equipment after
calibration test and adjust all safety devices wherever necessary or desirable.
A-11 House Keeping
 Construction and operational area shall be properly cleaned up.

 Remove excess materials, temporary facilities and scaffolding and pick-up trash.
 Floor washing may be carried out to keep the area clean.
A-12 Equipment Protection and Spare Parts
 Protect equipment from normal weather conditions, corrosion, or damage before

commissioning.
A-13 Chemical Cleaning/Pickling
 Perform special chemical cleaning or pickling of the piping as required by

specification.
A-14 Miscellaneous
 To carry out any other check / test as required by OWNER/OWNER

REPRESENTATIVEand provide all test certificates as required by the
OWNER/OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE.
A-15 Operability Test for a System / Equipment
 Each system / equipment shall be given operability test for sufficient duration
(not less than 4 hours) to demonstrate worthiness of the system for normal
operation.
 The CONTRACTOR shall provide his proposal / procedures for carrying out the
operability test of each equipment / system to prove that the equipment system
installed meet the design specification. This shall also include the supply of log
sheets wherein the operating parameters shall be recorded hourly. The
operability test shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in presence of
OWNER’s/Owner's Representative and the Vendor representative wherever
applicable.
 The CONTRACTOR shall make necessary checks, adjustments, repairs
required for normal operation of the system / equipment.
 All the safety devices shall be tried for their proper operation.
 Upon completion of the operability test the log sheet with all observations shall
be signed by the CONTRACTOR, Vendor, OWNER's/Owner’s Representative.
The performance shall be evaluated based on the data and observations made
during the operability test.
B. SPECIFIC PROCEDURES
In addition to the work to be performed in accordance with the above, the detailed
procedures outlined below further define the work responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR
for specific systems and items of equipment.
Page 18 of 49
Page 533 of 635

18621812
1812
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
B-1 Vessels and Tanks
Vessel/tanks after erection and put in place have internals requiring field installations.
These internals shall be inspected before and after installation. Open man ways for
inspection of vessel for OWNER/OWNER's Representative inspection.
NOTE :
Vessels that have been pressure tested in the shop may require retesting if felt
necessary by the OWNER. The same may be included during the testing of connecting
piping systems wherever possible and approved by the OWNER/OWNER’S
REPRESENTATIVE.
B-2 Pumps, Compressors, Fans and Drivers
 Use Level base plates and sole plates. Alleviate any excess piping stresses that
may be imposed on pumps, compressors and drivers.
 Chemically clean complete lube and seal oil system when specified. Dispose off
waste and cleaning media as per OWNER instructions.
 Check alignment and ensure that levels of supports, etc. are in order.
 Charge the lube oil, seal oil and cooling systems with flushing oil and circulate
for cleaning purposes. Dispose of any flushing oil in accordance with the
OWNER's approved procedure.
 Charge the lube oil, grease, seal oil and oil cooling system as recommended by
the manufacturer.
 Ensure that all fittings supplied by vendor are installed in proper condition
 Ensure that there is no high vibration after equipment is put on rotation.
 Obtain service engineer for technical assistance during installation and / or pre-
commissioning and commissioning as specified.
Equipments:
All the equipments included in the scope of work/ scope of service /scope drawing/
within the battery limit will be in the scope of package vendor/ contractor.
B-3 Piping System
 Notify the OWNER, of hydro test schedule at least two days in advance system
by system during mechanical construction stage.
 Orifice plates, control valves and any other online instruments should not be
installed before testing and flushing. If installed, they shall be removed and
necessary spool pieces shall be provided in their place wherever required during
flushing to avoid damage.
 Piping system shall be thoroughly flushed and cleaned to the satisfaction of the
OWNER/OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE.
 Hydrostatically or pneumatically test all piping as required by the drawings or
specifications.
 After testing, drain and dispose of the test media as per the OWNER's
instructions.
 Piping will be dried as may be required using air.
 Check pipe hangers, supports, guides and pipe specialities for hot settings and
make minor adjustments as necessary.
 Install seals on valves where necessary. Replacement of dry up graphite seals
with fresh ones shall be in CONTRACTOR's scope of work.
 Correct support, vibration and problems detected during commissioning.
Page 19 of 49
Page 534 of 635

18631813
1813
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
B-4 Instrument System
 The CONTRACTOR shall make all non-operating checks that shall ensure
instrument operability i.e. remove all shipping stops, check pointer travels, and
verify instrument capability to measure, operate and stroke in the direction and
manner required by the process application.
 Clean all impulse lines (etc.) by blowing with cooled and filtered clean air
compatible with instrument components.
 Clean all air supply headers by blowing with clean air and check them for
tightness.
 Leak test pneumatic control circuits.
 Functional check of all instrument and controllers.
 Check all loops for proper functioning.
 Checking and recording positions of all valves.
 Check piping from instruments to process piping for tightness.
 Install and connect all system components and verify their conformance to
specifications and design criteria for functional and range using dummy
transmission signals as needed.
 Check all electrical signals and alarm wiring for continuity, correct source of
power and polarity.
 Check thermocouple for proper joining of wires, position of elements in wells,
proper polarity and continuity of receiving instruments.
 Identify orifice plates by tagging and check for proper installation of upstream
side of plates.
 Isolate or remove if necessary, the components such as control valves, positive
displacement meters, and turbine meters for pressure testing. Reinstall these
items after testing the system.
 Check bore of orifice plates and install these plates after completion of flushing
operations.
 Calibrate instruments with standard test equipment and make all required
adjustments and control point settings. Fully pressurize and energize the
transmitting and control signal system by opening process connections at
primary sensors and final regulators and by making control mode settings for
automatic operation of equipment as the plant is charged and brought on-
stream.
 Check setting of all alarm and shutdown switches.
 Check all shutdown/TRIP systems before commissioning.
 The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for testing and recalibration of all the safety
valves settings at site.
Page 20 of 49
Page 535 of 635

18641814
1814
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
CONSTRUCTION
SUPERVISION AND
MANAGEMENT
Page 21 of 49
Page 536 of 635

18651815
1815
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall have system for Construction Supervision & Management
at site. The scope of work/ service shall be as follows:-
i. Organize, plan and manage the installation work as a package contract.

ii. Development of QA plans, procedures, Inspection Test Plans(ITP) in line
with contract.
iii. Implementation of overall Quality Assurance and Quality Control system.
iv. Incoming material certification as per specification/drawing/contract.
v. Fix installation programs, targets etc. with agency and periodical review of
the same in consultation with Owner/Owners representative.
vi. All necessary services and site inspection for rectification of faulty works.
vii. Certifying quality and quantity of wok performed by agency and maintain
necessary records required for verifying contractor bills/ Invoice according
to the conditions of contract.
viii. Auditing at various phases of work.
ix. Reporting of Non conformance Report (NCR) and resolution thereof to
Owner/Owners representative.
x. Review and certify as built drawings and final documents made by
contractor.
xi. Management of safety, health and environment.
1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall construct Plant/Facilities in accordance with the

requirements of the Technical Standards/ Specifications, with proven/good
engineering practices and procedures. Such Facilities shall be safe, reliable and
suitable for their intended purpose.
1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide all supervision, labour, construction equipments,
tools & tackles, materials and consumables, temporary facilities, etc. and render all
support services necessary for the construction. Provision of construction power and
water shall be as per Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)/ General Conditions of
Contract (GCC).
1.4 The CONTRACTOR shall plan, execute, manage and control all the activities of the
package and the same will be part of this contract.
1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall arrange insurance coverage for all the personnel engaged
by him for the work as per statutory rules, regulations and local laws.
1.6 The CONTRACTOR shall insure all the materials and equipments against fire, flood,
earthquake, theft, etc. as per SCC/ GCC brought for the job till the Plant/Facilities are
commissioned and handed over to the OWNER.
1.7 The CONTRACTOR to ensure mechanizing the construction activities to the
maximum.
1.8 The CONTRACTOR is deemed to have full knowledge of the applicable laws and
regulations, conditions of labour, local conditions, the SITE conditions, environmental
aspects and shall comply with the requirements thereof.
1.9 The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize Construction Management
Services in a systematic and sequential manner to ensure that the Plant installation
is carried out in accordance with the approved engineering drawings, specifications,
standards, QA/QC procedures etc. and its mechanical completion is achieved within
targeted time schedule. Construction Management and Supervision is to be carried
out by the CONTRACTOR himself by deploying persons on his rolls and this activity
is not to be sub-contracted in any case.
Page 22 of 49
Page 537 of 635

18661816
1816
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
For this purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall deploy a Construction Management Team
headed by a qualified & experienced person at site. The Construction Management
team shall include engineers/ specialists in QA/QC, Project Control (Planning,
scheduling, monitoring), contracts, construction supervision, progress
measurement/billing, safety, warehousing, purchasing etc. Key personnel including
the Head should have sufficient qualification/experience and should not be changed
without concurrence from OWNER.
Curriculum vitae of all key Construction Personnel shall be submitted to Owner/PMC
at least 3 months before deployment. Owner/owner representative reserve the right
to interview these personnel before their mobilization.
1.10 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure delegation of adequate and sufficient powers
(including financial) to the Head of his Construction Team for effective and smooth
functioning of the construction management. Head Office(HO) support shall be
provided to the Head of Construction Team at site during construction on all matters
of project execution including the following:
- Field engineering.
- Vendor specialists required during execution of work.
- Rectification/replacement of defective supplies, if any, noticed during
execution of work.
- Expediting replacement of imported items found short/damaged.
- Required documentation for the material inspection at site
- Compilation and submission of Field Inspection documents in requisite copies
as per contract
- Documentation to meet Statutory/ regulatory requirements.
1.11 The construction supervision, co-ordination and management activities shall be
carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the construction procedures
developed and submitted by the CONTRACTOR and approved by OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare construction schedules within the framework of overall
contract schedule and submit to OWNER/PMC for approval. CONTRACTOR shall
plan, execute, monitor and control construction activities as per the approved
construction schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall depute a project team at site during construction phase under a
project coordinator for providing above-mentioned support to the Head of
Construction Team.
1.12 Most of the civil construction materials like cement, reinforcement bars, aggregates,
bricks, and structural steel are available locally. However, the material like cement,
reinforcement bars and structural steel shall be procured from approved vendors
only. The CONTRACTOR shall establish and maintain a material testing laboratory
for carrying on field tests during execution of contracts under different disciplines by
sub-contractor’s, at no extra cost to OWNER. The entire test equipments deployed
shall have valid test/calibration certificates traceable to relevant national/ international
standards. Such material tests, for which testing facility at site is not established,
shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR at testing laboratories approved by OWNER/
PMC at no extra cost. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the test records and the same
shall be made available for review/ inspection of OWNER/ PMC. Further,
OWNER/PMC reserve the right to witness/ inspect testing at the laboratory at no
extra cost to OWNER/PMC.
Page 23 of 49
Page 538 of 635

18671817
1817
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.13 Construction supervision and management functions to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR shall include the following as key functions for effective execution,
monitoring and control:
- Planning, scheduling, monitoring & reporting.
- Construction supervision, discipline wise.
- Quality assurance and quality control, discipline wise.
- Shipping, custom clearances, inland transportation
- Warehouse management and material control.
- Field engineering/Purchase.
- Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management
- Statutory clearances and enforcement of statutory rules/ regulations and
Labour Laws
- Personnel/administration/Industrial Relations
- Finance and Accounts
- Security
1.14 Whenever the hookup is to be done with the facilities under operation and other
package vendor, efforts shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to complete the work
and restore the system expeditiously. If required the work shall be continued round
the clock.
1.15 Over Dimensional cargo (ODC) movement to the erection site is included in the
scope of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the route survey
and report shall be submitted to OWNER well in advance. All the clearances,
approval from government agencies, local bodies, private parties, police, electricity /
telephone departments, Railway authorities, PWD, Highway authorities, various
departments of OWNER etc. for moving the ODC is included in the CONTRACTOR’s
scope. Before each movement, copy of the major clearance obtained shall be
forwarded to OWNER. The cost /deposits of such approval, which may be incurred
by the CONTRACTOR, shall be included in the lump sum price.
1.16 Any modification, dismantling, re-routing etc. of the permanent / temporary facilities
belonging to OWNER, private parties, public / government facilities including
provision of ramps at bridges to enable the ODC movement are in CONTRACTOR’s
scope.
1.17 Restoration of the all the modified, dismantled facilities to original condition is in the
scope of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall obtain no claim certificates from
such parties.
2.0 EXECUTION OF WORKS
The CONTRACTOR'S work during construction shall include but not be limited to the
following:
i) Prepare and submit all the Plans, Procedures and documents to OWNER as
specified in the contract.
ii) Establish requisite site organization staffed by competent and experienced
specialists, supervisors and inspectors.
iii) Supervise, Coordinate and manage the activities performed at site by him and
by his sub-contractors for execution of work and render all technical/specialist
services.
Page 24 of 49
Page 539 of 635

18681818
1818
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
v) Plan and schedule the construction work, monitor and take timely corrective
action when required to adhere to approved execution schedule.
vi) Plan, allocate and mobilize required resources, manpower, and construction
equipment/materials, commensurate with construction plan/schedule.
vii) Provide all temporary facilities required for Construction including drinking
water, lighting, office space, electronic transmission of drawings &
documents, printing facilities, rest rooms, crèches, first-aid, fire protection
system, toilets, canteen facilities, labour hutments, transport facilities for the
workers and staff.
viii) Prepare & implement Quality Control and Quality Assurance plan.
ix) Prepare & implement Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) plan.
x) Report beforehand and take approval from OWNER/ owner representative
regarding use of any equipment and/or material not conforming to the
contract, drawings and specifications.
xi) Execute and supervise all modification works as required or suggested by
OWNER/ owner representative as a part of approved change orders.
xii) Erect and install the equipments and materials according to the approved
specifications and procedures.
xiii) Establish required Field Inspection and Testing Laboratories at site to
carryout tests as specified in the standards/specifications of the contract.
xiv) To organize and obtain all applicable clearances/approvals from statutory
bodies/authorities, as required by the laws of land for the work executed at
site shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR under the contract.
xv) Obtain approval of OWNER/ owner representative for Welding Procedure
Specifications (WPS)/ Procedure Qualification Records (PQR) as required.
Carry out inspection, non-destructive tests and analyze and certify
acceptability of all welds and materials in accordance with specified Technical
Standards. Carry out inspection and testing of incoming materials as per
agreed procedures.
xvi) Prepare detailed schemes for Heavy/Critical Equipments' movement /
erection / lifting / rigging and submit the same for review / approval to
OWNER/ owner representative before undertaking such Critical/Heavy
lifts/movements. Any modifications required including dismantling and re-
erection of structures/piping, etc. for the existing facilities for smooth flow of
such heavy equipment shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR at his own
cost. However, prior approval for such modifications shall be required from
the OWNER.
xvii) Organize and conduct Weekly Project Review meeting related to site
construction activities.
xviii) Provide daily work progress reports and detailed weekly and monthly
progress reports summarizing percentage completion of the work including
status of drawings, materials and effects on approved schedule, areas of
concern and corrective actions required thereof. CONTRACTOR shall also
identify any foreseeable delays in any aspect of the WORK and take
corrective actions to eliminate/minimize the effect on Overall Completion
Schedule. All progress shall be quantified.
Page 25 of 49
Page 540 of 635

18691819
1819
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
xix) Take photographs and video recording of Project Construction Progress on
regular basis and submit the same to OWNER/ owner representative on
monthly basis along with the Monthly Progress Report.
xx) Prepare and submit records of all site meetings and any other related
documents to all parties concerned within two (2) days of the meeting.
xxi) Prepare and submit safety and labour relation procedures in line with all
applicable codes, regulations and OWNER'S requirements.
xxii) Supervise and monitor all safety and labour relation functions as per agreed
procedures and applicable laws of the land and report to OWNER
immediately for any violations and injuries.
xxiii) If any part of the facilities is completed and is under operation, while other
parts of the facilities are under construction, or work is to be carried in running
Plant , it is essential that rigid safety rules be prepared and maintained for all
WORKS in accordance with the requirements of OWNER/ owner
representative .
xxiv) Maintaining all the records generated during project execution up-to-date and
made available to OWNER/ owner representative whenever requested.
These records shall be handed over to OWNER on completion of the work at
no extra cost to OWNER.
xxv) Carryout warehouse management and material control in accordance with
approved procedure.
xxvi) Take all necessary precautions and required actions to protect construction
work and materials from damage by local weather conditions and ongoing
construction activities in the vicinity, theft and pilferage etc. till handing over of
the plant to OWNER.
xxvii) Take insurance policies for materials in transit and storage-cum-erection risk
and other insurance covers required for men and materials at site as per
SCC/ GCC in consultation with OWNER.
xxviii) Undertake housekeeping including sweeping, clean up to maintain
cleanliness, sanitation, removing excess materials, temporary facilities,
scaffolding, etc. on regular basis till handed over to OWNER.
xxix) Prepare and submit to OWNER/ owner representative the following daily
reports for package activities covering the following:
a. Weather
b. Manpower deployment category wise
c. Equipments& machinery
d. Work Progress
xxx) Ensure the control of all works with regard to its impact on the surrounding
environment as per regulatory/ statutory requirement.
xxxi) Ensure works are performed in compliance with OWNER'S Safety Permit
System requirements wherever applicable.
xxxii) Arrange and coordinate the visits of suppliers representatives/specialists at
site.
xxxiii) All material handling equipment, tools, tackles, hoisting and lifting
equipments/ machineries should be subjected to required load test initially
and then periodically, to ensure safe/stable operation.
Page 26 of 49
Page 541 of 635

18701820
1820
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
xxxiv) Organize field engineering work, wherever required and ensure timely
resolution of interface problems / site constraints in consultation with
OWNER/owner representative.
xxxv) Prepare and certify material reconciliation statement on completion of work to
enable OWNER to take over the surplus materials, as applicable.
xxxvi) Organize the codification and handing over of surplus materials (as
applicable) and spares/ tools and tackles to the OWNER on completion of
work.
xxxvii) Provide weekly/daily activity plan for site inspection.
xxxviii) Develop a phased mechanical completion program to facilitate sequential
Pre-commissioning/Commissioning activities in a logical manner to meet the
Overall Project Schedule.
xxxviii) Remove / demolish all temporary structures/ establishments/ facilities created
by the CONTRACTOR / his sub-contractors during the execution of the work
and restore the site to its original condition.
xxxix) Estimate monthly consumption of following utilities (if provided by OWNER):
a. Industrial water
b. Drinking water
c. Electricity
xl) Organize and conduct Positive Material Identification (PMI) of incoming
materials and of materials & welds after erection/installation, but prior to hydro
testing of facilities, using Portable Alloy Analyzer with print out facility as per
procedure approved by OWNER/ owner representative (Refer Document
No. 6-82-0002). Any non-conformance detected shall be removed and
replaced prior to final hydro testing.
xli) Develop colour coding scheme (to avoid mix up during fabrication and
erection) for piping material and get it approved from OWNER/ owner
representative.
xlii) Carry out tightening of flange joints by using hydraulic tensioner/ torque
wrench as per specifications. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that stud bolts are
ordered extra long to facilitate tensioning.
xliii) Organize safety induction programme for their manpower before deployment
on work and at regular intervals thereafter.
CONTRACTOR shall draw up a detailed activity list of pre shutdown activities and
shutdown activities (wherever applicable) and submit the same for the approval of
the OWNER/ owner representative . All endeavors shall be made to maximize the
pre-fabrication before the planned shut down and to minimize the work during
shutdown period. All such activities shall be identified and appropriately planned for
temporary supports, scaffolding, clamping arrangements, enabling works, etc. so that
the quantum of the work during the shutdown can be minimized.
3.0 EXECUTION PLANS

CONTRACTOR shall submit package Execution Plan to OWNER/ owner
representative for review/approval during kick-off meeting. The Plan shall detail the
execution methodology of the CONTRACTOR during execution phase of the
Package covering following aspects as minimum –
Page 27 of 49
Page 542 of 635

18711821
1821
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
3.1 Construction Management Plan
CONTRACTOR shall submit Construction Management Plan to OWNER/ owner
representative for approval during kick-off meeting. The Plan shall detail the
management methodology to be applied during the construction phase of the
PROJECT, along with a list of procedures to be utilized in undertaking the work.
All reference procedures and detail work plans referred to in this document must be
submitted for review and approval by OWNER/ owner representative at least (4) four
weeks in advance of actual commencement of the activity concerned.
3.2 Construction Execution Plan:
It shall include the following as minimum:
3.2.1 Contractor’s manpower and man-hour histogram by major section and discipline and
their manpower deployment schedule on monthly basis.
3.2.2 Major equipment mobilization plan on monthly basis with short description.
CONTRACTOR to develop this plan with due consideration to maximize the
mechanization of construction activities.
Other plans of CONTRACTOR and procedures to be submitted at least four (4)
weeks prior to start of respective activity at site, include the following as a minimum:
a. Develop/ prepare pre-shut down/ shut down and post shut down plan
including resource mobilization plan and submit to OWNER/ owner
representative for approval(where applicable).
b. Develop/ prepare construction/erection plan/procedures and submit to
OWNER/ owner representative for approval.
c. Temporary facilities, etc.
d. Piling plan (if applicable)
e. Barricading Plan
f. Scaffolding plan
g. Excavation and underground work plan If applicable
h. Heavy transport and heavy lifting plan (Rigging Plan), If applicable
i. Pre-fabrication plan
j. Other activity plans e.g. piping, equipment and steel structure erection plan
etc.
k. Monsoon counter measures and preparation
l. Emergency Evacuation Procedure
m. Storm Management Plan
n. Schemes to carry out works in inclement weather
Contractor shall ensure that lay down area (as applicable) given to him shall be
utilized optimally.
3.3 Sub-Contracting Plan

If CONTRACTOR proposes to engage sub-contractor(s) for the execution of some of
the activities at site, a preliminary sub-contracting plan along with the identified scope
of work for each sub-contract shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR to the Owner/
owner representative However, the credentials of proposed Sub-contractor(s)’s
Page 28 of 49
Page 543 of 635

18721822
1822
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR on award of work, which shall be evaluated
by OWNER/ owner representative at SITE for acceptance. CONTRACTOR shall
not be permitted to change the sub-contractor under any circumstances without prior
approval of OWNER/ owner representative . Non-compliance of the above shall be
strictly dealt within relevant provision(s) of the contract.
The sub-contracting plan shall cover
i) Sub-contracting philosophy
ii) List and scope of work of each subcontract
iii) Subcontract administration plan
iv) Organization chart of each sub-contractor.
The list and major scope of each subcontract shall not be changed from those of the
CONTRACTOR’S plan unless specially approved by OWNER.
4.0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

The CONTRACTOR shall arrange the following temporary facilities as the minimum
(including for his sub-contractors also):
i) Exact location of temporary work area, access and general layout inside the
area.
ii) Planning and description of the temporary facilities such as:
a. Site office and Fabrication yards, Open storage area and Warehouse
b. Miscellaneous workshops including maintenance area for construction
equipments.
c. Temporary roads including access road to Plant, fencing and gates
d. Security, watch & ward, security gates, etc.
e. Utility supply systems viz. Construction power with DG Sets, water,
drinking water etc.
f. Area lighting
g. Fire fighting equipments
h. Drainage and Sanitation
i. Camp Accommodation
j. Field Testing Laboratory
k. Radiography Source Pit as per BARC Guidelines
l. Film processing and viewing labs
m. Communication facilities viz. Telephone, Fax, E-mail, electronic
transmission of drawings./ documents, etc.
n. Hutments, transport, Pantry and Canteen for staff and workers.
Hutments/ labour colony shall not be allowed inside complex.
o. Vehicle parking area including equipment & machinery for package
work.
p. First aid arrangement/ medical and health care facilities
Page 29 of 49
Page 544 of 635

18731823
1823
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
q. Gate pass for workmen/officials/ vehicles as per OWNER security
system.
r. Work Permits as per Owner’s prevailing system.
CONTRACTOR shall develop the temporary facilities layout for approval of OWNER/
owner representative .
5.0 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, SCHEDULING, MONITORING & REPORTING
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for construction Planning, Scheduling,
Monitoring and Reporting activities at site in line with the overall master schedule and
details stipulated elsewhere in the PACKAGE.
6.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring quality of construction
(including materials) carried out by him/his approved sub-contractors in accordance
with the requirements given in section for Quality Assurance / Quality Control
(QA/QC) during construction including all documents referred therein.
7.0 WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT & MATERIAL CONTROL
The CONTRACTOR shall construct/ build warehousing facilities (both covered and
open) appropriate for storing materials required for the job. The facilities shall
include proper lighting, fire protection system, office/rest rooms/toilets for warehouse
personnel.
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain all statutory/regulatory approvals from concerned
authorities for all warehouse equipment, instruments etc. The CONTRACTOR shall
comply with statutory/regulatory regulations for storage of any material covered
under Explosives rules.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out the Warehouse
Management and Material Control in accordance with the approved warehousing
procedure and material control procedure, which is to be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR during kick-off meeting. The activities shall include but not limited to:
- Transport Liaison, both for imported materials as well as materials procured
indigenously, from the time of dispatch up to receipt at site.
- Transportation Plan (i) from source to site (ii) site to erection location.
- Filing of insurance Claims and follow up.
- Documentation for control and accounting of materials.
- Generation and upkeep of Traceability Records for materials.
- Materials Control & Issue.
- Inventory Checks.
- Field Requisition and Purchase.
- Spare & Tools including handing over of mandatory Spares/Tools to the
OWNER as per the terms of the contract.
- Material Appropriation and Handing Over of all items to OWNER with Owner’s
codification system.
- Security.
- Taking up with suppliers on short supplied items and placing replacement
orders for lost/damaged items.
Page 30 of 49
Page 545 of 635

18741824
1824
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
- Intimating short/lost/damaged items received at site and further replacement
action, as applicable.
CONTRACTOR shall generate and issue following reports:
- Fortnightly statement of consignments in transit.
- Daily report of material received.
- Material receipt status and inventory status w.r.t. material delivery schedule
- Material Inspection Report with respect to materials received at site
- Report on Over/Short/Reject/Damage (OSRD) receipts against each
consignment on receipt at warehouse.
- Weekly status of consignments, Material Receipt Report (MRRs)
- Monthly status of field purchase.
- Monthly status of over, short, reject & damage (OSRD) settlement.
- Monthly status of piping material MTO V/s Actual receipt.
- Log Register of Rotating Equipments maintenance
- Daily Stock Position of structural steel
- Any other report as desired by OWNER/ owner representative .
8.0 FIELD ENGINEERING
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for controlling and issue of technical drawings
and documents, preparation of field sketches, field modifications,
checking/preparation of as-built drawings, etc. CONTRACTOR should have
adequate facilities for incorporating field changes, preparation of As-built drawings,
Printing machines and Drawing & Document Control System.
9.0 FIELD TENDERING
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out field tendering activities, as
required from the site itself.
10.0 FIELD PURCHASE
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out field purchase activities, as
required.
Field Purchase items are restricted to those required for running and maintenance of
the field offices, items required to expedite construction work and items found short,
missing or damaged against the main order when received at the site. Any material
purchased from field for usage in the plant should have proper inspection certificate
and should be purchased from OWNER/ owner representative approved suppliers.
If required by OWNER/ owner representative , check testing of the material samples
selected by OWNER/ owner representative shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR
without any extra commercial implication.
11.0 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
Management at site for the package activities to be carried out by him/his approved
sub-contractors in accordance with regulatory and statutory requirement. In addition
this package vendor shall follow the requirements mentioned in section for Health,
Safety and Environment Management during package execution.
Page 31 of 49
Page 546 of 635

18751825
1825
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
12.0 HOUSE KEEPING
It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to maintain general cleanliness and
proper housekeeping at work site. CONTRACTOR shall organize disposal of
excavated earth /garbage/ rubbish/scrap, etc. on day to day basis to identified
disposal areas/safe areas and forward daily report for the same indicating the details
of men and machinery deployed for the purpose; if asked by OWNER/ owner
representative .
Wastage and serviceable/ unserviceable scrap generated during dismantling and
regular works shall be segregated and dumped in designated locations in
consultation with OWNER/ owner representative . Earth and landfill materials if
generated shall be dumped at locations identified by OWNER/ owner representative
, otherwise outside the Project Site and the required fees charged by the local
authorities shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR without any extra cost to OWNER.
13.0 INDUSTRIAL LABOUR RELATIONS
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for industrial relation functions and
implementation of labour laws at site. CONTRACTOR'S staff shall be suitably trained
and experienced in Labour Relation functions so as to ensure a good relationship
with labour and to prevent the occurrence of industrial disputes resulting in
subsequent delays or work stoppages. In particular, CONTRACTOR shall maintain
close liaison with OWNER/ owner representative .
CONTRACTOR shall maintain proper liaison with Statutory Authorities and local
bodies and shall be responsible to implement and observe all statutory laws at site.
CONTRACTOR must have in his staff; a well experienced Labour Relation Officer.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the records of wages paid in a wage register, PF, etc.
as per statutory regulations.
CONTRACTOR shall report immediately to OWNER/PMC any problems including
labour disputes, fight, and work stoppages. A written report shall be submitted to
OWNER/PMC within 24 hours of the incident.
CONTRACTOR must submit a Labour Relation Plan including their sub-contractor(s)
prior to the start of the work/within one month of award of the contract, whichever is
earlier, mentioning as a minimum:
A detailed estimate of the number of labour, both indirect and direct, sorted by craft.
a. Outline recruiting plans for all manpower requirements.
b. Identify personnel involved with labour relations and outline procedures to
mitigate labour disputes & problems.
c. Labour welfare plan
CONTRACTOR shall hold labour relations meeting twice a month with their work
force as well as a separate meeting with the OWNER/owner representative.
14.0 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS/MACHINARIES
The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize the construction
equipments/machinaries and other tools/tackles in a sequential manner and ensure
that plant installation is carried out in a mechanized manner to the extent possible
and its mechanical completion is achieved within targeted time schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure deployment of the following construction
equipment/machinaries as a minimum as per requirement to the maximum extent –
i. Cranes of different capacities
Page 32 of 49
Page 547 of 635

18761826
1826
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
ii. Tower crane
iii. Portable Alloy Analyzers with print out facility
iv. X-ray and Radiography sources
v. Stress Relieving Equipments with Recording facility
vi. All weather fabrication sheds
vii. Blast cleaning and Painting Shop
viii. Welding machines
ix. DG sets
x. Electrical and Instrumentation equipments/measuring devices etc.
xi. Concrete Vibrators
xii. Bevel Cutting Machines
xiii. Test Pumps
xiv. Compressors
xv. Gas and Mechanical cutting devices
xvi. Various inspection / measuring devices
In order to minimize fabrication at site, all (major) fabricated equipment like Tanks,
Vessels shall be transported preferably in single piece due to limitation of space at
site. Deviation to this shall be specified at the bidding stage itself. CONTRACTOR
shall carry out the route survey for transportation of 'Over Dimensioned
Consignments' including waterways from source of manufacture/supply to site well in
advance of placement of order to ensure unhindered transportation of the same to
construction site. CONTRACTOR shall arrange Cranes of suitable capacities to
match with the erection requirements and inform the source and ownership of the
same.
Crane movement roads are to be clearly identified and marked on the plot plan
before planning of such movement. Construction of hard stands for positioning of
crane in the fabrication yard and at erection site/locations including approach roads
to the hard stands from the plant roads shall be CONTRACTOR’S responsibility. The
hard stands shall be suitable for the crane loads (self load + equipment load) to
facilitate erection works and to be tested for any settlement.
For the purpose of Equipment Erection, the CONTRACTOR shall deploy a Rigging
team headed by a Rigging Foreman/Engineer reporting to concerned Area Engineer.
Area Engineer should be well conversant with various erection techniques
and shall be responsible for preparing erection schemes in accordance with the
approved procedures and based on crane manuals and suiting to plant layout. Area
Engineer shall have to foresee various other construction activities in the
surroundings areas while planning erection schemes including safety aspects of man
and machinery also.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare erection schedule in line with the overall project
schedule of the Plant in phased manner with erection schemes of various
equipments, vessels and submit to OWNER/ owner representative for approval,
Monitoring and control of erection schedule and erection activities shall be carried out
by the contractor as per the approved procedures.
For efficient working and maintenance of construction aids, CONTRACTOR shall
establish and maintain crane yard / workshop equipped with regular maintenance
facilities for various construction aids for carrying out routine field maintenance during
Page 33 of 49
Page 548 of 635

18771827
1827
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
performance of the contract. Temporary approach road and hard stands, wherever
required for the movement of the Cranes and other vehicles for equipment erection
and transportation of material shall be properly planned and made by the
CONTRACTOR. Weekly/fortnightly maintenance shall be planned in such a way that
the same does not hamper the erection schedule.
During performances of the work, CONTRACTOR must ensure that structures,
materials and equipments are adequately braced with Guys, Struts or any other
means as deemed fit & approved by Owner/ owner representative. Such means shall
be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTORS as required till the erection works
is satisfactorily completed. Such guys, shoring, bracing, strutting, planking supports
etc. shall not interfere with the work of other agencies and shall not damage or cause
distortion to works executed by other agencies. All lifting tools, tackles and cranes
shall be tested periodically by statutory/ competent authorities for their load carrying
capacity. Such relevant valid/test certificates shall be submitted to OWNER/ owner
representative for review before actual use of the tools, tackles and cranes.
CONTRACTOR shall submit the construction equipment deployment schedule. Daily
construction equipment deployment report will also be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR to OWNER/ owner representative.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure the timely augmentation of the men, equipments and
machinery depending upon the exigencies of the work to meet the overall project
schedule and as per instructions of OWNER/ owner representative.
15.0 CONSTRUCTION MANPOWER
The CONTRACTOR is required to organize and mobilize construction staff/
manpower in a sequential manner to ensure that the work is carried out in
accordance with the construction schedule. Mobilization of construction staff should
be such that the progress achieved in phased manner should match with the overall
Project Schedule.
For this purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly indicate in his construction
methodology whether work shall be done departmentally or by engaging sub-
contractor or the combination of both. CONTRACTOR shall prepare detailed
methodology for the work to be carried out departmentally as well as through sub-
contractors clearly, defining the scope and responsibility of CONTRACTOR and his
sub-contractors.
The works of all sub-contractors shall be managed by the construction staff of the
main CONTRACTOR who shall perform the duties of construction management and
shall administer, coordinate, and inspect the works of the sub-contractor(s) and be
responsible for the Quality and timely completion of respective works. The
CONTRACTOR shall establish the pre-requisites for successful completion of sub-
contractor (s) work. However, by deploying the sub-contractor (s), as approved by
OWNER/ owner representative for any discipline, does not absolve the
CONTRACTOR of his total responsibility under the subject contract.
The CONTRACTOR must note that in case of any sub-contractors' failure to execute
the works as per standards/specifications/drawings and/or negligence &
disobedience in carrying out any order or instruction of OWNER/ owner
representative, the same shall be viewed very seriously and any action as deemed fit
in accordance with provision(s) of the contract shall be taken by OWNER/ owner
representative.
CONTRACTOR must submit the construction manpower deployment schedule along
with the bid. Daily construction manpower deployment report shall also be submitted
by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER/ owner representative on approved format. Any
Page 34 of 49
Page 549 of 635

18781828
1828
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
additional manpower of any category required to be deployed during the actual
execution of the work to meet the Project time schedule and as instructed by
OWNER/ owner representative , shall be mobilized by the CONTRACTOR within a
reasonable time. Mobilization of such additional manpower by the CONTRACTOR
shall not entitle him for any additional compensation at all.
All construction supervision, coordination and management activities shall be carried
out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the construction procedures approved
by OWNER/ owner representative. CONTRACTOR shall prepare construction
schedules based on the Overall Project Schedule of the PLANT and submit the same
to OWNER/ owner representative for approval. Monitoring and control of the
construction activities shall be carried out as per the approved construction schedule
& procedures.
16.0 INTERFACE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that his interface with other CONTRACTORS is smooth
and cordial. In case of any dispute, OWNER/ owner representative decision shall be
binding.
OWNER/ owner representative may arrange weekly/fortnightly/monthly interface
meetings. The CONTRACTOR shall depute concerned personnel to attend these
meetings.
Generally, the following interfaces may be present:
 CONTRACTOR shall allow movement of persons/ material/ equipment/
vehicles belonging to other CONTRACTORS or OWNER/ owner
representative through the roads constructed by him.
 CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with ‘neighboring’ contractors for maintaining
elevations/levels of various interconnecting services.
 CONTRACTOR shall not dump his earth, scrap or any material in other
Contractors’ area. He shall cooperate with OWNER/ owner representative in
maintaining good housekeeping throughout the complex.
 CONTRACTOR shall ensure proper drainage and no water logging in his
area/other areas.
 If requested by the OWNER/ owner representative, CONTRACTOR shall
allow testing of materials of other Contractors in his laboratory, in case of
emergency.
 CONTRACTOR shall clearly define in the interface meeting with other
contractors their erection / construction interface at their Battery limits.
 Contractor shall interface with other vender in the battery limit for smooth
execution and commissioning of work.
Page 35 of 49
Page 550 of 635

18791829
1829
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
HEALTH, SAFETY AND
ENVIRONMENT (HSE)
MANAGEMENT DURING
CONSTRUCTION FOR THE
PACKAGE
Page 36 of 49
Page 551 of 635

18801830
1830
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 Specification for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management (Spec. No. 6-
82-0001, Rev. 6), is required to be followed by CONTRACTOR during
Construction/execution Phase at site.
2.0 CONTRACTOR shall have a documented HSE policy to cover commitment of the
organization to ensure Health, Safety and Environment aspects in the line of
operation.
3.0 It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ensure that safe construction
procedures are complied with. CONTRACTOR will also ensure that adequate First
Aid medical facilities are available for emergency purpose and that safety practices
as per the approved safety procedure are followed by his sub-contractors also.
CONTRACTOR to ensure safety measures at the minimum like:
a) The use of safety gadgets, viz. safety goggles, helmets, safety shoes,
uniform, full body harness, provision of safety net for construction at higher
elevations and provision of toe boards in scaffolding platforms, etc.
b) All hot works must be performed by ensuring compliance to the requirements
as specified by the Owner from time to time.
c) Barricading of crane movement areas / Radiography areas
d) Proper earthing of equipments.
e) Proper shoring / strutting of Excavated Areas, as applicable.
f) Cylinders of inflammable gases to be stacked upright.
To assist in the development of an effective safety program, a safety checklist for
various jobs shall be developed by the CONTRACTOR and the same shall be
adhered to by the Contractor's Site-In-charge/Head of the site work.
The responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR will include but not limited to:
- Coordination and supervision of the details of the job safety programme.
- Initiation of accident reporting, investigation and follow-up actions.
- Preparation of periodic accident summaries.
- Periodic Accident Analysis Reports
- Tallying safety inspection of the job and submission of summary inspection
report to OWNER/ owner representative.
- Obtaining work permits from the OWNER, wherever applicable.
- Check the fitness of cranes and other hoisting equipments on periodic
basis/before all major lifts and submit to Owner/ owner representative
valid/latest test certificates of tackles used for lifting.
- Submission of any other report required by Owner/ owner representative.
4.0 Relevant guidelines on Safety Practices during Construction and Contractor Safety
prepared by Atomic Energy Regulations Board (AERB) shall be followed by the
contractor at site. These are supplementary requirements in addition to
specification for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management (Spec. No. 6-
82-0001Rev. 6) to be followed by the CONTRACTOR at site. In addition, the
CONTRACTOR is required to maintain and submit Safety Statistics for last three
years along with the bid as per Performa enclosed.
Page 37 of 49
Page 552 of 635

18811831
1831
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
5.0 Any Observation on Safety aspects by owner/ owner representative shall raise OSA
format which has to be acknowledged & compliance to be done by the contractor
within the agreed time period.
6.0 The contractor/package vendor shall keep minimum one number of safety steward,
one number of safety supervisor and one number safety officer/engineer.
Page 38 of 49
Page 553 of 635

18821832
1832
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
EXHIBIT - SAFETY STATISTICS
Sr. Description Year 2015 Year 2016 Year 2017

No.
1 Number of Fatal Accidents
2 Number of Reportable Lost
Time Injuries (RLTI)
3 Number of Near Miss
Accidents / Dangerous
Occurrences
4 Number of First Aid
Accidents
5 Number of Man Hours
Worked without (RLTI)
6 Number of Man hours lost
due to Accidents
7 Frequency Rate
8 Severity Rate
 Only construction site to be considered for statistics and not the office.
 For every site separate sheet with above details to be submitted for the aforesaid
periods.
Page 39 of 49
Page 554 of 635

18831833
1833
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
OBSERVATION ON SAFETY ASPECTS
Job No: Name of Work: No:

FOI/LOANo:
Issued To : M/s Date of issue:
Location Of Work:
Item Of Work:
Details Of Lapses/Shortfalls/Hazards Identified Recommended Course Of Action
Suspension of work required till resolution.

(Yes/No)
Time Allowed For Correction:
Issued By: Received by:

Name : Name:
Designation: Signature:
Signature: Date and Time:
Corrective Action Report By Contractor/Vendor:
Date: Name And Signature:
Distribution Before Resolution:

RCM/ Area Coordinator/QA Mgr :
Verification Of Resolution By Issuer/Area Coordinator/ owner/ owner representative:
Name:
Date: Signature:
Distribution After Resolution:
: RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Page 40 of 49
Page 555 of 635

18841834
1834
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY
CONTROL (QA/QC) DURING
CONSTRUCTION
Page 41 of 49
Page 556 of 635

18851835
1835
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
1.0 SCOPE
This document shall be applicable to all package works to be executed by
CONTRACTOR.
2.0 RESPONSIBILITY
It is Contractor/package vendor prime responsibility to arrange/produce the product
conforming to contract specifications and inspect all equipment, materials and works
at various stages of execution as per the approved QA Plans. In addition, they have
to coordinate all efforts in this regard directly with the OWNER/ owner representative
and other involved agencies to give adequate confidence that the activities are
performed as per agreed ITPs and necessary documentation is available.
Verification by Owner/ owner representative at any stage shall not relieve
CONTRACTOR of his responsibility towards quality of the product.
The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all statutory/regulatory rules & regulations in
force during execution of work and interface with such authorities as required.
3.0 METHODOLOGY
The management of construction quality control is divided into the following
categories:-
(1) Procurement of materials required for the package work.
(2) Execution of package
(3) QA/QC Audits
3.1 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR EXCECUTION OF WORK
The CONTRACTOR shall develop list(s) defining the items to be procured along with
proposed Vendors for approval of the Owner/ owner representative. The list shall
comprise of all the items including tanks, vessels, equipments, pumps, electrical/
instrumentation panels etc. which may be available directly ready for installation or
requiring small fabrication as per requirement. The vendor list shall be in line with
the contract document. In case, no vendor list exists in the contract for a particular
item, the CONTRACTOR shall propose a list of Vendors to Owner/ owner
representative. CONTRACTOR has to satisfy himself with the capability of the
vendor to deliver the product in time with quality before proposing him as a
prospective vendor. CONTRACTOR shall submit the QA/QC plans for all major
items and carry out their procurement in line with the approved plans. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide his own adequate qualified staff for inspection
Involvement of OWNER/ owner representative in the quality control plan, if required,
shall be defined during approval of the same.
3.2 EXECUTION OF WORK

(i) The QA plans for execution shall be developed by the CONTRACTOR.
OWNER/ owner representative approval for the same shall be taken well
before start of the work. The final Inspection & Test Plans (ITPs) and formats,
shall be developed by the CONTRACTOR as per contract specifications for
approval by OWNER/ owner representative.
CONTRACTOR shall be completely responsible for management of approved
quality plans and OWNER/owner representative involvement will be only of
Surveillance in nature to randomly check the works at selective/critical
junctures. Their role shall be to monitor that the CONTRACTOR is executing
the quality plans as per the approved drawings, employing adequately
qualified staff and other resources for various items of works. Any deviation
Page 42 of 49
Page 557 of 635

18861836
1836
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
to the specifications shall be brought to the notice of OWNER/ owner
representative in prescribed formats by CONTRACTOR for approval.
(ii) It is likely that the CONTRACTOR may engage sub-contractor(s)/vendors for
performance of the work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring
the implementation of approved QA plan, contract specifications and contract
conditions through their sub-contractors to achieve the quality during all
stages of construction. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
ensure proper coordination between his sub- contractor(s) and other agencies
working at site.
The sub-contractor(s)/vendors selection shall be done after evaluation by the
CONTRACTOR in line with contract requirements and shall be got approved
by Owner/owner representative before engaging them for the works.
(iii) Storage
All the materials procured shall be stored/stacked as per the standard norms
and as recommended in various clauses of relevant codes and contract
document. The storage of material shall be such as to avoid damage to
life/properties (physical and chemical) of the materials. The storage shall not
cause deterioration, rusting, mix-up etc. and hamper the other related works
in any way. CONTRACTOR shall submit his detailed warehouse plan for
OWNER/ owner representative approval to manage the above in
open/covered areas.
The materials susceptible to fire shall be kept away in a separate protected
place.
In general, the materials shall be kept systematically in order of their class,
batch number and identification number, so that they are accessible for the
inspection by OWNER/ owner representative whenever required and to avoid
the mix up in those materials.
(iv) Use
The materials shall be stacked in such a way that the lot, which is procured
first, will be consumed first. For materials which are having specific expiry
date/ shelf life shall not be used beyond that date and shall be removed from
site. Wherever there is any doubt about the change in properties of the
materials, such materials shall be sent to reputed approved laboratory for
testing and acceptance.
(v) Inspection
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for carrying out inspection of the
materials brought at site and conducting tests/ checks (at site or in approved
laboratories) at predefined frequencies as per contract. It is the responsibility
of the CONTRACTOR to ensure that the materials used at site shall conform
to relevant codes/ standards and Manufacturer Test Certificates are available
for correlation as and when required. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the
records of all materials brought at site and tests conducted on them. The
owner /owner representative reserve rights to verify the details during any
stage of contract.
(vi) In process and final Inspection
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to arrange verification of products during
in- process and final inspection. Relevant checks and tests shall be arranged
for the works performed and records maintained. Tolerances achieved with
respect to contract specification and execution drawings for various
Page 43 of 49
Page 558 of 635

18871837
1837
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
activities/processes shall be ascertained and submitted to OWNER/ owner
representative for approval. Efforts shall be made to keep checks and
controls in such a way that a non-conforming product is avoided. However, if
in an isolated case, the tolerances are beyond the acceptable values given in
the contract/execution drawings/codes, non-conformance resolution/Deviation
permit need to be raised by the CONTRACTOR and got approved/resolved
from OWNER/ owner representative. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the
records of all process and inspections conducted by them for verification by
owner/owner representative.
CONTRACTOR shall mobilize Portable Alloy Analyser(s) with printout facility

and carry out 'Positive Material Identification (PMI)' of materials and welds
after erection/installation but prior to hydro-testing. Any non-conformance
detected shall be removed and replaced prior to final hydro testing.
The CONTRACTOR shall develop color coding scheme of stored piping
materials to avoid mixing up of material at different stages of construction and
submit it to OWNER/owner representative for approval
vii) Any Observation on quality aspects , owner/owner representative shall raise
OQA format which has to be acknowledged & compliance to be done by the
contractor within the agreed time period.
viii) The CONTRACTOR shall follow the requirements given for control of
monitoring and measuring devices as per table-1.
3.3 QA/QC AUDITS
During the execution of the works, CONTRACTOR shall carry out periodical Quality
Audits at least quarterly in all areas of work. These audits will be conducted by a
team of specialists in the respective areas. The auditors shall not be directly involved
in the jobs being audited.
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare an Audit Plan and Procedure and submit the same
to OWNER/ owner representative for approval.
A copy of the Audit Report containing the findings of the Audit team will be submitted
to OWNER/ PMC. After completion of rectification/modifications/corrective actions on
the issues indicated in Audit Report, Compliance Report shall be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR to OWNER/ owner representative for review.
Over and above the Contractor’s Internal QA/QC Audits outlined above, OWNER/
owner representative shall also reserve the right to conduct QA/QC audits at the
frequency decided by them. CONTRACTOR shall participate and provide full
support to the Audit Team and furnish all documents/reports/records as desired by
the Audit Team. The CONTRACTOR shall take all actions required to comply with
the findings of the Audit Report and issue regular Compliance Reports for the same
to OWNER/ PMC till all the findings of the Audit Report are fully complied.
In case major Non conformities are observed during execution of the works OWNER/
owner representative reserve the right to appoint an independent person/Third Party
Agency to conduct QA/QC Systems Audit for full/part of the facilities being executed
by the CONTRACTOR. This audit will be in addition to the audits
described above and may be carried out intermittently/continuously for all or part of
the facilities being executed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall
participate & provide full support to the Audit Team and ensure compliance of the
audit observations.
Page 44 of 49
Page 559 of 635

18881838
1838
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS
All the necessary documentation & records shall be maintained by CONTRACTOR till
completion of project and handed over to OWNER in requisite copies as a part of
completion documents. Wherever OWNER/owner representative personnel were
directly involved particularly in witness and hold point, the copies of the records shall
also be provided to personnel on completing inspection of those activities. All the
documentation & records shall be endorsed by contractor/owner representative shall
include the following as a minimum but not limited to:
i) Approved Quality Assurance Plan
ii) Approved Inspection and Test Plans
iii) Inspection and test documents covering
a) Manufacturer Test Certificate
b) Material Receipt Report including Inspection Release Note, if
applicable and Site Inspection and acceptance Report on quality and
quantity of material
c) Site test/laboratory test Report reviewed by CONTRACTOR for
acceptance vis-à-vis to contract/code requirements for
materials/including PMI report at warehouse
d) In process Verification reports of CONTRACTOR representative and
OWNER/ owner representative as applicable
e) Final verification report including any test checks done for compliance
f) As-built vis-à-vis to contract/drawings including tolerances
g) As-built for erection
h) Nonconformance resolution raised by CONTRACTOR/OWNER/
owner representative
i) Concession/Deviation approval by OWNER/ owner representative
j) Change order approval by OWNER/ owner representative incase
there is variation from contract
k) QA/QC Audit Reports and compliance Reports thereof
l) Mechanical Completion formats
Page 45 of 49
Page 560 of 635

18891839
1839
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
OBSERVATION ON QUALITY ASPECTS
Job No: Name of Work: No:

FOI/LOA No:
Issued To : M/s Date of Issue:
Location Of Work:
Item Of Work:
Details Of Observation( Deficiency) Recommended Course Of Action
Time Allowed For Correction
Issued By: Received by:

Name : Name:
Designation: Signature:
Signature: Date and Time:
Corrective Action Report By Contractor/Vendor:
Name
Date: Signature:
Distribution Before Resolution:

RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Verification Of Resolution By Issuer/Area Coordinator/RCM:
Name:
Date: Signature:
Distribution After Resolution:
RCM/ Area Coordinator /QA Mgr:
Page 46 of 49
Page 561 of 635

18901840
1840
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
TABLE -1
Requirement for control of monitoring and measuring devices
Sl.
Description Calibration requirements Frequency Remarks
No.
Civil-Survey
1. Theodolite To check for permanent once in a year or Record to be

adjustments by traversing project duration maintained
and observing the closing whichever is (See note
error earlier below)
2. Levels To check by Backsight/ Every use Record to

Foresight readings, the be maintained
temporary adjustments of (See note
level below)
3. Steel a. "Freemans" make ---- ---
measurement or BIS approved
tapes make shall be used
b. Mutilated, or
broken tapes shall
not be used
c. Legible markings
4. Cross staff Same as 3b&3c above --- ---
5. Distomat Actual Physical Before using Records to be

Verification at Site first time at site maintained
6. Total Station To check for permanent once in a year or Record to be
adjustments by traversing project duration maintained
and observing the closing whichever is (See note
error,etc. earlier below)
Mechanical/
Electrical/
Welding
7 Pressure Gauges Calibration certificate from Once in 6 months Records to be
reputed laboratories or maintained
calibrate by dead weight
testers with standard
weights or with master
Gauge
8 Dial gauges Check for Zero Error Whenever used ---
9 Dead Weight Calibration from As per Records

Tester manufacturer or reputed manufacturer's (Calibration
calibrating agency and recommendation certificate) to
calibration certificate shall or once in a six be maintained
not be older than one month whichever
month from the date of is earlier.
mobilization.
Page 47 of 49
Page 562 of 635

18911841
1841
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
10 Vernier caliper/ Check for Zero error Whenever used ---
screw gauge
11 Holiday tester Calibration from Once in 6 months Records to

manufacturer or reputed be maintained
calibrating agency or by
calibrating by zeep meter.
12 Elcometer Check with standard test Before use Records to

films supplied by the be maintained
manufactures
13 Universal Testing Calibration Certificate As per Records to
Machine from any reputed third party manufacturer's be maintained
inspection agency. viz, recommendation
CEIL, LRS, BV, ABS, DNV or once a year
or IRS. whichever is
earlier
14 Charpy V-notch Calibration Certificate As per Records to be
Impact testing from any reputed third party manufacturer's maintained
machine inspection recommendation
agency. viz, CEIL, LRS, BV, or once in a year
ABS, DNV or IRS. whichever is
earlier
15. Hardness Testing Check with the standard Before use Records to be
Machine test block supplied with the maintained
machine as per
manufacturer's
Recommendation
16. Chemical Analysis Check with the Before use Records to be
,ex :PMI etc. standard samples maintained
17. Various Digital Calibration Certificate from Once in Six Records to be

and Analog reputed laboratories or the Months or as per maintained
meters manufacturer manufacturer’s
recommendation
whichever is
earlier.
18. Variable current, Calibration Certificate from Once in Six Records to be
voltage and reputed months maintained
resistance laboratories
generators
19. Temperature/ Calibration from Once in Six Records to be
Pressure manufacturer or any months maintained
Recorders reputed calibrating
agency
20. Temperature Calibration Certificate Once in Six To be discarded
gauges from reputed months in case of
laboratories damage or
malfunctioning
21. Thermocouples Manufacturer’s Certificate --- ---
or Chemical Check
Page 48 of 49
Page 563 of 635

18921842
1842
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
22. Vibration probes Calibration from Once in a year To be discarded
reputed laboratory in case of
damage or
malfunctioning
23 Decibel-meter Calibration from Once in a Year - do -
reputed laboratory
Note: If Error is found, it has to be sent to manufacturers or their agents for

rectification and certification & reputed laboratory shall be NABL accredited
for relevant testing.
Page 49 of 49
Page 564 of 635

18931843
1843
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 565 of 635
18941844
1844
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 566 of 635
18951845
1845
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 567 of 635
18961846
1846
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 568 of 635
18971847
1847
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 569 of 635
18981848
1848
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 570 of 635
18991849
1849
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 571 of 635
19001850
1850
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 572 of 635
19011851
1851
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 573 of 635
19021852
1852
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 574 of 635
19031853
1853
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 575 of 635
19041854
1854
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 576 of 635
19051855
1855
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 577 of 635
19061856
1856
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 578 of 635
19071857
1857
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 579 of 635
19081858
1858
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 580 of 635
19091859
1859
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 581 of 635
19101860
1860
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 582 of 635
19111861
1861
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 583 of 635
19121862
1862
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 584 of 635
19131863
1863
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 585 of 635
19141864
1864
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 586 of 635
19151865
1865
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 587 of 635
19161866
1866
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 588 of 635
19171867
1867
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Page 589 of 635
19181868
1868
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE TESTS
Performance Guarantee Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the OWNER/OWNER’S
REPRESENTATIVE to demonstrate compliance with the performance guarantee as set herein
and as quoted by the CONTRACTOR/ PACKAGE VENDOR in his Bid offer.
The contractor/ package vendor shall at his own expense in consultation with the
Owner(Instrumentation& control room vendor or any other package vendor within the battery
limit), start and commission the Plant and prove that it is giving satisfactory service continuously
for 175hrs before handing over the plant to owner. The date, on which the Plant is handed over
to the owner after 175 hrs, continuous performance run as mentioned above shall be taken as
the date of successful Performance Guarantee Test Run. The contractor/ package vendor
will provide all the technical details and necessary items to the owner for maintenance and
operation of the plant without any extra cost to the owner.
The contractor/ package vendor shall depute his Engineer/expert/specialist to the site as and
when required by the Owner during the first year of the operation of the plant for advice on any
difficulty in operation or control at no extra cost to the owner. Owner's inspection or review of the
Contractor/ package vendor's design / documents / drawing or deviations shall in no way absolve
the Contractor/ package vendor from his responsibilities towards meeting the guarantees for the
various systems outlined in this document.
The performance of the Plant operated under design conditions as specified in the bid
specifications shall be guaranteed for its performance and performance of the individual units as
specified in the tender.
Performance tests shall be started when the plant is stabilized under design conditions. The plant
shall be operated and controlled in accordance with procedures set up before hand. The
comparison of the performance measured during performance test and performance guarantees
mentioned in bid document, shall be ensured. Performance guarantee test run shall be carried as
specified in tender document.
After testing each equipment individually, the contractor/ package vendor shall run the plant for a
period of 175 hours continuously, achieving all the above performance guarantees during
this period and handing over the Plant in fully operational condition to the owner as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Any defects found in design, workmanship or in any of the
equipment shall be rectified by the contractor/ package vendor at his own cost within a
reasonable time to be decided by the Owner and beyond this period, suitable penalty shall be
levied and the system shall be tested again and faultless running for 175 hours to the entire
satisfaction of the Owner.
During performance guarantee run, the contractor/ package vendor shall satisfy the owner in the
aspects regarding quality of materials, equipment and workmanship used in the Plant. Only after
satisfying himself, regarding the above points, the owner will take over by written
communications the system and such date of taking over shall be deemed as date of successful
commissioning.
Necessary instruments, skilled and unskilled labor, supervisory personnel, lubricants and initial
fill of oil to all equipments and machinery etc. shall be furnished /provided by the contractor/
package vendor free of cost for conducting the tests, trial run/performance run and
commissioning. However, power and water, required for testing, trial run/performance run and
commissioning shall be arranged /supplied by the Owner, free of cost. The recording of test
results shall be done jointly with the Owner's representatives and in the pro-forma to be
approved by Owner and which shall form part of the completion document.
The test for satisfactory performance shall be carried out by the contractor/ package vendor
during both cold run and hot run (if applicable) after mechanical completion (i.e. completing the
Page 590 of 635

19191869
1869
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
plant in all respects as per the scope of work covered in this bidding document except testing
and commissioning).
The period, when performance and commissioning as above test is to be carried out, shall be
decided by the Owner keeping in view the actual date of mechanical completion vis-a-vis
availability of water and power. In case it is required, the Owner shall have the right to run the
plant even before carrying out the performance test, as mentioned above. However, the Owner
shall intimate the contractor/ package vendor regarding the same and the contractor shall depute
their representative during such period of completion.
Page 591 of 635

19201870
1870
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF DOCUMENT No.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS/ A367-000-16-50-LL-0003
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 1 of 9
LIST OF APPROVED
MAKES OF
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS/
COMPONENTS
PROJECT : DETAILED ENGINEERING CONSULTANCY AND

CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION OF NUCLEAR FUEL
COMPLEX – KOTA
CLIENT : NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX (NFC)
LOCATION : KOTA, RAJASTHAN
CONSULTANT : ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
JOB NO. : A367
A 05.07.2017 ISSUED WITH TENDER/MR SS SS VKJ

Rev. Prepared Checked Approved
Date Purpose
No by by by
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1 Page 592 of 635 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
19211871
1871
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 2 of 9
Contractor shall restrict the make of materials/ components supplied by him to the following:
1 MCC/PDB
BCH ELECTRIC LTD INDIA
C & S ELECTRIC LTD INDIA
CONTROLS & SCHEMATICS LTD INDIA
GE INDIA INDUSTRIAL PVT LTD INDIA
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD INDIA
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
SIEMENS LIMITED INDIA
TEJ CONTROL INDIA
RITTAL INDIA
PYROTECH INDIA
CHEMIN CONTROLS INDIA
KELTRON INDIA
ADHARSHA CONTROL SYSTEMS
7 CONTROL STATIONS- WEATHERPROOF
BALIGA LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS (P) LIMITED INDIA

INDIA
BCH ELECTRIC LTD
INDIA
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
INDIA
EX-PROTECTA FCG FLAMPROOF CONTROL
GEARS P. LTD
INDIA
FCG POWER INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
INDIA
FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENTS PVT.LTD INDIA
FLEXPRO ELECTRICALS PVT LTD INDIA
GOVAN INDUSTRIES (INDIA) P LTD INDIA
PROMPT ENGINEERING WORKS INDIA
SUDHIR SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD INDIA
8 CONTROL STATIONS-FLAME PROOF

FCG FLAMPROOF CONTROL GEARS P. LTD(C-157 INDIA
FCG POWER INDUSTRIES PVT LTD INDIA
15 MOTOR INDUCTION-lL (INDL.TYPE SAFE AREA)
ABB LTD (BANGALORE) INDIA

ABB LTD-FARIDABAD INDIA
BHARAT BIJLEE LIMITED INDIA
CROMPTON GREAVES LTD. INDIA
19221872
1872
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 3 of 9
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC CO LTD INDIA

LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD INDIA
MARATHON ELECTRIC MOTOR I LTD-FORM A350 INDIA
17 MOTOR-INDUCTION-L.V (FLAME PROOF)

SIEMENS INDIA
BHARAT BIJLEE LIMITED INDIA
LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD INDIA
MARATHON ELECTRIC MOTOR I LTD-FORM A350 INDIA
19 MOTORS - IMPORTED
ANSALDO SISTEMI INDUSTRALI SPA-FORM. ASI ITALY

ASEA BROWN BOVERY LTD (ABB LTD) INDIA
CEMP SRL INDIA
FUJI ELECTRIC CO LTD JAPAN
GENERAL ELECTRIC CANADA INDIA
HITACHI LTD INDIA
HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO. LTD INDIA
JEUMONT SA / FRAMATONE ANP FRANCE
LLOYD DYNAMOWERKE GMBH & CO. GERMANY
KG LOHER GMBH GERMANY
SIEMENS AG INDIA
TOSHIBA CORPORATION INDIA
WEG EQUIPAMENTOS ELETRICOS S.A. INDIA
WEGEURO - INDUSTRIA ELECTRICA S.A. PORTUGAL
PHILIPS ELECTRONICS INDIA LIMITED INDIA
26 JUNCTION BOXES (FLAME PROOF)

28 PLUGS/SOCKETS/HANDLAMPS (FLAME PROOF)
BALIGA LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS (P) LIMITED

INDIA
19231873
1873
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 4 of 9
29 CONTROL PANEL (FLP)
BALIGA LIGHTING EQUIPMENTS (P) LIMITED

INDIA
31 CABLES-LOW VOLTAGE-POWER-XLPE
ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLES AND WIRES [P] LTD INDIA

CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD INDIA
FINOLEX CABLES LTD. INDIA
GEMSCAB INDUSTRIES LTD INDIA
HAVELLS INDIA LTD INDIA
KEC INTERNATIONAL LTD (FORM. R133) INDIA
KEI INDUSTRIES LIMITED INDIA
POLYCAB WIRES PVT LTD INDIA
RALLISON ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD. INDIA
RAVIN CABLES LTD INDIA
TORRENT CABLES LTD INDIA
UNIVERSAL CABLES LTD INDIA
FINECAB INDIA
32 CABLES:CONTROL-XLPE
ASSOCIATED CABLES PVT LTD

INDIA
ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLES AND WIRES [P] LTD INDIA
CMI LIMITED INDIA
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD INDIA
DELTON CABLES LIMITED INDIA
ECKO CABLES PVT LTD INDIA
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD. INDIA
EVERSHINE ELECTRICALS INDIA
FINOLEX CABLES LTD. INDIA
KEC INTERNATIONAL LTD (FORM. R133) INDIA
PARAMOUNT COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED INDIA
POLYCAB WIRES PVT LTD INDIA
RALLISON ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD. INDIA
RAVIN CABLES LTD INDIA
SCOT INNOVATION WIRES & CABLES PVT LTD INDIA
SRIRAM CABLES PVT LTD INDIA
SUYOG ELECTRICALS LTD INDIA
THERMO CABLES LTD (FORM. T-150) INDIA
TORRENT CABLES LTD INDIA
UNIVERSAL CABLES LTD INDIA
UDAY PYRO CABLES LTD INDIA
TEMPSENS INDIA
19241874
1874
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 5 of 9
41 ACTUATORS-MOV
AUMA INDIA PRIVATE LTD INDIA

AUMA RIESTER GMBH & CO. KG GERMANY
BIFFI ITALIA S.R.L ITALY
EMERSON PROCESS MGMT SINGAPORE
VALVE ACTUATION LLC FLO - TORK INC USA
FLOWSERVE LIMITED INDIA
LIMITORQUE INDIA LIMITED INDIA
MARSH ENGINEERS INDIA
ROTORK CONTROLS (INDIA) LTD INDIA
42 A.C. VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE

ABB LTD INDIA
ASEA BROWN BOVERY LTD (ABB LTD) INDIA
BALDOR ELECTRIC COMPANY (FORMLY. R564) INDIA
EUROTHERM DEL INDIA LIMITED INDIA
FUJI ELECTRIC CO LTD JAPAN
HITACHI LTD INDIA
KARL E BRINKMANN GMBH GERMANY
MEIDENSHA CORP JAPAN
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
MISTHUBISHI INDIA
VACON OYJ INDIA
43 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-POWAI INDIA
45 RELAYS
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD-AHMEDNAGAR INDIA
OMRON INDIA
49 CABLE GLANDS ( HAZARDOUS AREA)

COMET BRASS PRODUCTS INDIA
COMET INDUSTRIES INDIA
19251875
1875
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 6 of 9

STANDARD METAL INDUSTRIES INDIA
50 CABLE TERMN. & JOINTING KIT

HEATSHRINK TECHNOLOGIES LTD (FORM. R136) INDIA
RAYCHEM RPG LIMITED INDIA
THREE M ELECTRO & COMMUNCATION I.P.LTD INDIA
YAMUNA POWER & INFRASTRUCTURE LTD INDIA
51 CONTACTORS
52 CONTROL SWITCHES (BREAKER)

ALSTOM T & D INDIA LTD (FORMLY A347) INDIA
RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT LTD INDIA
SWITRON DEVICES INDIA
53 CONTROL SWITCHES / SELECTOR SWITCHES

HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS INDIA
KAYCEE INDUSTRIES LTD. INDIA
RELIABLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PVT LTD INDIA
SWITRON DEVICES INDIA
54 EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ABB LTD INDIA
DATAR SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD. INDIA
INDO ASIAN FUSEGEAR LTD INDIA
LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006) INDIA
55 FUSES
COOPER BUSSMAN INDIA PVT LTD INDIA
56 HEAVY DUTY SWITCHES

19261876
1876
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 7 of 9

57 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS CT & PT (lV)

GILBERT & MAXWELL ELECTRICALS PVT LTD INDIA
KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD INDIA
KAPPA ELECTRICALS INDIA
NARAYAN POWERTECH PVT LTD INDIA
PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD INDIA
PRECISE ELECTRICALS INDIA
SILKAANS ELECTRICALS MFG.CO.PVT.LTD INDIA
58 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS CT & PT (HV)

ABB LTD (BARODA) INDIA
ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & SYSTEMS INDIA
KALPA ELECTRIKAL PVT LTD INDIA
KAPPA ELECTRICALS INDIA
PRAGATI ELECTRICALS PVT LTD INDIA
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC INFRA. LTD(FORM A347) INDIA
59 CT/PT OUTDOOR (EHV)

BHEL JHANSI INDIA
TRANSFORMERS & ELECTRICALS KERALA LTD INDIA
60 ISOLATOR & EARTHING SWITCH OUTDOOR EHV

PANICKKER SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD(FORM D-022) INDIA
S&S POWER SWITCHGEAR LTD INDIA
64 MCB
ABB LTD INDIA
DATAR SWITCHGEAR PVT LTD. INDIA
INDIANA CURRENT CONTROL LTD INDIA
LEGRAND (INDIA) PVT. LTD (FORM. M-006) INDIA
STANDARD ELECTRICALS LTD INDIA
L&t LTD INDIA
MDS LTD INDIA
65 MCCB
66 METERS
AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LTD. INDIA
19271877
1877
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 8 of 9
MECO INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA

NIPPEN ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS CO. INDIA
RISHABH INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD INDIA
70 PROTECTION RELAYS
EASUN REYROLLE LTD INDIA
SCHWEITZER ENGINEERING LABORATORIES INDIA
71 PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATING LAMPS
ESSEN DEINKI INDIA
HOTLINE SWITCHGEAR & CONTROLS INDIA
PRECIFINE PRODUCTS PVT. LTD. INDIA
SHRI TULSI SWITCHGEARS PVT LTD INDIA
TEKNIC CONTROLS INDIA
72 FUSE SWITCH COMBINATION

STANDARD ELECTRICALS LTD INDIA
73 TIMERS
BCH ELECTRIC LTD
ELECTRONIC AUTOMATION PVT LTD INDIA
EAPL LIMITED INDIA
NOTES:
1 Contractor may procure materials from any of Owner/ EIL approved vendors. However,
current validity and range of approval as per EIL enlistment letter, workload, stability and
solvency need to be verified by the contractor before placement of order.
2 Contractor can offer components of makes other than specified in the Tender/MR during
order execution. The alternate make of components will be evaluated post order, based on
the satisfactory track record and test certificates to be furnished by the contractor. In case
19281878
1878
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
COMPONENTS Rev. A
Page 9 of 9
the alternate makes are not found acceptable, components shall be supplied strictly as per
above vendor list.
3 For items for which vendors are not listed above, make of components will be evaluated
post order, based on the satisfactory track record and test certificates to be furnished by the
contractor.
19291879
1879
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
APPROVED MAKES – INSTRUMENTATION
Sl. No Description Recommended makes
On/Off Indicators Masibus, Yokogawa,
1
/Controllers Eurotherm, Ascon
Yokogawa, Eurotherm,
2 PID controller
Ascon
DAQ cards/modules,
NI, Advantech, Moxa,
3 Signal/Protocol
Redlion
Converter
Schneider, Mitsubishi,
4 HMI
Siemens, Beijer, ESA
Network Switch Moxa, Schneider,
5
(Industrial Grade) Hirschmann, Advantech
D-link, Tyco AMP
6 CAT 6 Cable NetConnect, , Krone,
Molex, Lucent
7 RG6/RG11 Belden
8 Work station, Server HP, Dell
Thermocables, Udey
9 Signal Cable Pyro, Lapp, Polycab,
Helukabel, Tempsens
Thermocables, Udey
10 Control cable Pyro, Lapp, Polycab,
Helukabel, Tempsens
Thermocouple
Tempsens, Toshniwal,
11 Compensating / RTD
Thermocables
Extension cables
Honeywell, Protection
12 Burner Control system Controls
Inc.(Protectofier),Riello
Mechanical Pressure
13 Indfoss, Switzer, Dwyer
switch
Forbes Marshal, Omega,
14 Pressure gauge
Dwyer, Baumer, Wika
Paddle water Flow Switzer, SMC, Gems
15
switches Sensors & Controls
Digital Flow switches for
16 IFM, SMC, Festo
water & Air
Omega, Dwyer, Baumer,
Digital pressure
17 Festo, SMC, Switzer,
gauge/switch
WIKA
Page 601 of 635

1880 of 1914
Schneider, Siemens,
18 Control power supply
Phoenix Contact
19 SMPS power supply Meanwell, Omron, Ideal
20 Linear power supply Aplab,
Rotameter with Forbes Marshall,
21
Transmitter Yokogawa, Brooks
22 Rotameter IEPL, Eureka,
Arca (Forbes Marshall),
23 Control Valve
Mil, IL, Samson
Electro-pneumatic
24 BDK, Elomatic, Virgo
On/Off Ball valve
E&H, Emerson,
25 Orifice Flow meter
Yokogawa
E&H, Yokogawa,
26 Magnetic Flow Meter
Emerson
Coriolis Mass Flow
27 E&H, Emerson
meter
28 Turbine Flow Meter Rockwin, Sensus
Yokogawa, E&H,
29 Pressure transmitter, DPT
Emerson
Flanged DP Type Level Yokogawa, E&H,
30
Transmitter Emerson
Ultrasonic Level E&H, Nivelco, Siemens,
31
Transmitter Vega
Radar Level Transmitter
32 E&H, Emerson, Vega
(Guided/Unguided)
Capacitance Level
33 E&H
Transmitter
Level switch - Nivelco, E&H, Nivo
34
Capacitance Controls
Revathi Electronic, V
Level Switch - Displacer
35 Automat, DK
Type / float type
Instruments, Nivelco
Precia Moelan, HBM,
36 Load cell Sensotronics (Vishay),
Syscon, Sensotec
Honeywell, Crowcon,
Status Scientific
37 Gas detector
Controls, Draeger,
Oldham
Festo, SMC, Shavo,
38 Air filter Regulator
Placka
Page 602 of 635

1881 of 1914
Tempsens, Toshniwal,
39 Thermocouple & RTD PyroElectric, Forbes
Marshall
40 I to P Converter Watson Smith, Emerson
Siemens, Forbes
41 Smart Positioner
Marshall
Pneumatic Positioner
42 Mil, Forbes Marshall
with I to P
Fluke, Yokogawa, GE-
43 Pressure Calibrator
Druck, Beamex, Crystal
Beamex, GE-Druck,
44 Multi Function Calibrator
Yokogawa
Schneider, Phoenix,
45 Relay & Bases Omron, Pla, OEN,
Paramount, Finder
INOR, Honeywell,
46 Temperature Transmitter
Yokogawa
Siemens, IFM, Turck,
47 Proximity Sensors P+F, OMRON, Festo,
Ideal
48 AC Power Controllers Eurotherm, AEG
Thermal Mass flow
49 MKS, Sierra, Bronkhorst
meter/controller
50 Vortex flow meter E+H, Yokogawa, Krohne
Signal conditioners,
51 isolators, sig. multipliers, P+F, Acromag, MTL
trip amplifiers
Trident Pneumatics,
52 Dessicant type Air dryer
Summits Hygronics
Banner, Orbital, ES(I)L
53 Safety Light Curtain
(Electronic Switches)
Rotex, Asco, Avcon,
54 Solenoid valve
Festo
55 Intrinsic safe barriers P+F, MTL
56 Energy meter Secure, Schneider, HPL
Rittal, Pyrotech,
57 Control Panel
President (Schneider),
58 Junction Box BCH, Pyrotech, Rittal
Page 603 of 635

1882 of 1914
This page is intentionally kept blank
Page 604 of 635

1883 of 1914
This page is intentionally kept blank
Page 605 of 635

1884 of 1914
PROPOSED LIST OF ITEMS FOR STANDARDISATION
S.NO DESCRIPTION RELEVANT STANDARDS RECOMMENDED MAKES
I Bearings AS PER ISO Please refer next page
NFC uses different anti-friction bearings

like single-row deep groove ball bearings, Formatted: Font: 11 pt
angular-contact ball bearings, self-aligining

ball bearings, cylindrical roller bearings,
spherical roller bearings, taper roller
bearings, needle roller bearings, thrust
ball, roller & spherical type,
plummer block bearings, etc.
Also, in certain cases, the OEMs have installed
TIMKEN taper roller bearings. Considering this
and the fact that there are numerous
manufacturers and with a view to procure
only good bearings SKF/ NTN / FAG makes
are standardised. However, in the angular contact
bearings segment, it is observed that M/s RHP
bearings have a distinct edge. Hence, for
Angular contact ball bearings, RHP is being
standardised alongwith SKF. And whenever
1
Page 606 of 635

18851885
1935
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Taper roller bearings of Timken make are
needed, they may be procured from the
authorised agents of M/s TIMKEN.
It may be pointed out that M/s SKF have come

out with their latest innovation - Explorer
series of bearings which limit the Oxygen
content in the material and have much higher L10 life
Also it is learnt that the HWP Manuguru
has entered into a rate contract with M/s SKF
for supply of bearings. Perhaps NFC too may
follow suit for reliable supply of bearings
As for anti - friction bearings for linear motion

applications ,various makes like THK,Star etc.
are used in the equipments being used in NFC.
There are no universal standards followed in
common by the manufacturers. While replacement
for existing unit can be of original makes ,efforts
can be put to reduce the variety In newer
applications.Hence the make THK wich is giving
satisfactory prformance is standardised.Some
more makes can be added after gaining some.
more experience
a) Anti -friction bearings, in general SKF / NTN / FAG
2
Page 607 of 635

18861886
1936
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
except angular contact bearings
b) Angular contact ball bearings SKF / RHP
c) Timken Taper roller bearings (as replacements) TIMKEN

wherever installed by OEMs
d) Linear motion guide systems THK / Formatted: Font: 11 pt, No underline,

color: Auto
Font
lllll
e) For Pillow block bearings, SKF / NTN / RHP
II HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH HARDWARE ITEMS
a) Socket head cap screws General: IS 2269, DIN 912, ISO 4762 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series Threads : IS 4218, ISO 261, 965
Mech properties IS 1367 & ISO 898 pt I TVS & GKW
b) Socket head cap screws General BS- 2470 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Inch series Threads- BS 84
Mech properties BS 2470 TVS & GKW
3
Page 608 of 635

18871887
1937
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
c) Socket head cap screws General BS- 2470 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
BA Threads BS-93
Mech properties BS 2470 TVS & GKW
d) Socket countersunk head screws General IS 6761, DIN 7991 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series Threads: is 4218, ISO 261, 965
Mech properties : IS 1367, ISO 898 Pt I TVS & GKW
e) Socket countersunk head screws

Inch series Threads : BS-84 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Mech properties - Hardness HRc 38-44
TVS & GKW
f) Socket button head cap screws General ISO - 7380 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series Threads : IS 4218, ISO 261,965
Mech properties : IS 1367, ISO 898 Pt I TVS & GKW
g) Socket set screws -knurled cup point Threads: IS 4218, ISO 261, 965 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series Mech properties : IS 1367, ISO 898 Pt 5
TVS & GKW
h) Socket set screws -knurled cup point Threads: BS 84 & 93 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Inch series Mech properties: BS -2470
TVS & GKW
I) Hexagon wrenches ( Allen keys) Inch Series: BS 2470 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series : IS 3082, DIN 911 East Man TVS /
Mech properties : Hardness HRc 47 Min
Page 609 of 635

18881888
1938
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
j) Hexagonal head bolts & screws General IS 1364, ISO 4014, DIN 931/933 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Metric series Threads : IS 4218, ISO 261 & 965
Mech properties IS 1367, ISO 898 Pt I TVS & GKW
k) Hexagonal head bolts & screws General - ANSI B 18.2.1 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Inch series ( UNC) Threads: ANSI B 1.1
Mech properties SAE J 429 TVS & GKW
l) Hexagonal head bolts & screws General BS 1083 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)
Inch series - BSF Threads BS 84
Mech properties : BS 1083 gr 5 TVS & GKW
m) Hexagonal nuts General IS 1364, ISO 4032 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)

Metric Threads IS 4218, ISO 261& 965
Mech properties : IS 1367, ISO 898 Pt 2 TVS & GKW
n) Hexagonal nuts General - ANSI B 18.2.1 Unbrako( Precision fasteners)

inch series (unc) Threads: ANSI B 1.1
SAE J995 TVS & GKW
o) High strength structural bolts, Bolts: IS:3757,Nuts:IS:6623, Unbrako( Precision fasteners)

nuts and washers Washers:IS:6649 Threads:IS:4218
Metric series Mech.properties:IS:1367, TVS & GKW
washers :Hardness:HRc 38-45,
as per IS:6649
III V.BELTS
5
Page 610 of 635

18891889
1939
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
a) Classical V- Belts IS:2494,ISO:5291,DIN7753,BS:3790, FENNER,PIX,DUNLOP
Sections:Z,M,A,B,C,D,E.
b) Wedge V-Belts FENNER

Sections:SPZ,SPA,SPB,SPC.
c) Poly V-Belts FENNER

Sections:PJ,PK,PI,PM
IV ROLLER CHAINS
a) Simplex Roller chain BS-228,DIN-8187,ISO 606 The following are brand names
British standard. DIAMOND,
ISO Chain Nos.05B to 48B ROLLON,
Pitch sizes: 8mm to 76.2mm RAINBOW
b) Duplex Roller chain BS-228,DIN-8187,ISO 606 DIAMOND,ROLLON,RAINBOW

British standard.
ISO Chain Nos.05B-2 to 48B-2
Pitch sizes: 8mm to 76.2mm
c) Triplex Roller chain BS-228,DIN-8187,ISO 606 DIAMOND,ROLLON,RAINBOW

British standard.
ISO Chain Nos.05B-3 to 48B-3
Pitch sizes: 8mm to 76.2mm
d) Simplex Roller chain ASA B29-1,DIN-8188,ISO 606 DIAMOND,ROLLON,RAINBOW

American standard.
ISO Chain Nos.08A to 48A
ANSI Chain Nos.40 to 240
Pitch sizes: 12.7mm to 76.2mm
6
Page 611 of 635

18901890
1940
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
e) Duplex Roller chain ASA B29-1,DIN-8188.ISO 606 DIAMOND,ROLLON,RAINBOW

American standard.
ISO Chain Nos.08A-2 to 48A-2
ANSI Chain Nos.40-2 to 240-2
f) Triplex Roller chain ASA B29-1,DIN-8188,ISO 606 DIAMOND,ROLLON,RAINBOW

American standard.
ISO Chain Nos.08A-3 to 48A-3
ANSI Chain Nos.40-3 to 240-3
V ROLLER CHAINS SS
a) Simplex Roller chain SS BS-228,DIN-8187,ISO 606 RAINBOW

British standard.
ISO Chain Nos.06BSS to 24BSS
b) Simplex Roller chain SS ASA B29-1,DIN-8188,ISO 606 RAINBOW

American standard.
ANSI Chain Nos.35SS to 120SS
Page 612 of 635

18911891
1941
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
VI SPROCKETS
a) SPROCKETS To suit to transmisson Chain

To suit to BS chains BS-228/ISO606/DIN8187
b) SPROCKETS To suit to transmisson Chain

To suit to ANSI chains ASA B29-1,DIN-8188
VII HOSES
a) Single Wire Braided Hydraulic Hoses SAE 100 R1 ;DIN:20 022 Part 3 (2SN) ; Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
Pressure limitations: 225 bars for 4.8mm ID & SAE 100 R1 ;DIN 20 022 Part 1 (1ST) Maneklal
40 bars for 50.8 mm ID Hose
b) Double Wire Braided Hydraulic Hoses

Pressure limitations: 225 bars for 4.8mm ID & SAE 100 R1 DIN:20 022 Part 3 (2SN) ; Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
40 bars for 50.8 mm ID Hose SAE 100R1;DIN 20 022 Part 1 (1ST) Maneklal
c) Double Wire Braided High Pressure Hydraulic

Hoses Pressure limitations: 400 bars for SAE 100 R2 ;DIN:20 022 Part 4(2SN) ; Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
4.8mm ID & 90 bars for 50.8 mm ID Hose SAE 100R2 ;DIN 20 022 Part 2 (2ST) Maneklal
d) Double Textile Braided Hydraulic Hoses Superseal, Markwell, Pix,

Pressure limitations: 104 bars for 4.8mm ID & SAE 100 R3 Maneklal
15 bars for 50.8 mm ID Hose
Page 613 of 635

18921892
1942
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
e) Single Textile Braided Hydraulic Hoses SAE 100 R6 Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
Pressure limitations: 104 bars for 4.8mm ID & Maneklal
15bars for 50.8 mm ID Hose
f) Hydraulic Hoses,Two textile Braid Superseal, Markwell, Pix,

Seperated by a Single Wire Braided, SAE 100 R5 Maneklal
Pressure limitations: 210 bars for 4.8mm ID &
25 bars for 46 mm ID Hose
g) Hydraulic Hoses, textile Braid and a SAE 100 R5R Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
Single Wire Braided, Maneklal
Pressure limitations: 210 bars for 4.8mm ID &
25 bars for 46 mm ID Hose
h) Steam Hose Type 1A (Non Oil Resistant Cover) Superseal, Markwell, Pix,
Single Wire Braided Hoses BS - 5342, 1985 ;IS : 10655 Type 3 Maneklal
Pressure limitations: 10.6 bars for 9.5mm ID to
50.8 mm ID Hose
I) Steam Hose Type 2A (Oil Resistant Cover) Superseal, Markwell, Pix,

Double Wire Braibed Hoses BS - 5342, 1985 ;IS : 10655 Type 4 Maneklal
Pressure limitations: 17.5 bars for 9.5mm ID to
50.8 mm ID Hose
VIII HOSE CLAMPS
a) M.S. Worm Drive Hose Clips IS:4762/1984 KLIPCO

Type" A "Sizes:12mm-160mm
b) M.S. Worm Drive Hose Clips BS: 5315/1976; KLIPCO

9
Page 614 of 635

18931893
1943
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Type "S" Sizes:1/2" to 12"
IX PIPES
M.S.Pipes - ERW of different grades

a) (Light, Medium & High) M/s Tata, Jindal,
with plain ends IS: 1239 Part I
upto 6 inch nominal bore
b) M.S.Pipes - ERW of different grades (Light, Medium & High M/s Tata, Jindal,
with plain ends
> 6 inches & upto 14 Inch NB IS: 3589
1
c) G.I.Pipes with screwed & M/s Tata, Jindal,
socketed ends upto 6 Inch NB IS: 1239 Part I
d) Carbon steel pipes A-106 TATA / Maharastra tubes

Ibr / Non Ibr
NFC / Maharastra Tubes /
e) Seamless stainless tubes Ratnamani / Sandvik
X Pipe fittings :
a) MS / wrought steel ;Plain/screwed ends ; M/s Tata, Jindal

Welded/Seamless IS: 1239 Part II
Elbows, Tees, Couplings, Reducers
10
Page 615 of 635

18941894
1944
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Unions,Bends,Hex.nipples etc.
b) G.I. Pipe fittings -Screwed

Elbows, Tees, Couplings, Reducers IS:1879 H. D.
Unions,Bends,Hex.nipples etc.
c) Carbon Steel and

Alloy steel welding fittings ASA B16.9 and BS 1640
Elbows and Return Bends(Long and short radius)
Caps and Lap joint stub ends
d) MS/GI Barrel Nipple (Medium/Heavy)

Size:1/2" to 6" NB X Length IS: 1239 Part I M/s Tata, Jindal,
XI 1. MS Flanges
a) Slip on Flanges / Dummy Flanges B.S.10 - 1962

Tables - D,E,F,G,H
2. SS Flanges M/s Metal aids India

M/s Moxy
hetenterprise
Asiad Steel Industries
Hi Tech Overseas
XII VALVES
a) Gate/Globe Valves
11
Page 616 of 635

18951895
1945
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Material:GM/Brass; (Screwed/Flanged ends) IS:778 Leader,Zoloto,Hawa, GG, BDK
Sizes:1/4" to 4"NB
b) Non Return Valves; (Screwed/Flanged ends)

Swing/Lift Types IS:778 ; API 6D/ ANSI B 16.10 Leader, GG, Zoloto, Hawa, BDK
Sizes:1/2" to 4" NB Flange:BS10 Tab. D & E
c) Non Return Valves; (Screwed/Flanged ends) IS 5312 Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders

Horizontal Swing Type BDK, HAWA
Sizes:50 mmto 500 mm
d) Plug valves IS 5312 L & T (Andco)
d) Cast Steel Gate Valves API 600/ 6D ; ASME B 16.34 Steel Strong
Class:150/300/600 Testing:API 598 Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
Sizes:2" to 24" NB Testing:BS-6755,Part - 1
d) Cast Steel Gate Valves API 602 ; ASME B 16.34 Steel Strong
Class:150/300/600 Testing:BS-6755,Part - 1 Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
Sizes:1/2" to 1 1/2" NB Testing:API 598
e) CastIron Sluice Valves IS 780 Steel Strong

Sizes:50 mmto 300 mm Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
f) Cast Iron Gate Valves BS 5163 PN 10, PN 16 Steel Strong

Sizes:50 mmto 450 mm Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
g) CU - Alliy Horizontal Lift Check Valves BS 5154 PN 20 Steel Strong

12
Page 617 of 635

18961896
1946
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Screwed Ends Is 778 Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
Sizes:1/2" to 4" NB
e) Slim Seal Butterfly Valves ( Wafer Type ) BS - 5155 PN 10/API 609 Cat.A/ Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders
Size:40mm-300mm NB ISO5211 Part II ;Testing:API 598 BDK, HAWA
Flange:BS10 Tab. D & E
f) Ball Valves BS-5351/API - 6D Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders

Regular/Full port,flanged ends ANSI B 16.10/ B16.5 BDK,Legris , Hawa
Class 150 /300 Testing:BS-6755,Part - 1
Sizes:15mm/300mm NB
g) Ball Valves BS-5351/API - 6D Leader,Audco,Intervalve,Saunders

Regular/Full port,Screwed ends ANSI B 16.10/ B16.5 BDK,Legris Hawa
Sizes:15mm/50mm NB Testing:BS-6755,Part - 1
h) Diaphragm Valves, Weir Type 'A' BS 5156, Saunders, VKE, BDK

Size: 8 mm to 350 mm Flanges: BS 10 Tables D & E
XIII Couplings
a) Bush type flexible couplings Fenner,Lovejoy,
b) Tyre Type flexible coupling Fenner,Lovejoy, Unique
c) Curved tooth flexble Gear coupling Fenner,Lovejoy, Reva, Srikesh
d) Jaw Flexible coupling Fenner,Lovejoy, Rotex
13
Page 618 of 635

18971897
1947
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
XIV PARALLEL KEYS IS 2048-1962
XV Gasket Sheets
a) NON- METALIC COMPRESSED IS-2712/98 GRADE W/3 Champion/Firefly

ASBESTOS FIBER JOINTING
JOINTING SHEET, GRAPHITE COATED
b) NON METALIC COMPRESSED FIBRE IS:2712-1979. GRADE:10/3 Champion/Firefly

JOINTING SHEET.
COLOUR: RED/GRAPHITE FINISH
XVI DOWEL PINS
a) DOWEL PIN IS-6689-1972

SIZE M6 X 50MM to M16X100 MM
14
Page 619 of 635

18981898
1948
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
XVII PUMPS
There are many centrifugal pumps in operation

at NFC . While most of them are with Metallic
parts as MOC there are a few pumps
made of plastics like PP
Mather & Platt.

a) CENTRIFUGAL- MOC- METAL AKAY PUMPS
KISHORE PUMPS
PROCESS PUMPS INDIA
FLODYNE PUMPS (INDIA)
FLOWCHEM ENGG
GRUNDFOS
KSB,
Johnson Pumps,KORLOSKAR
b) CENTRIFUGAL - MOC - PLASTIC FLODYNE PUMPS (INDIA)

ANTICO, ROUNDTECH
PROCESS PUMPS INDIA
c) PLUNGER PUMPS PRECIDOSE,

KHODAY HYDRAULICS
15
Page 620 of 635

18991899
1949
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
XVIII MECHANICAL SEALS
There are about 200 pumps with mechanical Eadge Burgman,

seals operating at NFC most of them being at NUOFP (O) /UOP
The market for mechanical seals is replete with John Crane
many low end manufacturers. In order to & Flow serve, Rolonseal, Hyfab
obtain a standard seal, only four makes are being standardised
XIX Hydraulic components REXROTH / VICKERS / YUKEN

Most of the equipment operating at NFC are
equipped with REXROTH / VICKERS / YUKEN
components in the Hydraulic power packs
Also for any new equipment being procured
from Tubes/ ZF group, it is being insisted that
Hydraulic components of only Rexroth/ Vickers
should be installed. Considering this , it is
proposed to standardise only Rexroth/ Vickers
makes and only for replacement purposes,
Yuken may be considered
XX Pneumatic components
Schrader / Festo / SMC / Koganei

a) Pneumatic actuators, valves, etc. / Rotex
b) Piping and fittings Legris, Festo, SMC
c) Air preparation units, vacuum units, etc Festo, Schrader, Shavo Norgren,
16
Page 621 of 635

19001900
1950
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
SMC, Koganei
XXI General purpose tools
1) Spanners
a) Double Open ended Jaw Spanners IS 2028-1981 Taparia; Gedore ,

Chrome vanadium steel Chrome plated
Sizes:6X7 mm to 30X32 mm DIN :895
b) Combination Spanners - Recessed Panel IS :6389 - 1972 Taparia; Gedore

Sizes:6 mm to 32 mm
c) Bi Hexagon Ring Spanners IS 2029-1981 Taparia; Gedore

Sizes:6X7 mm to 30X32 mm
32X36mm to 55X60 mm
d) Pipe Wrench-Stillson Type IS - 4003(part-1) -1978 Taparia; Gedore

Made from selected Drop forged steel,
Induction hardened teeth, half paint body
Sizes:6 mm to 32 mm
e) Cross Wheel Spanners IS 12521-1988 Taparia; Gedore

carbon steel ,chrome plated
Sizes:17X19,21X23,
2) Pliers
17
Page 622 of 635

19011901
1951
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
a) Combination Plier IS 3650-1981 Taparia; Gedore
Selected alloy steel,Dropforged,Hardended&
Temperd,fully polished,Acetate sleeve,
Higi strength,perfect grip
b) Side cutting Plier IS 4378(Part-1) - 1990 Taparia; Gedore

Chrome vanadium steel
Sizes:6" -150 mm
c) Long Nose Plier IS 4378(Part-1) - 1990 Taparia; Gedore

Chrome vanadium steel
Sizes:6" -150 mm
3) Hacksaw blades
a) Hand Hacksaw blade HSS: IS: 2594-1963. Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall

All Hard type
Size: 300 mm x 12.5 mm x 0.63mm – 14 TPI
b) HSS Hand Hacksaw blade IS : 2594/1977 Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall

Size: 300 mm x 12.5 mm x 0.63 mm – 24 TPI.
c) Hand Hacksaw blade HSS: IS: 2594-1963 Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall

All Hard type.
Size: 300 mm x 12.5 mm x 0.63mm – 18 TPI
d) Hand Hacksaw blade HSS: IS: 2594-1963

All Hard type
18
Page 623 of 635

19021902
1952
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Size: 300 mm x 12.5 mm x 0.63mm – 24 TPI Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall
e) Bi-Metallic heavy duty Hand Hacksaw blade Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall

Size: 300mm x 13.0 mm x 0.63 mm – 18 TPI
f) Bi-Metallic heavy duty Hand Hacksaw blade Miranda, Magi-cutt, Cutsall

Size: 300mm x 13.0 mm x 0.63 mm – 24 TPI
g) Bi-Metal (HSS – M42) Band saw blades Miranda.

for “AMADA” cutting machine.
Size: 4570 mm x 32 mm x 1.1 mm – 2/3 TPI
h) Bi-Metallic Band saw blade. Miranda.

Carbide Tipped
Size: 4570 mm x 32 mm x 1.4 mm – 2 TPI
I) Band saw forte blade. Miranda.

2 TPI, Carbide Tips.
Size: 7400 mm x 1.6 mm x 50 mm
j) Endless Band saw blade. Carbide tipped Miranda.

Size: 7600 x 50 x 1.6 – 4 TPI
k) Endless Band saw blade. Carbide tipped Miranda.

Size: 7600 x 54 x 1.6 – 3 TPI
l) HSS Bi-metallic Band saw blades. Miranda.

19
Page 624 of 635

19031903
1953
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Size: 7600 x 50 mm x 1.6 mm thick – ¾ TPI,
variable tooth pitch 4/ 6 (Hook teeth form)
M42 Bi-Metallic.
4) Twist Drills
a) Drill HSS parallel shank Jobber series IS 5101-1969

Size:12 mm dia
b) Taper Shank Twist Drills (HSS) IS 599 - 1960 ITI,Addision, Miranda, Iscar,Totem
Size:3mm to 82 mm
c) Parellel Shank Twist Drills (HSS) IS 599 - 1960 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem

Size:1mm to 16 mm
d) Taper Shank 3 or 4 Flute Core Drills (HSS) IS 599 - 1960 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:6mm to 76 mm
e) Parellel Shank (Stub Series) Twist Drills (HSS) IS 599 - 1960 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:1mm to 40 mm
f) Parellel Shank (Long Series) Twist Drills (HSS) IS 599 - 1960 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:1.5mm to 8.5 mm
g) Combined Drills & Countre Drills (Centre Drills) IS 664 - 1963 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Type A;Size:1mm to 10 mm
h) Combined Drills & Countre Drills (Centre Drills) IS 664 - 1963 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Type B;Size:1mm to 6.3 mm
20
Page 625 of 635

19041904
1954
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
5) Reamers
a) Parellel Shank Hand Reamers IS 1836 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem

Size:3mm to 50 mm
b) Parellel Shank Machine Reamers BS.:122 Part 2 1964/ IS 1836 _ 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:6mm to 50 mm
c) Taper Pin Reamers (Hand & Machine) BS.:122 Part 2 1964 /IS 1836 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:3mm to 50 mm / 3/16" to 7/8"
6) Milling Cutters
a) Cylindrical Milling Cutters (HSS) IS 1831 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem

Size:40mm to 125 mm
b) Shell End Mills (HSS) IS 1831 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem

Size:40mm to 125 mm
c) Key Way Milling Cutters Form Relieved IS 1831 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Size:50mm to 125 mm
d) Side & Face Cutters (HSS) IS 1831 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem

Size:50mm to 125 mm
e) Single Angle Cutters /Double Angle Cutters IS 1831 - 1961 ITI,Addision, Miranda,Iscar,Totem
Equal Angle Cutters /Concave Cutters /Convex Cutters etc.
Iscar is an Isreali compnay & the products
are represented in India by M/s L & T

21
Page 626 of 635

19051905
1955
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
f) Taper Shank T - Slot Cutters (HSS) IS : 2668 -1964 Addison
Size106mm to 42 mm
High Power Cylindrical Cutters / Side

g) End Face BS: 122 : Part I
Cutters / Staggered Tooth Side and Face Cutters
7) HSS Ground Thread Hand Taps
a) HSS Taps With Ground Threads BS :949

BSW /BSF / UNC /UNF
b) HSS Ground Thread Hand Taps MCP IS : 6175 - Part 1,2 & 3 - 1992
HSS Ground Thread Macine Taps MCP IS : 6175 - Part 4 - 1991
HSS Ground Thread Nut Taps MCP IS : 6175 - Part 5 - 1991
8) Tool Inserts
a) Uncoated hard metal inserts ANSI/ ISO group HW Widia, Sandvik

b) Coated hard metal inserts ANSI/ ISO group HC Widia, Sandvik
c) Cermet inserts ANSI/ ISO group HT Widia, Sandvik
d) Ceramic inserts ANSI/ ISO group C Widia, Sandvik
e) Cubic boron nitride inserts ANSI/ ISO group BN Widia, Sandvik
XXII Wire Rope IS 2266 USHA MARTIN ONLY

Though there are a quite no of manufacturers
of Wire ropes, considering the arduous duties it
is proposed to standardise only Usha Martin
22
Page 627 of 635

19061906
1956
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
XXIII Welding & Accessories
a) Electrodes
General purpose Ms electrode AWS : A 5.1 ; IS : 814 ; Esab,Advani Oerlikon
1) Rutile Electrodes ,Philip, D & H
AWS class :E 6012 / E 6013 / E 7013
2) Rutile Iron Powder Electrodes AWS : A 5.1 ; IS : 814 ; Esab, Advani Oerlikon
AWS class :E 7014 /7024 Philips, D& H
3) Low Hydrogen Basic Electrodes AWS : A 5.1 ; IS : 814 ; Esab, Advani Oerlikon
AWS class :E 7016 /7018 Philips, D& H
4) Low Hydrogen Basic Iron Peweder Electrodes AWS : A 5.1 ; IS : 814 ; Esab, Advani Oerlikon
AWS class :E 7028 Philips, D& H
5) Pipe Welding Celluloiseic Electrodes AWS : A 5.1 ; IS : 814 ; Esab, Advani Oerlikon
AWS class :E 6010 / E7010 G /E 7010 A - 1 Philips, D& H
6) Low Alloy Electrodes AWS : A 5.5 ; IS : 1395; Esab, Advani Oerlikon

AWS class :E 7016Cil /7018 - A1 /E 502 - 15 Philips, D& H
E 11018 - M / E 8018 - B2 / E 9018 - B3
Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes AWS : A 5.4 ; IS : 5206; Esab, Advani Oerlikon
E 308 16 /E 308L 16 / E309 16 / E 309L 16 Philips, D& H
E 310 /E 316 / E 316L / E 318 / E 347
Cast Iron Welding Electrodes AWS : A 5.15 Esab, Advani Oerlikon

AWS class :E Ni Cu B /E Fe Ni CI / E Ni CI Philips, D& H, L & T
23
Page 628 of 635

19071907
1957
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
b) Repair , Maintenance & Special Welding L & T ;Magna
Electrodes
Copper Tubes
Phosphorous deoxidised non arsenical copper IS: 250 1 Metal aids India
with copper content > 99.85% BS : 2671 C 106
Annexure
Standarised Items (Electrical)
SL.NO. Item Manufacturers

1. Lead-Acid storage batteries EXIDE / AMCO YUASA
2. NICd batteries HBL/ AMCO YUASA
3. Maintenance free batteries Exide / PRESTOLITE/ AMAR RAJA/ JAMCO YUASA
4. Lighting items PHILIPS / GEC/Bajaj/Wipro/Hawells
5. Incandescent Bulbs PHILIPS/ /GEC -do-
6. Fluorescent. MV lamps PHILIPS //GEC -do-
7. Ballasts for fluorescent lamps/ MV lamps PHILIPS //GEC -do-
8. Tube light Starters / Igniter for SV lamps PHILIPS/ /GEC -do-
9. Electrical luminaries PHILIPS //GEC -do-
10. LT Switch gear / Fuse gear / Control Gear items L&T/ SIEMENS
11. MCB & MCCB Legrand/SIEMENS/L&T/MERLIN GERIN
12. Power cables CC/ UNIVERSAL/POLYCAB/RPG/FINECAB/GEM
13. Flexible Copper Cables FINOLEX/L&T/GEM/Anchor/Hawells/POLYCAB
14. Telephone cables FINOLEX/DELTON
16. Crimping/Soldering Lugs DOWELLS/JAINSON/HEX/BRACO

17. Electrical Insulation tapes STEEL GRIP/MIRACLE
24
Page 629 of 635

19081908
1958
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
18. HT/LT Insulation tapes PERMACEL/ STEEL GRIP
19. Capacitors CIPCO/TIPCON/L&T/NEPTUNE
20. Lighting accessories ANCHOR/Hawells/Legrand/Crab Tree/North West/MK
21. Metal clad socket & Switch CROMPTON GREAVES/MDS/HAVELLS/Legrand
22. Protection Relays ABB/ALSTOM/EASUN REYROLLS
23. ACB (L.T.) L&T/SIEMENS/ALSTOM
24. GCB (L.T.) KIRLOSKAR/ABB
25. VCB (L.T.) SIEMENS/ABB/CROMPTON GREAVES/ALSTOM
26. Ceiling /wall mounting /Pedestal Fans (With CROMPTON GREAVES/KHAITAN

energy efficient rating)
27. Ind. Man(air) circulators ALMONARD/CROMPTON GREAVES/ORIENT
28. Heat shrinkable joints RAYCHEM
29. LT&HT joints RAYCHEM/M-SEAL
30. Connectors CONNECT WELL/DOWELLS/Jai Son
31. AC/DC Motors KIRLOSKAR/ABB/CG/SIEMENS/BHARAT BIJLEE/IEC/L&T
32. CTs LT Kappa, Jyothi
33. Timers SIEMENS/CUTLER/HAMMER/L&T/EAPL
34. Limit Switches SIEMENS/L&T/CUTLER HAMMER
35. Multimeter MOTWANE/FLUKE/RISHAB/YOCOGAWA
36. Megger MECO/SHANTI/MEGGER
37. Tong tester MECO/KRYKARD/MOTWANI/RISHAB/FLUKE
38. VM/AM AE/RISHAB
39. Tri vector meter SECURE/ENERCON
40. Heating element MIDHANI/KANTHAL
41. Transformer oil SAVITA/APAR
42. Selector Switches AE/Keycee
25
Page 630 of 635

19091909
1959
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Government of India
NFC/Std'n Comty/EC-03 05/12/2017
CIRCULAR
In accordance with the directive and approval of 446 EC Meeting held on 27/11/2017 at
14.30 hrs vide 3.7, please find below Standardized makes/brands list, to be used in NFC with
immediate effect. This is an appended list to the already existing 141 makes/brands
standardized and in use in NFC.
S.No Description Appended Standardised

makes in NFC
01 Antifriction Bearing 1. SKF
2. NTN
3. FAG
4. TIMKEN
5. RHP (NSK)
142 Measuring Instruments 1. MITUTOYA
143 Hydraulic Gauges 1. WIKA
2. FORBES MARSHALL
3. ENERPAC
4. REXROTH
144 Special Hardware items 1. UNBRAKO
2. TVS
3. GKW
4. WEURTH
145 Gear box 1. PREMIUM
TRANSMISSION
2. BONFIGLIOLI
3. SHANTHI
4. BONVARIO
146 Gear pump 1. REXROTH
2. EATON
3. YUKEN
Page 631 of 635

19101910
1960
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
4. JONSON
5. VIKING
6. DYNATEC
147 Power Transmission Accessories 1. FENNER
2. LOVEJOY
3. ROTEX
4. RATHI
5. SKF
6. TIMKEN
148 General Purpose Hand Tools 1. TAPARIA
2. GEDORE
3. UNBRAKO
4. WUERTH
149 Power Tools 1. BOSCH
2. WUERTH
150 Lubrication System 1. CENLUB
2. SKF
3. DROPCO
4. WOERNER
151 Special Purpose Oil Seals 1. GARLOCK KLOSURE
2. SKF
3. FAG
4. NOK
5. NAK
6. TRELLEBORG
152 Hydro Seals 1. PARKER

2. BOSCH-REXROTH
3. HALLITE
4. RELLEBORG
5. CFW
6. EATON VICKERS
153 Auto and Forklift Maintenance
Pneumatic Tyres 1. MRF
2. JK
3. BRIDSTONE
4. APOLLO
Page 632 of 635

19111911
1961
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
5. CEAT
6. TVS
Solid Tyres and press on bond type sold 1. TVS
tyres 2. SUNBEAR
3. TALON
4. TANTOR
5. NUMA
Brake fluid, Automatic Transmission fluid 1. HPCL
2. IOCL
3. BPCL
Radiator Coolant 1. HPCL

2. IOCL
3. BPCL.
4. CASTROL
Brake Related Items 1. TVS
2. KBX
3. WABCO
4. BOSCH
Hub Grease 1. HPCL
2. IOCL
3. BPCL
Differential Oil 1. HPCL
2. IOCL.
3. BPCL
4. CASTROL
Power Steering Oil 1. EXXON MOBIL
2. HPCL.
3. IOCL
4. BPCL
5. CASTROL
Engine Oil 1. CASTROL
2. EXXON MOBIL
3. HPCL
4. PETRONAS
5 IOCL
6. BPCL
Page 633 of 635

19121912
1962
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
Self starter assembly, alternator assembly 1. LUCAS-TVS
and it's related spare parts 2. BOSCH
Gear Box Oil 1. HPCL
2. CASTROL
3. EXXON
4. MOBIL
5. IOCL
154 EOT Cranes 1. KHANDELWAL
2. M.M.ENGINEERS
3. WMI
4. UNITECH
5. KONE
6. DEMAG (Pune)
7. TORQK (Chennai)
8. MM ENGNEERING
(Coimbatore)
155 Underslung Hoist 1. INDEF
2. GRIP
3. SMACO
4. UNIVERSE
5. ARMSEL
6. INGERSOLAND
7. MM ENGINEERING
(Coimbatore)
8. DEMAG
9. KHANDELWAL
156 Rotary Vacuum Pumps 1. STOKES
2. ULVAC
3. PFEIFFER
4. EDWARDS
5. ADDIXEN
6. WOOSUNG
7. LEYBOLD
8. KINNEY
157 Vacuum Roots Blower Pumps 1. PFEIFFER
2. EDWARDS
3. ULVAC
Page 634 of 635

19131913
1963
Page of of
1964
1914
1914
4. KINNEY
5. LEYBOLD
6. BALZERS.
Page 635 of 635

19141914
1964
Page of of
1964
1914
1914

Technical Specification For Storage Tanks & Vessels PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Technical Specification For Storage Tanks & Vessels PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

R0 06-12-2019 MID FIRST ISSUE SJB

REV. DATE NAME REVISION DESCRIPTION APPD.

TITLE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR STORAGE

Scope of Enquiry Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section –I TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 1 of 4

2.00.00 Scope of Enquiry

3.00.00 Intent of Specification

Scope of Enquiry Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section –I TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 2 of 4

4.00.00 CODES AND STANDARDS

5.00.00 Qualifying Requirements

6.00.00 Documents to be submitted

Scope of Enquiry Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section –I TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 3 of 4

vii. Details of Externals Clips

7.00.00 Delivery Period

Scope of Enquiry Technical Specifications 0 Page

Section –I TPL-XXXX-Xxxxx-EM-TS-1201 Rev 4 of 4

Project Information Technical Specifications 0 Page

1. Owner Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC)

Project Information Technical Specifications 0 Page

Project Information Technical Specifications 0 Page

Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

2.00.00 Scope of Work

2.01.00 Engineering and Detailed Design

2.02.00 Manufacturing, Testing and Inspection

2.03.00 Packing and Loading

Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

2.04.00 Transportation to site

2.05.00 Unloading and Storage at Site

2.06.00 Erection Testing and Commissioning

2.07.00 Statutory Approval

3.00.00 Scope of Supply

Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

3.02.00 Fabrication Drawings

4.00.00 Painting / Corrosion Protection

5.00.00 Mandatory Spare Parts

Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

7.00.00 Scope Matrix

Scope of Work Technical Specifications 0 Page

Technical Requirements Technical Specifications 0 Page

2.00.00 Codes & Standards

API 650 Welded tanks for Oil Storage

IS 875 Code practice for Design Loads for Buildings &

IS 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of

ASME Sec. II Materials

ASME Sec. VIII Div.1 Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME Sec. IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications

API 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage

ASME B 16.21 Non Metallic flat gaskets for Pipe Flanges

ASME B 16.5 Pipe flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME Sec. V Non-destructive Examination

3.00.00 Pressure Vessels & Storage Tanks

Technical Requirements Technical Specifications 0 Page

3.01.00 Connections and Appurtenances

3.02.00 Details of Roof Supporting Structures

3.03.00 Erection of Tanks

4.00.00 TESTING OF STORAGE TANKS

Technical Requirements Technical Specifications 0 Page

shall then be filled in stages of ¼, ½ , ¾ and full levels with level

Technical Requirements Technical Specifications 0 Page

1. SCHEDULE OF GENERAL PARTICULARS

1.0 Name of the Bidder / Manufacturer :